Chapter 5: Food, Fibre and Other Ecosystem Products

Coordinating Lead Authors: Rachel Bezner Kerr (USA/Canada), Toshihiro Hasegawa (Japan), Rodel Lasco (Philippines)

Lead Authors: Indra Bhatt (India), Delphine Deryng (Germany/France), Aidan Farrell (Trinidad and Tobago/Ireland), Helen Gurney-Smith (Canada/UK), Hui Ju (China), Salvador Lluch-Cota (Mexico), Francisco Meza (Chile), Gerald Nelson (USA), Henry Neufeldt (Denmark/Germany), Philip Thornton (Kenya/UK)

Contributing Authors: Almut Arneth (Germany), Guleid Artan (Kenya/Somalia), Ayansina Ayanlade (Nigeria), Ermias Aynkulu (Kenya/Ethiopia), Marta Baraibar (Kenya/Spain), Manuel Barange (South Africa/Italy), Mucahid Mustafa Bayrak (the Netherlands), Göran Berndes (Sweden), Jörn Birkmann (Germany), Luisa F. Cabeza (Spain), Donovan Campbell (Jamaica), Edwin Castellanos (Guatemala), William Cheung (Canada), Priscilla Claeys (Belgium), Jennifer Clapp (Canada), Jofre Carnicer Cols (Spain), Annette Cowie (Australia), Verónica Crespo-Pérez (Ecuador), Vassilis Daioglou (Greece), Shouro Dasgupta (Italy/Bangladesh), Deborah Delgado Pugley (Peru), Alice Favero (USA), Jennifer Franco (the Netherlands), Eranga Galappaththi (Canada/Sri Lanka), Amelie Gaudin (USA/France), Adugna Gemeda (Ethiopia), Patrick Gonzalez (USA), Jack Heinemann (New Zealand/USA), Kirstin Holsman (USA), Joanna House (UK), Ann Kingiri (Kenya), Adrian Leip (Belgium/Germany), Xiaoyue Li (China), Ana Maria Loboguerrero (Colombia), Angelo Maggiore (Italy), Dianne Mayberry (Australia), Kathleen Miller (USA), Christian Möllmann (Germany), Michael Morecroft (UK), Kenneth Kemucie Mwangi (Kenya), Gert-Jan Nabuurs (the Netherlands), Christine Negra (USA), Kari Marie Norgaard (USA), Hanson Nyantakyi-Frimpong (USA/Ghana), Elizabeth A. Nyboer (Canada), Elena Ojea (Spain), Camille Parmesan (France/UK/USA), Gretta Pecl (Australia), Patricia Pinho (Brazil), John Pinnegar (UK), Julio C. Postigo (USA/Peru), Bronwen Powell (Canada), Amy Quandt (USA), Marie-Fanny Racault (UK/France), Victoria Reyes-García (Spain), Marta Rivera-Ferre (Spain), Abubakr A.M. Salih (Kenya/Sudan), Arnim Scheidel (Spain/Austria), Anna Schlingmann (Spain/Germany), Matthew Schnurr (Canada), Rupert Seidl (Germany), Gudeta W. Sileshi (Zambia/Ethiopia), Pramod K. Singh (India), Raphael Slade (UK), Pete Smith (UK), Doris Soto (Chile), Elizabeth Sprout (UK/USA), M. Cristina Tirado-von der Pahlen (USA/Spain), Jennifer Vanos (Canada), Hitomi Wakatsuki (Japan), Lewis Ziska (USA), Robert Zougmoré (Burkina Faso)

Review Editors: Pauline Dube (Botswana), James Morison (UK)

Chapter Scientists: Emily Baker (USA), Hitomi Wakatsuki (Japan), Elizabeth Sprout (UK/USA)

Figure 5.1

Figure 5.2

Figure 5.3

Figure 5.4

Figure 5.5

Figure 5.6

Figure 5.7

Figure 5.8

Figure 5.9

Figure 5.10

Figure 5.11

Figure 5.12

Figure Box 5.6.1

Figure Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE.1 |

Figure Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE.2 |

Figure Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE.3 |

Figure 5.13

Figure 5.14

Figure 5.15

Figure 5.16

Figure 5.17

Figure 5.18

Figure 5.19

Figure 5.20

Figure 5.21

Figure 5.22

Figure Box 5.13.1

Figure Cross-Working Group Box BIOECONOMY.1 |

Figure FAQ5.1.1

Figure FAQ5.2.1

Figure FAQ5.3.1

Figure FAQ5.5.1

This chapter should be cited as:

Bezner Kerr, R., T. Hasegawa, R. Lasco, I. Bhatt, D. Deryng, A. Farrell, H. Gurney-Smith, H. Ju, S. Lluch-Cota, F. Meza, G. Nelson, H. Neufeldt, and P. Thornton, 2022: Food, Fibre, and Other Ecosystem Products. In: Climate Change 2022: Impacts, Adaptation and Vulnerability. Contribution of Working Group II to the Sixth Assessment Report of the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change [H.-O. Pörtner, D.C. Roberts, M. Tignor, E.S. Poloczanska, K. Mintenbeck, A. Alegría, M. Craig, S. Langsdorf, S. Löschke, V. Möller, A. Okem, B. Rama (eds.)]. Cambridge University Press, Cambridge, UK and New York, NY, USA, pp. 713–906, doi:10.1017/9781009325844.007.

Executive Summary

Current Impacts

Climate change impacts are stressing agriculture, forestry, fisheries and aquaculture, increasingly hindering efforts to meet human needs (high confidence1 ). Human-induced warming has slowed growth of agricultural productivity over the past 50 years in mid and low latitudes (medium confidence). Crop yields are compromised by surface ozone (high confidence). Methane emissions have negatively impacted crop yields by increasing temperatures and surface ozone concentrations (medium confidence). Warming is negatively affecting crop and grassland quality and harvest stability (high co nfidence). Warmer and drier conditions have increased tree mortality and forest disturbances in many temperate and boreal biomes (high confidence), negatively impacting provisioning services (medium confidence). Ocean warming has decreased sustainable yields of some wild fish populations (high confidence). Ocean acidification and warming have already affected farmed aquatic species (high co nfidence). {5.2.1, 5.4.1, 5.5.1, 5.6.1, 5.7.1, 5.8.1, 5.9.1}

Warming has altered the distribution, growing area suitability and timing of key biological events, such as flowering and insect emergence, impacting food quality and harvest stability (high confidence). It is very likely 2 that climate change is altering the distribution of cultivated, wild terrestrial, marine and freshwater species. At higher latitudes, warming has expanded potential area but has also altered phenology (high confidence), potentially causing plant–pollinator and pest mismatches (medium confidence). At low latitude, temperatures have crossed upper tolerance thresholds, more frequently leading to heat stress (high co nfidence). {5.4.1, 5.7.4, 5.8.1, Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter , 5.12.3.4}

Climate-related extremes have affected the productivity of all agricultural and fishery sectors, with negative consequences for food security and livelihoods (high confidence). The frequency of sudden food production losses has increased since at least mid-20th century on land and sea (medium evidence, high agreement ). Droughts, floods and marine heatwaves contribute to reduced food availability and increased food prices, threatening food security, nutrition and livelihoods of millions (high confidence). Droughts induced by the 2015–2016 El Niño, partially attributable to human influences (medium confidence), caused acute food insecurity in various regions, including eastern and southern Africa and the dry corridor of Central America (high confidence). In the northeast Pacific, a recent 5-year warm period impacted the migration, distribution and abundance of key fish resources (high confidence). Increasing variability in grazing systems has negatively affected animal fertility, mortality and herd recovery rates, reducing livestock keepers’ resilience (medium confidence). { 5.2.1, 5.4.1, 5.4.2, 5.5.2,5.8.1, 5.9.1, 5.12.1, 5.14.2, 5.14.6, Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter; WGI AR6 Sections 11.2–11.8}

Climate change impacts everybody, but vulnerable groups, such as women, children, low-income households, Indigenous or other minority groups and small-scale producers, are often at higher risk of malnutrition, livelihood loss, rising costs and competition over resources (high confidence). Increasing competition for land, energy and water exacerbates impacts of climate change on food security (high confidence). {5.4.2.2, 5.5.2.6; 5.8.2.2, 5.9.2.1, 5.12.2, 5.12.3.1; 5.12.3.2; 5.12.3.3; 5.13.1, 5.13.3, 5.13.4}

Read more...

5.1 Introduction

5.1.1 Scope of the Chapter

This chapter assesses the scientific literature produced after the Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) 5th Assessment Report (AR5) dealing with past, current and future climate change effects on managed ecosystems that provide provisioning and cultural services. It spans low- and high-intensity production systems for food, feed, fibre and other ecosystem products.

Climate change has already had global impacts, including in high-income countries. Special emphasis is placed on the assessment of vulnerabilities of particular groups that are context- and location-specific, such as Indigenous Peoples and other minorities, women and small-scale food producers. The report builds on the IPCC AR5 and recent Special Reports. This chapter combines food systems, fibre, wood and other products from ecosystems previously detailed in separate chapters of AR5, with an increased focus on ecosystem services, including the long-term sustainability of the global food system (Figure 5.1). The chapter focuses on key climate risks, implementation and outcomes of adaptation solutions for different groups as well as limits to adaptation.

Figure 5.1 | Conceptual framework of Chapter 5.

5.1.2 Starting Point: AR5 and Recent IPCC Special Reports

AR5 Chapter 7 (Porter et al., 2014) reported with high confidence that food production systems were being negatively impacted by climate change, including both terrestrial and aquatic food species (Porter et al., 2014). Increased temperatures will have large negative impacts on the food production system under 2°C warming by late 20th century, with temperatures exceeding 4°C posing even greater risk to global food security (Porter et al., 2014). Adaptation options are needed to reduce the risk from climate change, but there was limited information of their effectiveness.

The 1.5°C Special Report concluded that climate-related risks to food security will rise under 1.5°C and will increase further under 2°C or higher. Above 1.5°C, currently available adaptation options will be much less effective and site-specific limits to adaptation will be reached for vulnerable regions and sectors. There was high confidence that limiting warming to 1.5°C will result in smaller net reductions in yields of major crops affecting food availability and nutrition, and that rising temperatures will adversely affect livestock via changes in feed quality, fertility, production, spread of diseases and water availability.

The IPCC Special Report on Climate Change and Land (SRCCL) expanded beyond the 1.5°C report to provide more in-depth information on climate change interactions with food security, desertification and degradation. There was high confidence that climate risks, both for slow changes and extreme events, are interlinked with ecosystem services, health and food security, often cascading and potentially reinforcing effects. Climate change already affects all dimensions of food security, namely availability, access, utilisation and stability, by disrupting food production, quality, storage, transport and retail. These effects exacerbate competition for land and water resources, leading to increased deforestation, biodiversity reduction and loss of wetlands. With high certainty, limiting global warming would lower future risks related to land, such as water scarcity, fire, vegetation shifts, degradation, desertification and food insecurity and malnutrition, particularly for those most vulnerable today: small-scale food producers in low-income countries, Indigenous communities, women, and the urban poor. SRCCL assessed a range of adaptation pathways to increase food resilience.

The IPCC Special Report on the Ocean and Cryosphere in a Changing Climate (SROCC) identified climate change impacts of warming, deoxygenation and acidification of the ocean and reductions in snow, sea ice and glaciers as having major negative impacts on fisheries and crops watered from mountain runoff and agriculture. These impacts affect food provisioning of food and directly threaten livelihoods and food security of vulnerable coastal communities and glacier-fed river basins. Climate change impacts on fisheries will be particularly high in tropical regions, where reductions in catch are expected to be among the largest globally, leading to negative economic and social effects for fishing communities and with implications for the supply of fish and shellfish (high confidence). While specific impacts will depend on the level of global warming and mitigative action to improve fisheries and aquaculture management, some current management practices and extraction levels may not be viable in the future.

5.1.3 Chapter Framework

This chapter is taking a food systems approach similar to the food security chapter in SRCCL (Mbow et al., 2019), with close attention to food system linkages, interactions and impacts on ecosystem services and biodiversity (Steffen et al., 2015; Raworth, 2017; Gerten et al., 2020). Food security is defined as “a situation that exists when all people, at all times, have physical, social and economic access to sufficient, safe and nutritious food that meets their dietary needs and food preferences for an active and healthy life” (FAO, 2020). Food insecurity is often experienced as chronic hunger reported in the annual UN Food Security and Nutrition in the World (FAO, 2020), when a person is unable to consume enough food over an extended period. The chapter gives special attention to climate change impacts on acute food insecurity, which can occur at any time with a severity that threatens lives, livelihoods or both, regardless of the causes, context or duration, as a result of shocks risking determinants of food security and nutrition, and used to assess the need for humanitarian action (IPC Global Partners, 2019).

Climate change directly affects food systems, and the impacts on terrestrial or aquatic food production will become increasingly negative, although regionally some changes may be beneficial in the near future (Porter et al., 2014). Current food system trajectories are leading to biodiversity loss and land and aquatic ecosystem degradation without delivering food security, nutrition, and sustainable and healthy livelihoods to many (Steffen et al., 2015). Addressing climate change in isolation ignores these interconnections, which is why the chapter considers integrated adaptation solutions to allow humanity to thrive in the long term. At the same time, social foundations of equality, justice and political participation are crucial in order to move towards a safe operating space for humanity (Raworth, 2017). The SDGs provide the most comprehensive set of metrics of humanity’s progress in achieving equitable and thriving socio-ecological systems. Therefore, while the focus of this chapter is climate change impacts, vulnerability and adaptation of food systems, feed, fibre and other ecosystem products, other environmental and social challenges are considered concomitantly.

Food system and natural systems interact via political, economic, social, cultural and demographic factors in complex ways, leading to food security and sustainability outcomes. The food system has a supply (production) and demand (consumption) side, connected via processing, trade and retail, with loss and waste streams all along the food chain. Natural ecosystems provide multiple services (regulating, supporting, provisioning, cultural) to the food system. Food security and nutrition strongly depend on the driving forces connecting food and natural systems while at the same time positively or negatively influencing them. Climate change frequently exacerbates the effects of other drivers of change, further limiting the environment within which humanity can safely operate and thrive. The chapter assesses how climate change affects the four pillars of food security and nutrition and how these effects can be mediated by various factors, including our adaptation responses, social equity, underlying ecosystem services and governance (Figure 5.1). Adaptation solutions are a major emphasis of this chapter, including many ecosystem-based adaptation options (Table 5.1), which fall under the broader umbrella of nature-based solutions (Seddon et al., 2020).

Ecosystem-based adaptation, defined as the ‘use of ecosystem management activities to increase the resilience and reduce the vulnerability of people and ecosystems to climate change’ (Campbell et al., 2009), has at its core the recognition that there are unexploited synergies in agricultural systems that can increase productivity and resilience. These can result from increasing biodiversity, adding organic matter to soils, integrating livestock and aquatic species, including aquaculture, into farming practices, broadening landscape practices to exploit crop–forestry synergies, supporting beneficial insect populations and altering pest management practices that have unintended negative consequences. In addition, the chapter considers socioeconomic strategies to build resilience in the food system, strengthening local and regional economies, building on Indigenous and local knowledge, and addressing social inequity, through inclusive, participatory and democratic governance of food systems (HLPE, 2019; Wezel et al., 2020).

Table 5.1 | Adaptation strategies assessment in food, fibre and other ecosystem provisioning services.

Adaptation strategies/options

Systems

Benefits

Constraints or enablers

Confidence

Relevant sections

  • Ecosystem-based integrated approaches such as agroecology that increase soil organic matter, enhance soil and water conservation, and diversify food production systems
  • Certain types of urban agriculture

Crops

  • Improve resilience of food systems
  • Provide mitigation measures and co-benefits in health, ecosystem services and other SDGs
  • Improve productivity and yield stability

Secure tenure arrangements are often critical for delivering successful ecosystem-based adaptation

High

(5.4.4.5, 5.6.3, 5.12.3, Cross-Chapter Box NATURAL in Chapter 2, 5.14.3.6, 5.14.3.11; Cross-Chapter Box HEALTH in Chapter 7)

  • Increasing agroecosystem diversification through-expanding crop, animal, fish and other species genetic diversity-varying spatial and temporal arrangements including mixed planting, crop rotations, integrated crop, livestock and agroforestry systems

Crops, livestock, aquaculture, mixed, agroforestry systems

  • Increase resilience, productivity, and sustainability of farming systems under climate change

Policies and technologies that support diversification at landscape and farm levels: programmes that reward farmers for diversification practices, reduced incentives for intensified monocultures, extension support and market infrastructure for diverse crops, and productivity research on a greater variety of crops with support for post-harvest processing and regional markets

High

(5.4.4.4, 5.14.3.1, 5.14.3.6)

  • Changing the relative emphasis on crops and livestock
  • Changing crop varieties and livestock breeds and species

Crops–livestock mixed system particularly in the tropics and subtropics

  • Increase resilience

Gender inequalities can act as a risk multiplier

Medium

(5.5.4; 5.10.4)

  • Indigenous and local knowledge including participatory plant breeding or community-based adaptation

Crops, forestry, fisheries

  • Increase resilience and sustainability of food, fibre, forest and small-scale fisheries production

Indigenous knowledge and local knowledge can facilitate adaptation when combined with scientific knowledge and utilised in management regimes

High

(5.4.4.5, 5.6.3, 5.14.3)

  • Land restoration
  • Agroforestry
  • Silvo-pasture

Forestry

  • Improve resilience and productivity

Partnerships between key stakeholders such as researchers, forest managers, and Indigenous and local forest dependent communities will facilitate sustainable forest management

Medium

(5.6.3)

  • Improved management practices that consider fish stocks and the ecosystem (ecosystem-based management, adaptive management, co-management, adaptive eco-management, and active adaptive management)
  • Adopting complementary productive activities to reduce economic dependence on fisheries
  • Developing capacity
  • Improving information flows in adaptive co-management transboundary resource management
  • Gear or vessel modifications

Fisheries

  • Promote sustainable harvesting and fair distribution of wild fish products and revenues
  • Proactive dynamic fisheries management and diversification based on scientific, Indigenous and local knowledge will facilitate adaptive fisheries planning and reduce conflict (national and international) over resources

Medium

(5.14.3.4; Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter)

  • Adaptation options that incorporate ecological knowledge and risk into management decisions in the near and long term

Aquaculture

  • Enhance sustainable aquaculture production

Governance that recognises unexploited biological and socioeconomic food system synergies and equity would lead to positive adaptation strategy development and implementation, but options may be limited for those most at risk due to technological cost and low financial access

High

(5.14.3.5)

  • Effective linkage of freshwater aquatic food provisioning management to the adaptation plans of other water-using sectors, considering trade-offs of production with community nutritional needs

Freshwater fisheries and aquaculture systems

  • Reduce the risk of food insecurity and livelihood loss for those reliant on freshwater for inland fisheries and aquaculture

Changing precipitation patterns will increase competition for limited freshwater supplies

Medium

(5.8.4, 5.9.4.)

  • Agricultural production systems that integrate crops, livestock, forestry, fisheries and aquaculture

Mixed system

  • Increase food production per unit of land
  • Reduce climate risks
  • Reduce GHG emission
  • Confer buffering capacity
  • Increasing household resilience, though the benefits and challenges depend on local context

Uncertainties exist concerning the scalability of integrated systems; their uptake faces particular barriers around risk, land tenure, social inclusion, information and management skill, and the nature and timing of benefit flows

High

(5.10.4)

  • Investments in improved humidity and temperature control in storage facilities for perishable items, and changes in public policy that control international trade and domestic market transactions

Post-harvest

  • Improve food utilisation and access and thereby resilience to climate change

The extent to which adaptation activities beyond harvest are cost-effective, and the limits to such adaptation, are location-specific and largely unknown

Medium

(5.11.4)

  • Integrated multi-sectoral food system adaptation approaches that address food production, consumption and equity issues
  • Nutrition and gender-sensitive agriculture programmes, adaptive social protection and disaster risk management are examples

Production and post-harvest

  • Protect vulnerable groups against livelihood risks
  • Enhance responsiveness to extreme events

Differentiated responses based on food security level and climate risk can be effective

Medium

(5.12.4)

  • Rights-based approaches, including legislation, gender transformative approaches to agriculture, recognition of rights to land, seeds, fishing areas and other natural resources, and community-based adaptation

Production and post-harvest

  • Improved food security and nutrition for marginalised groups
  • Increased resilience through capacity-building of marginalised groups
  • Address questions of access to resources for marginalised groups

Focus on meaningful participation in governance, design and implementation of adaptation strategies of those groups who are vulnerable, including gender. Can be conflicts and trade-offs, such as between addressing land rights or traditional fishing grounds

Medium

(5.12.4)

  • Climate services

Production

  • Can support decision makers in agriculture by providing tailored information that can inform the implementation of specific adaptation options

For some high- and medium-income countries, evidence suggests that climate services have been underutilised. In low-income countries, use of climate services can increase yields and incomes and promote changes in farmers’ practices, but low confidence that climate services are delivering on their potential, whether they are being accessed by the vulnerable, and how these services are contributing to food security and nutrition

Medium

(5.14.1)

5.2 Observed Impacts and Key Risks

5.2.1 Detection and Attribution of Observed Impacts

Detection and attribution of climate change impacts on the food system remain challenging because many non-climate drivers are involved (Porter et al., 2014) but have been improved by recently developed climate model outputs tailored for impact attribution (Iizumi et al., 2018; Moore, 2020; Ortiz-Bobea et al., 2021).

Climate change has caused regionally different, but mostly negative, impacts on crop yields and quality and marketability of products (high confidence) (see Section 5.4.1 for observed impacts). There is medium evidence and high agreement that the effects of human-induced climate warming since the pre-industrial era has had significantly negative effects on global crop production, acting as a drag on the growth of agricultural production (Iizumi et al., 2018; Moore, 2020; Ortiz-Bobea et al., 2021). One global study using an empirical model estimated the negative effect of anthropogenic warming trends from 1961 to 2017 to be on average 5.3% for three staple crops (5.9% for maize, 4.9% for wheat and 4.2% for rice) (Moore, 2020). Another study using a process-based crop model found a yield loss of 4.1% (0.5–8.4%) for maize and 4.5% (0.5–8.4%) for soybean between 1981 and 2010 relative to the non-warming condition, even with CO2 fertilisation effects (Iizumi et al., 2018). Human-induced warming trends since 1961 have also slowed down the growth of agricultural total factor productivity by 21% (Ortiz-Bobea et al., 2021). Regionally, heat and rainfall extremes intensified by human-induced warming in West Africa have reduced millet and sorghum yields by 10–20%, and 5–15%, respectively (Sultan et al., 2019).

Methane emissions significantly impact crop yields by increasing temperatures as a greenhouse gas (GHG) and surface ozone concentrations as a precursor (medium confidence) (Shindell, 2016; Van Dingenen, 2018; Shindell et al., 2019). Shindell (2016) estimated a net yield loss of 9.5±3.0% for four major crops due to anthropogenic emissions (1850–2010), after incorporation of the positive effect of CO2 (6.5±1.0%) and the negative effects of warming (10.9±3.2%) and tropospheric ozone elevation (5.0±1.5%). Although these estimates were not linked with historical yield changes, more than half of the estimated yield loss is attributable to increasing temperature and ozone concentrations from methane emissions, suggesting the importance of methane mitigation in alleviating yield losses (medium confidence) (Section 5.4.1.4).

Climate change is already affecting livestock production (high confidence) (Section 5.5.1). The effects include direct impacts of heat stress on mortality and productivity, and indirect impacts have been observed on grassland quality, shifts in species distribution and range changes in livestock diseases (Sections 5.5.1.1–5.5.1.3). Quantitative assessment of observed impacts is still limited.

In aquatic systems, more evidence has accumulated since AR5 on warming-induced shifts (mainly poleward) of species (high confidence) (Section 5.8.1, Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter), causing significant challenges for resource allocation between different countries and fishing fleets. Quantitative assessments of climate change impacts on production are still limited, but Free et al. (2019) estimated a 4.1% global loss of the maximum sustainable yield of several marine fish populations from 1930 to 2010 due to climate change. The effects of climate change on aquaculture are apparent but diverse, depending on the types and species of aquaculture (high confidence) (Section 5.9.1). Temperature increases, acidification, salt intrusion, oxygen deficiency, floods and droughts have negatively impacted production via reduced growing suitability, mortalities or damages to infrastructure (Section 5.9.1).

The impacts of climate change on food provisioning have cascading effects on key elements of food security, such as food prices, household income, food safety and nutrition of vulnerable groups (Peri, 2017; Ubilava, 2018; 5.11, 5.12). Climate extreme events are frequently causing acute food insecurity (Section 5.12.3, FSIN, 2021). There is growing evidence that human-induced climate warming has amplified climate extreme events (Seneviratne et al., 2021), but detection and attribution of food insecurity to anthropogenic climate change is still limited by a lack of long-term data and complexity of food systems (Phalkey et al., 2015; Cooper et al., 2019). A recent event attribution study by Funk (2018) demonstrated that anthropogenic enhancement of the 2015/2016 El Niño increased drought-induced crop production losses in Southern Africa. Human-induced warming also exacerbated the 2007 drought in southern Africa, causing food shortages, price spikes and acute food insecurity in Lesotho (Verschuur et al., 2021).

5.2.2 Key Risks

Key risks in this chapter are grouped into those related to food security, food safety and dietary health, livelihoods of people in related sectors and ecosystem services (Table 16.9). Determining when a risk is considered severe is challenging to quantify because of the complexity of the food system, uncertainty about the effects and ethical challenges.

Current levels of food insecurity are already high in some parts of the world, and often exacerbated by short-term food shortages and price spikes caused by weather extremes partly linked to climate change (Sections 5.2.1, 5.12.3, 16.5.2). Climate change will increase malnourished populations through direct impacts on food production and have cascading impacts on food prices and household incomes, all of which will reduce access to safe and nutritious food (high confidence) (Figure 5.2, 5.12).

Figure 5.2 | Cascading impacts of climate hazards on food and nutrition. The factors involved the impacts on crop production and prices (black arrows) and interaction among food-health interaction (white arrows). Adapted and revised from (Phalkey et al., 2015).

Extreme climate events will become more frequent and force some of the current food production areas beyond the safe climatic space for production (high confidence) (Sections 5.4.3, 5.5.2). Globally, 10% of the currently suitable area for major crops and livestock is projected to be climatically unsuitable in mid-century and 31–34% by the end of the century under SSP5-8.5 (Kummu et al., 2021). Adverse effects of climate change on food production will become more severe when global temperatures rise by more than 2°C (Sections 5.4.4.1, 5.12.4.1). One study estimated that the heat stress from projected 3°C warming above baseline (1986–2005) would reduce labour capacity by 30–50% in Sub-Saharan Africa and Southeast Asia, leading to a 5% increase in crop prices because of higher labour cost and production losses, thereby undermining food availability, access and livelihood (de Lima et al., 2021). Thiault et al. (2019) projected that, by 2100, climate change under RCP8.5 could have negative impacts on both agriculture and marine fisheries productivity in countries where 90% of the world population live. A global analysis of shellfish aquaculture estimated that habitat suitability will decline beyond 2060 globally, but much sooner in some Asian countries (Stewart-Sinclair et al., 2020; 5.9.1). These negative effects in the second half of the century will be much less under RCP2.6.

Climate change impacts will increase the number of people at risk of hunger, in 2050 ranging from 8 million people under SSP1 to 80 million people under SSP3 scenarios (RCP6.0), compared with a world with no climate change (Mbow et al., 2019). Estimates also vary depending on the adaptation and mitigation assumptions (Hasegawa et al., 2018; Janssens et al., 2020). Geographically, nearly 80% of the population at risk of hunger are projected to reside in Africa and Asia (Nelson et al., 2018). Projections of risk of hunger beyond 2050 are limited, but it will grow from the mid-century towards the end of the century, with more people at risk under RCP8.5 compared with RCP4.5 (Richardson et al., 2018). Regional disparity is projected to increase, particularly under a high-emission scenario.

Climate change will increase the costs and management challenges of providing safe food. The safety challenges arise from contamination caused by increased prevalence of pathogens, HAB and toxic inorganic bioaccumulation (high confidence) (Sections 5.8, 5.9, 5.11, 5.12). Micronutrient deficiency is prevalent across many regions and will continue to be a problem at least during the first half of the century (Nelson et al., 2018), with significant implications for human health (Section 5.12.4).

Food security and healthy balanced diets will also be undermined by reduced livelihoods and health of people in agriculture and food-related sectors (Sections 5.12.3, 5.12.4), diminished ecosystem services provided by pollinators, the soil biome (Section 5.4.3) and water systems, and climate-mitigation related policies that solely focus on reducing GHG emissions without considering their potential to increase competition with food production for scarce land and water (Section 5.13.3).

5.3 Methodologies and Associated Uncertainties

Chapter text draws on previous IPCC reports, other reports (i.e., High Level Panel of Experts (HLPE), Food and Agriculture Organization (FAO), and Intergovernmental Science-Policy Platform on Biodiversity and Ecosystem Services (IPBES)), and literature published since 2014. This section highlights key trends in research topics and methods since AR5.

5.3.1 Methodologies for Assessing Impacts and Risks

Since AR5, there are more examples of observed impacts from past climate change in cropping systems (Section 5.4.1), pastoral systems (Section 5.5.1), forests (Section 5.6.1), fisheries (Section 5.8.1) and mixed farming systems (Section 5.10.1). These assessments of observed impacts make use of historical data on climate, production area and yield to attribute the role of climate in driving changes in suitability, production, yield, food quality or total factor productivity (Ortiz-Bobea et al., 2021). Observations across the global food systems have been analysed (Cottrell et al., 2019), with the advantage that unexpected impacts due to changes in seasonality and biotic interactions can be detected. Quantitative analysis is only possible in places with adequate historical data; in many cases, studies rely on qualitative assessments, often drawing on farmers’ perceptions of climate impacts.

Projecting future climate impacts relies on modelling that combines climate data with data from experimental studies testing how species respond to each climate factor. In cropping and forest systems, a network of experimental studies with plants exposed to elevated CO2 concentrations, ozone and elevated temperature provides data on the fundamental responses to climate and atmospheric conditions (i.e., free-air carbon dioxide enrichment (FACE) and temperature free-air controlled enhancement (T-FACE) systems). FACE results have been combined and assessed more extensively since AR5 (Bishop et al., 2014; Haworth et al., 2016; Kimball, 2016; Ainsworth and Long, 2021). Field-based FACE studies have several advantages over more enclosed testing chambers, although results from more controlled experiments and coordination between different methods continue to give new insights into crop responses to climate change and variability (Drag et al., 2020; Ainsworth and Long, 2021; Sun et al., 2021). Experimental results have limitations and can be difficult to scale up (Porter et al., 2014; Haworth et al., 2016), but generally the conclusions follow known plant responses (Lemonnier and Ainsworth, 2018). As highlighted in AR5, there is a scarcity of FACE infrastructure in the tropics and subtropics (Leakey et al., 2012; Lemonnier and Ainsworth, 2018; Toreti et al., 2020). One area that has been investigated further is the negative impact of elevated CO2 on crop nutritional value, which has important implications for human nutrition (Scheelbeek et al., 2018; Smith and Myers, 2018; Toreti et al., 2020; Ainsworth and Long, 2021). Increasingly, experimental studies seek to examine the interaction between climatic factors such as temperature, drought and ozone, or the responses of understudied food systems, crop species, cultivars and management interventions (Kimball, 2016; Ainsworth and Long, 2021). The use of experimental data to improve projections has also expanded in other systems. There has been an increased focus on the impact of warming on livestock health and productivity (5.5.3). Aquatic system studies have incorporated projected impacts on physiology, distribution, phenology and productivity (5.8.3).

Modelling approaches differ widely and serve different purposes (Table 5.2; Porter et al., 2014; Jones, 2017a). The use of process-based and statistical modelling alongside remote sensing and other spatial data has grown. Projections increasingly draw on a combination of modelling approaches and coordinated efforts for model intercomparisons and ensemble techniques, using standardised emission scenarios (RCPs). For major crops, models of global yield impacts from CO2 concentration, air temperature and precipitation have been refined and compared (Challinor et al., 2014; Iizumi et al., 2017; Ruane et al., 2017; Zhao et al., 2017; Rojas et al., 2019). Despite advances since AR5, modelling is still constrained by limited data from field experiments (Ruane et al., 2017). Increasingly, studies attempt to incorporate effects of elevated CO2, ozone and climate extremes (Barlow et al., 2015; Schauberger et al., 2019a; Vogel et al., 2019), as well as attempts to incorporate more complex interactions with soil and crop management (Basso et al., 2018; Smith et al., 2020b). However, only a few models consider crop protein content and other quality factors (Nuttall et al., 2017; Asseng et al., 2019). Some models take account of the impacts of climate on the timing of key biological events (phenology) in the target species; however, incorporating biotic interactions with pests, pathogens and pollinators remains a challenge (Table 5.2; Sections 5.4.1, 5.4.3).

Table 5.2 | A comparison of modelling approaches and their application in climate change impact projections. Model types are categorised by: food system, with labels representing the food systems from this chapter where each model type is used ({CROP}, {TREE}, {LIVES}, {FISH}, {MIX}, {FOOD}); scale over which each model type is usually applied local [()], regional [( )], global [( )], or a combination of these); and sensitivity to climate change where the colour intensity indicates the ability of each model type to incorporate each of the listed factors. After Van Wijk et al. (2014), Kanter et al. (2018) and Thornton (2018). Integrated assessment models are discussed in the main text.

Description

Applications for each food-system

Scale

Sensitivity to climate change factors and responses

Climate

CO2

Biotic

Adaptation

System responses

Empirical

Agroclimatic indices

Use simple equations to link agricultural performance to key climate factors, such as drought or heat stress, or summarise agricultural requirements using multiple environmental descriptors.

Comparing regions; matching crops to regions; early warning systems: e.g Agro-ecological zones, Ecocrop, Palmer Drought Severity Index {CROP}.

(( ))

Statistical models

Use quantitative associations between agricultural performance and climate, based on past observations. Can include projections for biotic factors such as pest and disease.

Productivity and production area projections; annual climate variability; attribution: e.g. Traditional: regression, statistical emulators {CROP}{TREE}{LIVES}{FISH}; e.g. Spatial suitability models /niche models: MaxEnt, CLIMEX, Ecocrop {CROP}{TREE}{FISH}.

(( ))

Process-based (dynamic simulation models)

Vegetation focussed

Use combinations of land-surface energy and soil water balance models to simulate the growth of crop species along with natural vegetation, typically using plant and crop functional types.

Productivity projections; interactions with non-climate variables (e.g. CO2): e.g. PEGASUS, Agro-IBIS, DayCent, LPJmL, LPJ-GUESS, ORCHIDEE{CROP}{TREE}.

( )

Species focussed

Use mechanistic models based on the known responses of species to key environmental descriptors over time. Typically based on detailed information for a particular species within a region, but also applied to mixed systems such as agroforestry and globally.

Productivity projections; matching tree species to locations; species interactions; interactions with non-climate variable s (e.g.CO2); adaptation projections: e.g. point-based versions: APSIM, AquaCrop, DayCent, DSSAT, EPIC, Infocrop, SARRA-H, STICS{CROP}IBIS{TREE}LIVSIM, RUMINANT{LIVES}Fish-MIP{FISH}Yield-SAFE, WaNuLCAS, Hi-sAFe {MIX}; e.g. global gridded version: pDSSAT, pAPSIM, GEPIC, GLAM, MCWLA, PEGASUS, SARRA-O{CROP}.

(( ))

Integrated Models

Optimization methods

Mathematical representations of systems with regard to key indicators, constraints, and objectives. Allows prioritisation of different climate change response options using the defined indicators.

Adaptation projections; food security projections; livelihood projections; trade-offs; live cycle assessment: e.g. Global Timber Model {TREE}CSAP toolkit, FarmDESIGN{CROP}{MIX}{FOOD}

()

Economic (Econometric, Economic surplus)

Used to integrate the broad impacts of climate change with other economic drivers, to quantify the economic costs and assess the value of adaptation/mitigation interventions.

Adaptation projections; food security projections; livelihood projections: e.g. GFPM{TREE}FUND 3.8, DICE 2010, IMPACT{FOOD}

( )

Household and village models

Use detailed site-specific data to generate rules that describe the current behaviour of stakeholders such as households or villages. Can be integrated with other model approaches to consider climate response and adaptation interventions.

Adaptation projections (case specific); behavioural responses; trade-offs; participatory monitoring: e.g. DECUMA, PALM, MPMAS, MIDAS, TOA-MD{LIVES}{MIX}{FOOD}

(())

In addition to productivity projections, research also draws on climate suitability estimates (Table 5.2). These compare the known climate suitability of species and habitats with projected climate conditions across different locations. Such projections are useful especially for incorporating movement of pests and pathogens but cannot be applied in isolation if non-climate constraints are not considered. As different research groups use different assumptions and data inputs, more coordination is needed if suitability projections are to be compared globally (SM5.3).

Increasingly, projections look across different disciplines and across multiple components of the food system, including livestock, fisheries and mixed farming systems (Campbell et al., 2016; Mbow et al., 2019). Major timber species have been modelled, with projected impacts on productivity, duration of rotation and distribution (i.e., climate suitability) (Albert et al., 2018). Livestock systems are influenced by plant productivity projections via their feedstock, for example, rangeland cattle impacted by changes in net primary production (NPP) (Boone et al., 2018). Direct climate impacts on animals are also projected, using indices based on direct observations (Section 5.5.3). Since AR5, Fisheries and Marine Ecosystem Model Intercomparison Project (Fish-MIP) has allowed for global intercomparisons and ensemble projections of marine fisheries, and projections capturing interactions from multiple food systems (e.g., Inter-Sectoral Impact Model Intercomparison Project (ISI-MIP); Sections 5.8, 5.10).

Global simulations have uncovered important differences between regions (Deryng et al., 2016; Blanchard et al., 2017). Efforts to coordinate and combine regional and global modelling studies allow for greater insight into regional differences in climate change impacts, such as the Coordinated Global and Regional Assessments (CGRA) performed by the Agricultural Model Intercomparison and Improvement Project (AgMIP) (Blanchard et al., 2017; Müller et al., 2017; Rosenzweig et al., 2018; Ruane et al., 2018; Lotze et al., 2019). Increasingly, multi-model intercomparisons are used to evaluate global gridded crop models’ performance and sensitivity to temperature, water, nitrogen and CO2 within AgMIP, with the focus mostly on major annual crops (Valdivia et al., 2015; Ruane et al., 2017; Müller et al., 2021a). Differences in model type, structures and input data can result in large variation in projections, particularly for the response of crops to elevated CO2 and temperature (5.4.3.1); methods for quantifying and minimising this uncertainty have been developed, but improvement is still needed ( Asseng et al., 2015; Li et al., 2015; Zhao et al., 2017; Folberth et al., 2019; Tao et al., 2020; Müller et al., 2021a; Ruane et al., 2021). The use of multi-model intercomparisons has widened the range of uncertainties but has increased the robustness of impact assessments (Asseng et al., 2013; Challinor et al., 2014; Zhao et al., 2017). Model outputs are strongly influenced by decisions over which factors to include; for example, including drought impacts can result in positive yield projections switching to neutral or negative values (Gray et al., 2016; Jin et al., 2018). Models are also limited in their ability to incorporate socioeconomic drivers and extreme events (Porter et al., 2014; Campbell et al., 2016; Ruane et al., 2017; Jagermeyr and Frieler, 2018; Webber et al., 2018; Schewe et al., 2019).

For long-term projections and integrated assessments, a large component of uncertainty remains in the ability to represent socioeconomic responses to climate change and the degree to which these will mitigate or exacerbate climatic changes (Valdivia et al., 2015; Prestele et al., 2016; Arneth et al., 2019). This includes the potential adaptation responses of food producers. Models that incorporate alternative socioeconomic responses offer one solution (e.g., AgMIP) (Nelson et al., 2014; Von Lampe et al., 2014; Wiebe et al., 2015; Rosenzweig et al., 2018; van Zeist et al., 2020). Another approach is the use of solution-oriented scenarios to compare the effectiveness of adaptation options (Le Mouël and Forslund, 2017; Arneth et al., 2019), or to quantify the time period in which adaptation responses will become essential (Challinor et al., 2016; Rojas et al., 2019). Others point to the necessity of managing food systems within the context of uncertainty (Campbell et al., 2016).

5.3.2 Methodologies for Assessing Vulnerabilities and Adaptation

Methods for monitoring vulnerability and adaptation are under-researched but have increased since AR5. Increasingly, projections move from individual crops to assessing risks across the food systems and the relative vulnerability of different systems (Campbell et al., 2016; Gil et al., 2017; Lipper et al., 2017; Richardson et al., 2018). Adaptation options can be considered as parameters in integrated models, such as those used in ISI-MIP, while others use systematic assessments of case studies, such as the application of agent-based household models to assessments of adaptation in livestock systems (Section 5.5.4). Quantitative studies are less common than qualitative assessments, and there is a need to combine modelling and qualitative approaches more effectively (Beveridge et al., 2018a; Vermeulen et al., 2018).

The food system is dynamic, with changes in management practices driven by many factors, including climate adaptation (Iizumi, 2019; Iizumi et al., 2021a). Adaptation potential, such as expected advances in crop breeding, are often not explicitly accounted for in modelling studies, but more recent studies do quantify the potential for adaptation (Iizumi et al., 2017; Tao et al., 2017; Aggarwal et al., 2019; Minoli et al., 2019). To account for this complexity, case studies rely on data derived from the perception and practices of stakeholders who are engaged in adaptation (usually autonomous adaptation) (Hussain et al., 2016; Lipper et al., 2017; Ankrah, 2018; Sousa-Silva et al., 2018). Case studies use a range of different indicators to monitor climate response options, making quantitative comparisons more difficult (Gil et al., 2017; Vermeulen et al., 2018). However, systematic comparisons have provided valuable insights (Descheemaeker et al., 2018; Shaffril et al., 2018; Aggarwal et al., 2019; Bene et al., 2019); for example, the sustainable livelihood framework has been applied widely to diverse aquatic systems (Bueno and Soto, 2017; Barange and Cochrane, 2018) and the Livelihood Vulnerability Index is well used across systems (Section 5.1 4). Coordinated efforts such as the AgMIP also provide systematic assessments (Blanchard et al., 2017; Lipper et al., 2017; Antle et al., 2018). Nonetheless, the full effectiveness of different adaptation options is difficult to assess given that many impacts have not yet occurred (due to the cumulative nature of impacts and the inertia in the climate system) (Stocker et al., 2013; Zickfeld et al., 2013).

Transformation of the food system that addresses all dimensions of ecosystem services is discussed in this chapter, including risk management and the communication of uncertainties (Section 5.1 4). The focus is on flexible approaches to risk and uncertainty, assessing trends, drivers and trade-offs under different future scenarios (Campbell et al., 2016).

5.4 Crop-Based Systems

Crops such as cereals, vegetables, fruit, roots, tubers, oilseeds and sugar account for about 80% of the dietary energy supply (FAO, 2019 f). Crops are a significant source of food and income for about 600 million farms in the world, 90% of which are family farms (Lowder et al., 2019). Previous assessment reports focused on yields of staple crops such as maize, wheat and rice, but studies are emerging on climate change impacts on other crops.

5.4.1 Observed Impacts

5.4.1.1 Observed impacts on major crops

AR5 Chapter 7 (Porter et al., 2014) stated with confidence that warmer temperatures have benefited agriculture in the high latitudes, and more evidence has been published to support this statement. Typical examples include pole-ward expansion of growing areas and reduction of cold stress in East Asia and North America (Table SM5.1).

Recent warming trends have generally shortened the life cycle of major crops (high confidence) (Zhang et al., 2014; Shen and Liu, 2015; Ahmed et al., 2018; Liu et al., 2018c; Tan et al., 2021). Some studies, however, observed prolonged crop growth duration despite the warming trends (Mueller et al., 2015; Tao et al., 2016; Butler et al., 2018; Zhu et al., 2018b) because of shifts in planting dates and/or adoption of longer-duration cultivars in mid-to-high latitudes. Conversely, in mid-to-low latitudes in Asia, a review study found that farmers favoured early maturing cultivars to reduce risks of damages due to drought, flood and/or heat (Shaffril et al., 2018), suggesting that region-specific adaptations are already occurring in different parts of the world (high confidence).

Global yields of major crops per unit land area have increased 2.5- to 3-fold since 1960. Plant breeding, fertilisation, irrigation and integrated pest management have been the major drivers, but many studies have found significant impacts from recent climate trends on crop yield (high confidence) (Figure 5.3; see Section 5.2.1 for the change attributable to anthropogenic climate change).

Climate impacts for the past 20–50 years differ by crops and regions. Positive effects have been identified for rice and wheat in Eastern Asia, and for wheat in Northern Europe. The effects are mostly negative in Sub-Saharan Africa, South America and Caribbean, Southern Asia, and Western and Southern Europe. Climate factors that affected long-term yield trends also differ between regions. For example, in Western Africa, 1°C warming above preindustrial climate has increased heat and rainfall extremes, and reduced yields by 10–20% for millet and 5–15% for sorghum (Sultan et al., 2019). In Australia, declined rainfall and increased temperatures reduced yield potential of wheat by 27%, accounting for the low yield growth between 1990 and 2015 (Hochman et al., 2017). In Southern Europe, climate warming has negatively impacted yields of almost all major crops, leading to recent yield stagnation (Moore and Lobell, 2015; Agnolucci and De Lipsis, 2020; Brás et al., 2021).

Ortiz-Bobea et al. (2021) analysed agricultural total factor productivity (TFP), defined as the ratio of all agricultural outputs to all agricultural inputs, and found that, while TFP has increased between 1961 and 2015, the climate change trends reduced global TFP growth by a cumulative 21% over a 55-year period relative to TFP growth under counterfactual non-climate change conditions. Greater effects (30–33%) were observed in Africa, Latin America and the Caribbean (Figure 5.3).

Figure 5.3 | Synthesis of literature on observed impacts of climate change on productivity by crop type and region. The figure draws on >150 articles categorized by: agriculture total factor productivity including literature estimating all agricultural outputs in a region; major crop species including literature assessing yield changes in the four major crops; crop categories including productivity changes (yield, quality and other perceived changes) in a range of crops with different growth habits. The assessment uses literature published since AR5, although the timespan often extends prior to 2014. The direction of the effect and the confidence are based on the reported impacts and attribution, and on the number of articles. See SM5.1 and SM5.2 for details.

Climate variability is a major source of variation in crop production (Ray et al., 2015; Iizumi and Ramankutty, 2016; Frieler et al., 2017; Cottrell et al., 2019)(Table SM5.1). Weather signals in yield variability are generally stronger in productive regions than in the less productive regions (Frieler et al., 2017), where other yield constraints exist such as pests, diseases and poor soil fertility (Mills et al., 2018; 5.2.2). Nevertheless, yield variability in less productive regions has severe impacts on local food availability and livelihood (high confidence) (FAO, 2021).

Climate-related hazards that cause crop losses are increasing (medium evidence, high agreement ) (Cottrell et al., 2019; Mbow et al., 2019; Brás et al., 2021; FAO, 2021; Ranasinghe et al., 2021). Drought-related yield losses have occurred in about 75% of the global harvested area (Kim et al., 2019b) and increased in recent years (Lesk et al., 2016). Heatwaves have reduced yields of wheat (Zampieri et al., 2017) and rice (Liu et al., 2019b). The combined effects of heat and drought decreased global average yields of maize, soybeans and wheat by 11.6%, 12.4% and 9.2%, respectively (Matiu et al., 2017). In Europe, crop losses due to drought and heat have tripled over the last five decades (Brás et al., 2021), pointing to the importance of assessing multiple stresses. Globally, floods also increased in the past 50 years, causing direct damages to crops and indirectly reduced yields by delaying planting, which cost 4.5 billion USD in the 2010 flood in Pakistan and 572 million USD in the 2015 flood in Myanmar (FAO, 2021).

5.4.1.2 Observed impacts on other crops (vegetables, fruit, nut and fibre)

The impact of climate change on these diverse crop types is under-researched and uncertain (Manners and van Etten, 2018; Alae-Carew et al., 2020); there are reports of positive impacts in some cases, but overall the observed impacts are negative across all crop categories (Figure 5.3).

Above-ground annual crops consumed as vegetables, fruits or salad are essential for food security and nutrition (5.12). In temperate regions, climate change can result in higher yields (Potopová et al., 2017; Bisbis et al., 2018), while in subtropical/tropical regions, negative impacts from heat and drought take precedence (Scheelbeek et al., 2018). Different species have different sensitivities to heat and drought (Prasad et al., 2017; Scheelbeek et al., 2018) and to combinations of stresses (Zandalinas et al., 2018). Above-ground vegetables are especially vulnerable to heat and drought stress during pollination and fruit set, resulting in negitive impacts on yield (Daryanto et al., 2017; Sita et al., 2017; Brás et al., 2021) and harvest quality (Mattos et al., 2014; Bisbis et al., 2018). Growers have already seen negative impacts from the expansion of pest and disease agents due to warming (Section 5.4.1.3; Figure 5.3).

Below-ground vegetables include starchy roots and tubers that form a regular diet in many parts of the tropics and subtropics. Warming and climate variability has altered the rate of tuber development, with yield impacts varying by location, including yield increases in some cases (Shimoda et al., 2018; Ray et al., 2019). These crops are considered stress tolerant but are more sensitive to drought than cereals (Daryanto et al., 2017). Impacts on water supply are critical as root crops are water-demanding for long periods, and highly sensitive to drought and heat events during tuber initiation (Dua et al., 2013; Potopová et al., 2017; Brás et al., 2021).

Among perennial tree crops, only grapevine, olive, almond, apple, coffee and cocoa have received significant research attention. Concerns about climate impacts on harvest quality are widespread (Figure 5.3) (Barnuud et al., 2014; Bonada et al., 2015). In higher-latitude regions, the primary concern is the effect of temperature variability on harvest stability, pests and diseases and phenology (including fulfilment of winter chill requirements and risks due to early emergence in spring), (El Yaacoubi et al., 2014; Ramírez and Kallarackal, 2015; Santos et al., 2017; Gitea et al., 2019). In lower-latitude regions, information is limited, but studies are focused on increased tree mortality and yield loss due to drought, heat and impacts from variability in the timing of the wet and dry seasons (Glenn et al., 2013; Ramírez and Kallarackal, 2015); see Box 5.7). In fruit trees, warming and climate variability have already affected fruit quality, such as acidity and texture in apples, or skin colour in grape berries (Sugiura et al., 2013; Sugiura et al., 2018). The reliability and stability of harvests has been impacted by climate variability, changes in the distribution of pests and pathogens (Seidel, 2014; Bois et al., 2017), and the mismatch of important phenological events (such as bud emergence and flowering) (Guo and Shen, 2015; Legave et al., 2015; Ito et al., 2018; Vitasse et al., 2018). Perennial crops are particularly vulnerable to these impacts as they are exposed throughout the year, with little potential for growers to adjust planting date or location. Negative impacts via disruption to phenology and pest dynamics are best studied in grapevine (see Box 5.2).

Among the fibre crops, cotton is particularly well studied. As cotton is heat tolerant and yield increases with extra plant growth, positive effects of increasing temperature are expected, but observed impacts have been mixed due to negative impacts on phenology and plant water status (Traore et al., 2013; Chen et al., 2015a; Cho and McCarl, 2017). Negative impacts of climate change due to proliferation of the pest cotton bollworm are widely reported (Ouyang et al., 2014; Huang and Hao, 2020).

The impacts of climate change on water availability (rainfall and irrigation supply) are an emerging issue. Increased occurrence of drought combined with limited access to irrigation water is already a key constraint; for example, Californian almonds are predicted to increase their potential geographical range under climate warming (Parker, 2018), yet a trend of increasing drought has already resulted in trees being removed due to lack of access to irrigation water (Keppen and Dutcher, 2015; Kerr et al., 2018; Reisman, 2019).

5.4.1.3 Observed impacts on pests, diseases and weeds

AR5 and SRCCL (IPCC, 2019) indicated that more frequent outbreaks and area expansion of pests and diseases are serious concerns under climate change but are under-researched because of the difficulties in assessing multi-species interactions (Porter et al., 2014; Mbow et al., 2019). High-quality historical and current observational data to detect changes in pests and diseases attributable to recent trends in climate are still limited.

Bebber (2013) found significant poleward expansions of many important groups of crop pests and pathogens since 1960, with an average shift of 2.7 km yr −1. Different pest species populations respond differently to ongoing climate change, with some shifting, contracting or expanding their current distribution range and others persisting or disappearing in their current range (high confidence). These asymmetric distribution changes can create novel species combinations or decouple existing ones (Pecl et al., 2017; Hobbs et al., 2018), but their consequences on future crop production and food security are hard to predict. Multi-species climate change experiments are rare (Bonebrake et al., 2018), but one study shows that under future climates different pest assemblages of interacting species may alter levels of damage to crops compared with that by only one species (Crespo-Perez et al., 2015). Some studies highlight the importance of location-specific species interactions for more realistic projections of pest distribution, performance and damage to crops, which in turn would allow more effective prevention and pest control strategies (Wilson et al., 2015; Carrasco et al., 2018).

Weeds are recognised as a primary constraint on crop production (Oerke, 2006), rangelands (DiTomaso et al., 2017) and forests (Webster et al., 2006). Climate change could favour the growth and development of weeds over crops with negative consequences for desired plants in managed systems (medium evidence, high agreement ) (Peters et al., 2014; Ziska and McConnell, 2016). First, changes in temperature and precipitation alter the range, composition and competitiveness of native and invasive weeds (Bradley et al., 2010). Second, rising concentrations of CO2 enhance growth of C3 species (~85% of plant species, including many weeds) (Ogren and Chollet, 1982; Ziska, 2003), and increase plant water use efficiency with potentially strong effects on invasive plant species establishment (Smith et al., 2000; Belote et al., 2004; Blumenthal et al., 2013).

Some invasive species within unmanaged areas will expand further, proliferate and be more competitive under climate change as they may benefit from increased resource ability (e.g., additional CO2, enhanced precipitation) (Bradley et al., 2010; Kathiresan and Gualbert, 2016; Merow et al., 2017; Ramesh et al., 2017; Waryszak et al., 2018), which will make chemical weed control more problematic (medium evidence, high agreement ) (Waryszak et al., 2018; Ziska, 2020). The range of other invasive weeds may become static, or even decline (Bradley et al., 2016; Buckley and Csergo, 2017). A recent meta-analysis also supports that invasive plants respond more favourably to elevated CO2 concentrations and elevated temperatures than native plants (Korres et al., 2016; Liu et al., 2017). Movement of invasive species into low-fertility areas, however, could provide resource opportunities, especially if agriculture in those areas is limited (Randriambanona et al., 2019).

Rising CO2 concentrations and climate change could reduce herbicide efficacy (medium evidence, high agreement ). These reductions may be associated with physical environmental changes (precipitation, wind speed) that influence herbicide coverage (Ziska, 2016) as well as direct effects of CO2 on plant biochemistry and herbicide resistance (Refatti et al., 2019). Increasing CO2 levels and altered temperature and precipitation are therefore projected to affect all aspects of weed biology (Peters et al., 2014; Ziska and McConnell, 2016), including establishment (Bradley et al., 2016), competition (Fernando et al., 2019), distribution, (Castellanos-Frías et al., 2016) and management (Waryszak et al., 2018).

A warmer climate increases the need for pesticides (Shakhramanyan et al., 2013; Ziska, 2014; Delcour et al., 2015; Zhang et al., 2018). Increases in temperature and CO2 concentration may reduce pesticide efficiency by altering its metabolism, or accelerating detoxification (Matzrafi et al., 2016; Matzrafi, 2019). Intense rainfall also reduces persistence (Delcour et al., 2015). Invasive pests and pathogens impose an additional cost for the society (Bradshaw et al., 2016). Rapid and large-scale dispersal of pests is already a major threat to food security, as exemplified by the recent outbreak of desert locusts (see Box 5.8), indicating the importance of international cooperation. Taken together, the need for control of pests, disease and weeds will increase under climate change (medium evidence, high agreement ). The use of toxic agricultural chemicals also has human health and environmental risks (Whitmee et al., 2015; IPBES, 2019). Surveillance for monitoring pest distribution and damages, climate-relevant pest risk analysis, and climate-smart strategies for controlling pests with minimal impacts on human and environmental health are important tools in the face of climate change (IPPC Secretariat, 2021).

5.4.1.4 Observed impacts of ozone on crops

Tropospheric (i.e., the lowest 6–10 km of the atmosphere) ozone exacerbates negative impacts of climate change (high confidence) (Mattos et al., 2014; Chuwah et al., 2015; McGrath et al., 2015; Bisbis et al., 2018; Mills et al., 2018; Scheelbeek et al., 2018). Ozone is an air pollutant and short-lived GHG that affects air quality and global climate. It is a strong oxidant that reduces physiological functions, yield and quality of crops and animals. Surface ozone concentration has increased substantially since the late 19th century (Cooper et al., 2014; Forster et al., 2021; Gulev et al., 2021; Szopa et al., 2021) and in some locations and times reaches levels that harm plants, animals and human (high confidence) (Fleming et al., 2018).

Mills (2018) estimated global distributions of current yield losses of major crops due to ozone, pest and diseases, heat, and aridity (Figure 5.4). Ozone-induced yield losses in 2010–2012 averaged 12.4%, 7.1%, 4.4% and 6.1% for soybean, wheat, rice and maize, respectively. Spatial variation in yield losses is similar among different stresses; areas with a large loss due to ozone are also at high risk of yield losses due to pest and diseases and heat. Many vegetable crops are also susceptible to ozone, which will adversely impact quality and quantity (Mattos et al., 2014; Bisbis et al., 2018; Scheelbeek et al., 2018).

Figure 5.4 | The global effects of five biotic and abiotic stresses on soybean and wheat. All data are presented for the 1 × 1° (latitude and longitude) grid squares where the mean production of soybean or wheat was >500 tonnes (0.0005 Tg). The effect of each stress on yield is presented as a Yield Constraint Score (YCS) on a scale of 1–5, where 5 is the highest level of stress from ozone, pests and diseases, heat stress and aridity (Mills et al., 2018). Data are available at Sharps et al. (2020). See Annex I: Global to Regional Atlas for all four crops.

The estimated yield loss does not account for interactions with other climatic factors. Temperatures enhance not only ozone production but also ozone uptake by plants, exacerbating yield and quality damage. Burney (2014) estimated current yield losses due to the combined effects of ozone and heat in India at 36% for wheat and 20% for rice. Schauberger et al. (2019a) found global yield losses, ranging from 2% to 10% for soybean and 0% to 39% for wheat with a model that accounts for temperature, water and CO2 concentration on ozone uptake.

Box 5.1: Evidence for Simultaneous Crop Failures Due to Climate Change

Simultaneous yield losses across major producing regions can be a threat to food security but had not been quantified by the time of AR5. Large-scale sea surface temperature (SST) oscillations greatly influence global yield of major crops (high confidence) (Anderson et al., 2019b; Najafi et al., 2019; Ubilava and Abdolrahimi, 2019; Heino et al., 2020; Iizumi et al., 2021b) and food prices (Ubilava, 2018). Some studies showed that crop yields in different regions covaried with SST oscillations, suggesting occurrences of tele-connected yield failures (crop losses caused by related factors in distant regions; Table Box 5.1.1) (medium confidence). Evidence of synchronised crop failures increasing with ongoing climate change is still limited.

Table Box 5.1.1 | A summary of peer-review papers detecting synchronised yield losses.

Regions/ commodities

Period studied

Observed impacts

Climate driver

Evidence for multiple breadbasket failures

Evidence for increasing risks due to multiple breadbasket failures

Reference

Global breadbaskets for maize, rice, sorghum and soybean

1961–2013

Not only yields of each crop covaried in many countries, but also those of different crops, maize in particular, covaried with other crops.

SST anomalies, atmospheric and oceanic in- dices, air temperature anomalies and Palmer Drought Severity Index

High

NA

Najafi et al. (2019)

Global breadbaskets for wheat, soybean and maize

1980–2010

Climate modes (El Niño-Southern Oscillation (ENSO), the Indian Ocean Dipole (IOD), tropical Atlantic variability (TAV) and the North Atlantic Oscillation (NAO)) account for 18%, 7% and 6% of global maize, wheat and soybean production variability, respectively. ENSO events sometimes offset yield reductions in some places by increases in other places (e.g., soybean yields in the USA and southeast South America).

Since 1961, ENSO in 1983 was the only climate mode that showed global synchronous crop failures.

Climate modes

Medium (1983)

NA

Anderson et al. (2019b)

Global breadbaskets for wheat, soybean and maize

Climate modes induce yield variability in major breadbaskets, e.g., ENSO affects about half of maize and wheat areas. IOD and ENSO influence wheat in Australia. ENSO affects soybean in northern South America.

Climate modes

Medium

NA

Heino et al. (2020)

67 maize producing countries

1961–2017

SST anomalies from the 1980–2010 base period in the Niño3.4 region, a rectangular area bounded by 120°W–170°W and 5°S–5° is used as a driver. Maize yields are tele-connected among the southeastern tier of Sub-Saharan Africa, as well as Central America, South Asia and Australia. A 1° increase in SST reduced maize yield by up to 20% in these countries.

Climate modes (SST), precipitation

Medium

NA

Ubilava and Abdolrahimi (2019)

Global breadbasket (the USA, Argentina, Europe, Russia/Ukraine, China, India, Australia, Indonesia and Brazil)

1967–2012

Likelihood of simultaneous climate risks increased from 1967–1990 to 1991–2012 in the global breadbasket (lower 25th yield deviation percentile events at province level) for wheat, soybean and maize, but not rice.

Likelihood of simultaneous climate risks increased from 1967–1990 to 1991–2012 in China (lower 25th yield deviation percentile events at province level).

Unspecified

Medium

Medium

Gaupp et al. (2020)

Global

1961–2008

Synchronous yield losses among major breadbaskets within each commodity, such as maize and soybean, decreased between 1961 and 2008. In contrast, synchronous yield variation between crops has increased. Under a scenario of synchronisation of all four crops, the global maximum production losses for rice, wheat, soybean and maize are estimated to reach between −17% and −34%.

Unspecified

Medium

Medium

Mehrabi and Ramankutty (2019)

5.4.2 Assessing Vulnerabilities within Production Systems

Since AR5, vulnerability assessment has become a pivotal component of risk analysis associated with climate hazards, climate change and climate variability (UNDRR, 2019). Vulnerability assessment can be sectoral or regional but involves social and ecological indicators. This section presents examples of vulnerability assessment to climatic hazards and social vulnerabilities.

5.4.2.1 Vulnerability to climatic hazards

Drought is a major risk component in cropping systems globally, with substantial economic loss (Kim et al., 2019b), livelihood impacts (Shiferaw et al., 2014; Miyan, 2015) and ultimately health risks such as malnutrition (Phalkey et al., 2015; Cooper et al., 2019). Vulnerability to drought can be estimated with a range of indicators (Hagenlocher et al., 2019). Meza (2020) showed that drought risks could be exacerbated or moderated by regional differences in vulnerability (Figure 5.5). For instance, high-level risks observed in southern Africa, western Asia and central Asia result from high vulnerability (low coping capacity), whereas risk levels are relatively low despite the high exposure by relatively high adaptive capacity to drought in other regions.

Figure 5.5 | Hazard and exposure indicator score (a), vulnerability index (b) and drought risk index (c), for rainfed agricultural systems between 1986 and 2015. Drought hazard indicator is defined as the ratio of actual crop evapotranspiration to potential crop evapotranspiration, calculated for 24 crops. Vulnerability index is the country-scale weighted average of a total of 64 indicators including social and ecological susceptibility indicators, and coping capacity. Risk index is calculated by multiplying hazard/exposure indicator score and vulnerability index (Meza et al., 2020).

Regional-scale assessment also highlights the importance of adaptive capacity. For instance, rice and maize production in Viet Nam Mekong Delta has high exposure to multiple climate hazards such as flooding, sea level rise, salinity intrusion and drought (Parker et al., 2019). Risks can be moderated by a relatively high adaptive capacity because of infrastructure, resources and high education levels (Parker et al., 2019). Another regional study demonstrated that erratic rains and high temperatures in southern and southeastern Africa increased the vulnerability of agricultural soils, thereby exacerbating impacts of prolonged and frequent droughts (Sonwa et al., 2017a; See also Box 5.4).

Farm-scale assessment exemplifies context-sensitive vulnerability to climate hazards. Studies of coffee growers in Central America demonstrated that key vulnerability indicators varied greatly between regions and between farms, ranging from a lack of labour, postharvest infrastructure, conservation practices and transport that limits access to market, technical and financial assistance (Baca et al., 2014; Bouroncle et al., 2017). These region- and scale-specific vulnerability indicators assist in identifying ways to enhance resilience to climate hazards (high confidence).

5.4.2.2 Inequities in cropping systems—other crops and regional disparities

While those working with major crops have benefited from the release of new cultivars, those growing other crops are typically reliant on a heritage cultivars or landraces. While Indigenous knowledge and local smallholder knowledge and practices play an important role in supporting agrobiodiversity which provides genetic diversity resistant to climate-related stresses, a global and national focus in international research, subsidies and support for a few crop species has contributed to an overall decline in agrobiodiversity (FAO, 2019e; Song et al., 2019) Similarly, there is a lack of agronomic innovation and research to service ‘minor’ crops (Moriondo et al., 2015; Manners and van Etten, 2018). Even some high-value commodities grown outside high-income countries suffer from imbalances in the focus of available credit, research and innovation (Section 5.4.4.3; Glover, 2014; Fischer, 2016; Farrell et al., 2018). There is a possibility that a lack of adaptive capacity and policy support will drive these growers to move away from these diverse crops, further reducing the resilience of food systems by increasing risk of crop loss from pests, disease and drought and potential loss of Indigenous or local knowledge (Section 5.13.5, Table Box 5.1.1). In the Andean Altiplano of Bolivia, for example, Indigenous farmers have traditionally managed a diverse set of native crops which are drought and frost-tolerant, using cultural practices of seed selection and exchange, but have faced an increase in pests and diseases and a decline of traditional crops due to climate-change-related stresses, out-migration and intensification drivers (Meldrum et al., 2018).

5.4.2.3 Gender and other social inequities

Social inequities such as gender, ethnicity and income level, which vary by time and place and may overlap, can compound vulnerability to climate change for producers within cropping systems (high confidence) (Table 5.3, Arora-Jonsson, 2011; Djoudi et al., 2013; Carr and Thompson, 2014; Mbow et al., 2019; Rao et al., 2019a; Nyantakyi-Frimpong, 2020a). Rather than binary and static categories (i.e., men versus women), social vulnerabilities are dynamic and intersect; to understand vulnerability, the specific socio-cultural identities and political and environmental context need to be studied in relation to climate stress (Thompson-Hall et al., 2016; Rao et al., 2019a; Nyantakyi-Frimpong, 2020a).

Table 5.3 | Examples of social inequities in cropping systems that compound climate change vulnerability.

Social inequity

How social inequity increases vulnerability to climate change in cropping systems

Gender inequity can create and worsen social vulnerability to climate change impacts within cropping systems (high confidence) (Carr and Thompson, 2014; Sugden et al., 2014; Nyantakyi-Frimpong and Bezner-Kerr, 2015; Rao et al., 2019a; Ebhuoma et al., 2020; Nyantakyi-Frimpong, 2020a; see Cross-Chapter Box GENDER in Chapter 18).

  • Men and women have different access to and decision-making control over resources such as seeds, systemic differences in land tenure and agricultural employment, and their responsibilities, workloads and response to climate stresses differ due to systemic gender inequities and socio-cultural norms, which intersect with other inequities (e.g., income level, ethnicity) to compound vulnerability (Rao et al., 2019a; Ebhuoma et al., 2020; Nyantakyi-Frimpong, 2020a).
  • In a study in northern Ghana, for example, poor widows with poor health had fewer resources to rely on during droughts than married women, particularly those married to local leaders; in contrast, due to gendered expectations, during floods low-income men suffered greater consequences (Nyantakyi-Frimpong, 2020a).
  • Adaptation strategies such as migration can compound that vulnerability, but importantly, the specific gendered vulnerability intersects with other inequities which are context specific (Sugden et al., 2014; Nyantakyi-Frimpong, 2020a; Cross-Chapter Box MIGRATE in Chapter 7).

Globally, smallholder food producers are more vulnerable than large-scale producers to climate change impacts (high confidence).

Farmworkers are another social group with heightened vulnerability to climate change (medium confidence).

  • Farmworkers often experience job insecurity, food insecurity, poor working conditions, poverty and social marginalisation. Climate change impacts can compound their vulnerability, for example by worsening working conditions through increased temperatures and humidity (Section 5.12.3.1), or increase unreliability of work due to rainfall irregularity, flooding or drought, and can put them more at risk during climatic extreme events such as wildfires (Turhan et al., 2015; Greene, 2018; Mendez et al., 2020; Tigchelaar et al., 2020).

5.4.3 Projected Impacts

5.4.3.1 Advances in the characterisation of the effects of elevated atmospheric CO2

Elevated CO2 concentrations stimulate photosynthesis rates and biomass accumulation of C3 crops, and enhance crop water use efficiency of various crop species, including C4 crops (high confidence) (Kimball, 2016; Toreti et al., 2020). Perennial crops and root crops may have a greater capacity for enhanced biomass under elevated CO2 concentrations, although this does not always result in higher yields (Glenn et al., 2013; Kimball, 2016).

Recent FACE studies found that the effects of elevated CO2 are greater under water-limited conditions (medium confidence) (Manderscheid et al., 2014; Fitzgerald et al., 2016; Kimball, 2016), which was generally reproduced by crop models (Deryng et al., 2016). However, drought sometimes negates the CO2 effects (Jin et al., 2018).

There are significant interactions between CO2, temperature, cultivars, nitrogen and phosphorous nutrients (Kimball, 2016; Toreti et al., 2020): positive effects of rising CO2 on yield are significantly reduced by higher temperatures for soybean, wheat and rice (medium confidence) (Ruiz-Vera et al., 2013; Cai et al., 2016; Gray et al., 2016; Hasegawa et al., 2016; Obermeier et al., 2016; Purcell et al., 2018; Wang et al., 2018). In above-ground vegetables, elevated CO2 can in some cases reduce the impact of other climate stressors, while in others the negative impacts of other abiotic factors negate the potential benefit of elevated CO2 (Bourgault et al., 2017; Bourgault et al., 2018; Parvin et al., 2018; Parvin et al., 2019). Significant variation exists among cultivars in yield response to elevated CO2, which is positively correlated with yield potential in rice and soybean, suggesting the potential to develop cultivars for enhanced productivity under future elevated [CO2] (Ainsworth and Long, 2021).

Elevated CO2 reduces some important nutrients such as protein, iron, zinc and some grains, fruit or vegetables to varying degrees depending on crop species and cultivars (high confidence) (Mattos et al., 2014; Myers et al., 2014; Dong et al., 2018; Scheelbeek et al., 2018; Zhu et al., 2018a; Jin et al., 2019; Ujiie et al., 2019). This is of particular relevance for fruit and vegetable crops given their importance in human nutrition (high confidence) (see Section 5.12.4 for potential impacts on nutrition; Nelson et al., 2018; Springmann et al., 2018). Recent experimental studies (Section 5.3.2), however, show some complex and counteracting interactions between CO2 and temperature in wheat, soybean and rice; heat stress negates the adverse effect of elevated CO2 on some nutrient elements (Macabuhay et al., 2018; Kohler et al., 2019; Wang et al., 2019b). The CO2 by temperature interaction for grain quality needs to be better understood quantitatively to predict food nutritional security in the future.

5.4.3.2 Projected impacts on major crop production

AR5 Chapter 7 estimated global crop yield reduction due to climate change to be about 1% per decade (Porter et al., 2014), similar to the previous assessment reports (Porter et al., 2019). Additional research confirms that climate change will disproportionately affect crop yields among regions, with more negative than positive effects being expected in most areas, especially in currently warm regions, including Africa and Central and South America (high confidence).

A systematic literature search between 2014 and 2020 resulted in about 100 peer-reviewed papers that simulated crop yields of four major crops (maize, rice, soybean and wheat) using Coupled Model Intercomparison Project Phase 5 (CMIP5) data (Hasegawa et al., 2021b). Most studies focus on the relative change in crop yields due to climate change but do not consider technological advances. Nevertheless, they provide useful insights into time-, scenario- and warming-degree-dependent impacts of climate change.

The impact of climate change on crop yield without adaptation projected in the 21st century is generally negative even with the CO2 fertilisation effects, with the overall median per-decade effect being −2.3% for maize, −3.3% for soybean, −0.7% for rice and −1.3% for wheat, which is consistent with previous IPCC assessments (Porter et al., 2014). The effects vary greatly within each crop, timeframe and RCP, but show a few common features across crops (Figure 5.6a ). Differences in the projected impacts between RCPs are not pronounced by mid-century. From then onward, the negative effect becomes more pronounced under RCP8.5, notably in maize. Rice yields show less variation across models than other crops presumably because simulations are mostly under irrigated conditions. A part of the uncertainty in the projection is due to regional differences (Figure 5. 6b). Negative impacts on cereals are projected in Africa and Central and South America at the end of the century, which agrees with the previous studies (Aggarwal et al., 2019; Porter et al., 2019).

Figure 5.6 | Projected yield changes relative to the baseline period (2001–2010) without adaptation and with CO2fertilisation effects (Hasegawa et al. , 2021b). The box is the interquartile range (IQR), and the middle line in the box represents the median. The upper and lower end of whiskers are median 1.5 × IQR ± median. Open circles are values outside the 1.5 × IQR. (a) At different time periods (near future, NF, baseline to 2039; mid-century, MC, 2040–2069; end-century, EC, 2070–2100) under three RCPs, and (b) at different regions at EC.

The differences due to regions, RCPs and timeframes are related to the current temperature level and degree of warming (Figure 5.7). The projected effects of climate change are positive where current annual mean temperatures (Tave) are below 10°C, but they become negative with Tave above around 15°C. At Tave> 20°C, even a small degree of warming could result in adverse effects. In maize, negative effects are apparent at almost all temperature zones. A new study using the latest climate scenarios (Coupled Model Intercomparison Project Phase 6, CMIP6) and global gridded crop model ensemble projected that climate change impacts on major crop yields appear sooner than previously anticipated, mainly because of warmer climate projections and improved crop model sensitivities (Jägermeyr et al., 2021).

Figure 5.7 | Projected yield changes relative to the baseline period (2001–2010) without adaptation and with CO2fertilisation effects (Hasegawa et al. , 2021b). (a) Mid-century (MC, 2040–2069) and end-century (EC, 2070–2100) projections under three RCP scenarios as a function of current annual temperature (Tave), (b) as a function of global temperature rise from the baseline period by three Tave levels. See Figure. 5.6 for legends.

As noted in Section 5.3.1, most simulations do not fully account for responses to pests, diseases, long-term change in soil, and some climate extremes (Rosenzweig et al., 2014), but studies are emerging to include some of these effects. For example, based on the temperature response of insect pest population and metabolic process, global yield losses of rice, maize and wheat are projected to increase by 10–25% per degree Celsius of warming (Deutsch et al., 2018). Rising temperatures reduce soil carbon and nitrogen, which in turn exacerbate the negative effects of +3°C warming on yield from 9% to 13% in wheat and from 14% to 19% in maize (Basso et al., 2018).

A few studies have examined possible occurrences of tele-connected yield losses (5.4.1.2) using future climate scenarios. Tigchelaar (2018) estimated that, for the top four maize-exporting countries, the probability that simultaneous production losses greater than 10% occur in any given year increases from 0% to 7% under 2°C warming and to 86% under 4°C warming. Gaupp (2019) estimated that risks of simultaneous failure in maize would increase from 6% to 40% at 1.5°C and to 54% at 2°C warming, relative to the historical baseline climate. Large-scale changes in SST are the major factors causing simultaneous variation in climate extremes, which are projected to intensify under global warming (Cai et al., 2014; Perry et al., 2017). Consequently, risks of simultaneous yield losses in major food-producing regions will also increase with global warming levels above 1.5°C (medium confidence). Further examination is needed for the effects of spatial patterns of these extremes on breadbaskets in relation to SST anomalies under more extreme climate scenarios.

Future surface ozone concentration is highly uncertain (Fiore et al., 2012; Turnock et al., 2018); it is projected to increase under RCP8.5 and decrease under other RCPs depending largely on different methane emission trajectories because methane is an important precursor of ozone. Methane, therefore, reduces crop yield both from climate warming and ozone increase (Avnery et al., 2013). Shindell (2016) estimated yield losses of four major crops (to be 25±11% by 2100 under RCP8.5, as a net balance of the positive effect of CO2 (15±2%) and negative effects of warming (35±10%) and ozone (4.0±1.3%), and that 62% of the yield loss was attributable to methane. This points to the importance of reducing methane and other precursors of ozone as an effective adaptation strategy (medium evidence, high agreement ).

5.4.3.3 Projected impacts on other crops

Yield projections for crops other than cereals indicate mostly negative impacts on production due to a range of climate drivers (high confidence), with yield reductions similar to that of cereals expected in tropical, subtropical and semi-arid areas (Mbow et al., 2019). Springmann et al. (2016), compared the projected global food availability for different food groups under the SSP2 2050 scenario and found reductions in availability were similar in cereals, fruit and vegetables, and root and tubers (with legumes and oilseed crops showing a smaller reduction).

Fruit and vegetables have not been subject to extensive or coordinated yield projections (Figure 5.8). Yield projections have been performed for individual crops and locations (Ruane, 2014; Adhikari et al., 2015; Awoye et al., 2017; Ramachandran et al., 2017), but more often crop suitability models have been used (SM5.3). Zhao (2019) introduced a modelling approach that could be used to generate yield projections for a wider range of annual crops. The discussion here also draws on reviews of more restricted experimental studies. Negative impacts of climate change on crop production are expected across many cropping systems (Figure 5.8). Apart from the direct effects of elevated carbon dioxide, most changes are expected to have negative effects on crop production. Changes in temperature and rainfall are most often mentioned as drivers of climate impacts, but expected changes in phenology, pests and diseases are also raising concerns. Scheelbeek et al. (2018) synthesised projections for vegetables and legumes, based on their response to climate factors under experimental conditions; in most cases, the magnitude of the changes is comparable to the RCP8.5 2100 forecasts. Scheelbeek et al. (2018) projected yield changes of: +22.0% (+11.6% to +32.5%) for a 250 ppm increase in CO2 concentration; −34.7% (−44.6% to −24.9%) for a 50% reduction in water availability; −8.9% (−15.6% to −2.2%) for a 25% increase in ozone concentration; −31.5% for a 4°C increase in temperature (in papers with a baseline temperature of >20°C). Overall, impacts are expected to be largely negative in regions where the temperature is currently above 20°C, while some yield gains are expected in cooler regions (provided that water availability and other conditions are maintained). Scheelbeek et al. (2018) did not consider changes in pest and disease pressure, which are projected to increase with warming (see SM5.3).

Figure 5.8 | Synthesis of literature on the projected impacts of climate change on different cropping systems. The assessment includes projections of impacts on crop productivity over a range of emission scenarios and time periods. The projected impacts are disaggregated by the different climate and climate-related drivers. Impacts are reported as positive, negative or mixed. The assessment draws on >60 articles published since AR5. The confidence is based on the evidence given in individual articles and on the number of articles. See SM5.2 information for details.

Systematic assessments of climate response for root crops as a group are lacking (Raymundo et al., 2014; Knox et al., 2016; Manners and van Etten, 2018). Climate suitability is projected to increase for tropical root crops (SM5.3), and some studies have found that root crops will be less negatively impacted than cereals, but there is no consensus on this (Brassard and Singh, 2008; Adhikari et al., 2015; Schafleitner, 2016; Manners et al., 2021). For potato, Raymundo et al. (2018) projected global yield reductions of 2–6% by 2055 under different RCPs, but with important differences among regions; tuber dry weight may experience reductions of 50–100% in marginal growing areas such as central Asia, while increases of up to 25% are expected in many high-yielding environments. Projections show yield increases of 6% per 100 ppm elevation in CO2 but declines of 4.6% per degree Celsius and 2% per 10% decrease in rainfall (Fleisher et al., 2017). Jennings et al. (2020) projected an overall increase in global potato production, but only if widespread adoption of adaptation measures is achieved. Although increases in CO2 could produce positive yield responses, the effects of temperature may offset these potential benefits (Dua et al., 2013; Raymundo et al., 2014). Warming offers the potential of longer growing seasons but can also have negative impacts through disrupted phenology and interactions with pests (Figure 5.8, Bebber, 2015; Pulatov et al., 2015).

Global yield modelling is lacking for woody perennial crops. Experimental studies suggest negative impacts on yields due to reduced water supply and increased soil salinity, as well as from warming and ozone (although evidence was limited for these) (Alae-Carew et al., 2020). Increasing CO2 is expected to increase yields, but only where other factors, such as warming, do not become yield-limiting (Alae-Carew et al., 2020). Many local projections include large uncertainty because of a lack of observational data and reliable parametrisation (Moriondo et al., 2015; Mosedale et al., 2016; Kerr et al., 2018; Mayer et al., 2019b). Most perennial crop models have found large negative impacts on yield and suitability, although CO2 fertilisation and phenology are not always considered (Lobell and Field, 2011; Glenn et al., 2013). Perennial crops are often grown in dryland areas where rainfall or irrigation water can be critical (Mrabet et al., 2020). Valverde (2015) found that yield losses in the Mediterranean region were largely driven by reduced rainfall, with maximum estimated yield losses of 5.4% for grape, 14.9% for olive and 27.2% for almond under a relatively hot and dry scenario (by 2041–2070). Moriondo (2015) highlight the need for perennial crop models to incorporate phenology and extreme climate events. Equally challenging is the need to estimate the impact of biotic changes, particularly climate-driven movement of pests and diseases (Ponti et al., 2014; Bosso et al., 2016; Schulze-Sylvester and Reineke, 2019).

For cotton, experimental studies suggest positive impacts from rising CO2 and temperature (Zhang et al., 2017a; Jans et al., 2021), but projections show mixed impacts on yield, including large negative impacts in warmer regions due to heat, drought and the interaction of temperature with phenology (Yang et al., 2014; Williams et al., 2015; Adhikari et al., 2016; Rahman et al., 2018). Climate change is also expected to increase the demand for irrigation water, which will likely limit production (Jans et al., 2021). There are also concerns that fibre quality may deteriorate (e.g., air permeability of compressed cotton fibers) (Luo et al., 2016).

Higher temperatures and altered moisture levels are expected to present a food safety risk, particularly for above-ground harvested vegetables (Figures 5.8; 5.10). Warmer and wetter weather is anticipated to increase fungal and microbial growth on leaves and fruit, while altered flooding regimes increase the risk of crop contamination (Liu et al., 2013; Uyttendaele et al., 2015). This is also true for perennial crops; for example, warming and climate variability can increase fungal contamination of grapes, including that associated with mycotoxins (Battilani, 2016; Paterson, 2018).

5.4.3.4 Observed and projected impacts on cultural ecosystem service

Cultural ecosystem services (CES) are those non-material benefits, such as aesthetic experiences, recreation, spiritual enrichment, social relations, cultural identity, knowledge and other values (Millennium Ecosystem Assessment, 2005), which support physical and mental health and human well-being (Chan et al., 2012; Triguero-Mas et al., 2015). CES in agricultural and wild landscapes include recreational activities, access to wild or cultivated products, and cultural foods, spiritual rituals, heritage and memory dimensions, and aesthetic experiences (Daugstad et al., 2006; Calvet-Mir et al., 2012; Ruoso et al., 2015). Relative to other ecosystem services, CES in agricultural landscapes have been less researched (Merlín-Uribe et al., 2012; Milcu et al., 2013; Bernues et al., 2014; Plieninger et al., 2014; van Berkel and Verburg, 2014; Ruoso et al., 2015; Quintas-Soriano et al., 2016). Agricultural heritage is a key aspect of CES and plays an important role in maintaining agrobiodiversity (Hanaček and Rodríguez-Labajos, 2018).

Climate change is projected to have negative impacts on CES (medium confidence) (Table 5.4). There is limited evidence that climate change has been the main driver affecting CES of agroecosystems confounded by other drivers such as migration and changing farming patterns (Hanaček and Rodríguez-Labajos, 2018; Dhakal and Kattel, 2019). Recent studies observed declines in CES in alpine pastures and floodplains in Europe in part due to climate change impacts (Probstl-Haider et al., 2016; Schirpke et al., 2019). Another study estimated that the scenic beauty enjoyed by those who visit the vineyards in central Chile will decline by 18–28% by 2050 owing to a combination of reduced precipitation, increased temperatures and natural fire cycles (Martinez-Harms et al., 2017). More research is needed, however, particularly on cultural heritage and spiritually significant places and in low-income countries.

Table 5.4 | Projected impacts on CES from climate change.

Region

CES

Climate change scenario

Projected impacts from climate change

References

Central Chile, South America

Aesthetic experience of scenic beauty in vine-growing region.

RCP2.6 and 8.5.

Increased temperature, reduced precipitation and increased fires will damage scenic beauty of vineyards. Participatory scenario analysis estimated reduction in aesthetic experience from scenic beauty by 18–28% by 2050 for RCP2.6, with greater impacts under RCP8.5.

Martinez-Harms et al. (2017)

Mountainous regions of Austria

Cultural and aesthetic experiences in alpine pastures and diverse agricultural landscapes.

Temperature +1.5°C from 2008 to 2040 and four precipitation scenarios (high, similar , seasonal shift and low).

Some decline in CES, with trade-offs between diversity and CES and provisioning services depending upon the scenario.

Kirchner et al. (2015)

Forest and agricultural landscapes in southern Saxony-Anhalt in Germany

Recreation, scenic landscape beauty and spiritual value of agricultural landscapes and forests.

Regional scenarios, do not specify RCPs.

Not anticipated to be significantly changed by climate change under most scenarios, except for intensification scenario, which would lead to a decline in the forest cultural services as they provide important historical and cultural ties.

Gorn et al. (2018)

Northeast Austria floodplains (grasslands and wetlands)

Tourism, recreation, cultural heritage.

Increased temperature by 2050 and 2100 and seasonal shifts in precipitation.

Increased agricultural intensification due to shifts in climate and decline in CES is predicted, based on farmer interviews.

Probstl-Haider et al. (2016)

Mount Kenya, Kenya

Tourism, recreation, spiritual and cultural values.

Not specified.

Glacier disappearance may lead to reduced mountain trekking and other tourism and recreational activities.

Evaristus (2014)

Philippines

Nature-based tourism in agri-tourism.

Not specified.

Risk of typhoon, drought and strong wind, grass fire, heavy rains. Anticipated to increase vulnerability in terms of human health services and energy use in tourism.

Hidalgo (2015)

Box 5.2: Case Study: Wine

Wine-growing regions cover 7.4 million ha, with a value of 35 billion USD in 2018 (OIV, 2019). Important regions (Italy, France, Spain, USA, Argentina, Australia, South Africa, Chile, Germany, China, Argentina) are located in areas where mean annual temperature roughly varies between 10°C and 20°C (Schultz and Jones, 2010; Mosedale et al., 2016).

Temperature is the primary determinant for vine development. Recent warming trends have advanced flowering, maturity and harvest (high confidence) (Koufos et al., 2014; Cook and Wolkovich, 2016; Hall et al., 2016; Ruml et al., 2016; van Leeuwen and Destrac-Irvine, 2017; Koufos et al., 2020; Wang et al., 2020b; Wang and Li, 2020), and wine-growing regions have expanded outside the normal temperature bounds of locally grown varieties (limited evidence, high agreement ) (Kryza et al., 2015; Irimia et al., 2018). Milder winters have affected harvest in ice-wine growing regions (Pickering et al., 2015). Higher temperatures have mixed effects depending on site, but generally decrease grape quality (Barnuud et al., 2014; Morales et al., 2014; Sweetman et al., 2014; Kizildeniz et al., 2015; Kizildeniz et al., 2018). Warming increases sugar accumulation and decreases acidity (Leolini et al., 2019). Secondary metabolites are negatively affected (Biasi et al., 2019; Teslić et al., 2019). Developmental phases are projected to proceed faster in response to warming (high confidence) (Fraga et al., 2016a; Fraga et al., 2016b; García de Cortázar-Atauri et al., 2017; Costa et al., 2019; Molitor and Junk, 2019; Sánchez, 2019). However extreme high temperatures may have inhibitory effects on development (Cuccia et al., 2014).

In some cases, irrigation is required, and more frequent droughts are a key concern for yield and fruit quality (Morales et al., 2014; Bonada et al., 2015; Kizildeniz et al., 2015; Salazar-Parra, 2015; Kizildeniz et al., 2018; Funes et al., 2020). Water stress reduces shoot growth and berry size, and increases tannin and anthocyanin content (van Leeuwen and Darriet, 2016). However, controlled water stress produces positive impacts on wine quality, increasing skin phenolic compounds (van Leeuwen and Destrac-Irvine, 2017). The level of stress will depend on soil type, texture and organic matter content (Fraga et al., 2016a; Fraga et al., 2016b; Bonfante, 2017; García de Cortázar-Atauri et al., 2017; Leibar et al., 2017; Costa et al., 2019; Molitor and Junk, 2019; Sánchez, 2019). Increases in water demands with potential negative effects from increased soil salinity are among the most common effects of climate change in irrigated regions (medium evidence, high agreement ) (Mirás-Avalos et al., 2018; Phogat et al., 2018).

Rising CO2 will have mixed effects on vine growth and quality (medium evidence, high agreement ) (Martínez-Lüscher et al., 2016; Edwards et al., 2017; van Leeuwen and Destrac-Irvine, 2017). Rising CO2 concentrations will negatively affect wine quality by reducing anthocyanin concentration and colour intensity (Leibar et al., 2017).

Suitability responses to warming are region-specific. In regions where low temperature is a limiting factor, warming will enable growers to grow a wider range of varieties and obtain better-quality wines (high confidence) (Fuhrer et al., 2014; Mosedale et al., 2015; Mosedale et al., 2016; Meier et al., 2018; Jobin Poirier et al., 2019; Maciejczak and Mikiciuk, 2019). Subtropical and Mediterranean regions will experience major declines in fruit quality for high-quality wines (high confidence) (Resco et al., 2016; Lazoglou et al., 2018; Cardell et al., 2019; Fraga et al., 2019a; Fraga et al., 2019b; Teslić et al., 2019). These changes will also affect wine tourism (Nunes and Loureiro, 2016).

Impacts on suitability may reshape the geographical distribution of wine regions. Viability of the wine-growing regions will depend on the knowledge of local climatic variability (Neethling et al., 2019; Rességuier et al., 2020) and the implementation of adaptation strategies such as use of adapted plant material rootstocks, cultivars and clones, viticultural techniques (e.g., changing trunk height, leaf area to fruit weight ratio, timing of pruning), irrigation, enological interventions to control alcohol and acidity, and policy incentives and support (Callen et al., 2016; Ollat and Leeuwen, 2016; van Leeuwen and Destrac-Irvine, 2017; Merloni et al., 2018; Alikadic et al., 2019; del Pozo et al., 2019; Fraga et al., 2019b; Santillan et al., 2019; Morales-Castilla et al., 2020; Marín et al., 2021).

Box 5.3: Pollinators

Climate change will reduce the effectiveness of pollinator agents as species are lost from certain areas, or the coordination of pollinator activity and flower receptiveness is disrupted in some regions (high confidence) (Potts et al., 2010; Gonzalez-Varo et al., 2013; Polce et al., 2014; Kerr et al., 2015; Potts et al., 2016; Settele et al., 2016; Giannini et al., 2017; Mbow et al., 2019). A modelling study estimates that complete removal of pollinators could reduce global fruit supply by 23%, vegetables by 16%, and nuts and seeds by 22%, leading to significant increases in nutrient-deficient population and malnutrition-related diseases (Smith and Haddad, 2015), highlighting the importance of this ecosystem service for human health.

Bees are an essential agricultural pollinator, widely recognised for their role in the fertilisation of many domesticated plants. The observed widespread decline in native bees and honeybee colony numbers, particularly in the USA and Europe, has been associated with a number of environmental stressors in addition to climate change, such as neonicotinoids and varroa mites, and has raised concerns regarding plant–pollinator networks, the stability of pollination services, global food production and the prevalence of malnutrition (Williams and Osborne, 2009; Potts et al., 2010; Chaplin-Kramer et al., 2014).

Any climatic influence on floral phenology or physiology could, potentially, alter bee biology. At present, there is evidence that climate-change-induced asynchrony in pollen and pollinators can occur (Stemkovski et al., 2020). In addition, the nutritional composition of floral pollen may also affect bees’ health at the global level (low evidence). For example, goldenrod (Solidago spp.), a ubiquitous pollen source for bees just prior to winter, has experienced a ~30% drop in protein since the onset of CO2 emissions from the industrial revolution (Ziska et al., 2016).

Climate extremes could pose risks to pollinators when species tolerance is exceeded, with subsequent reduction in populations and potential extirpation (Nicholson and Egan, 2020; Soroye et al., 2020). The rate of climate change may induce potential mismatches in the timing of flowering and pollinator activity depending on the species (Bartomeus et al., 2011). For instance, Miller-Struttmann (2015) showed that long-tongued bumblebees may be at a disadvantage as warming temperatures are reducing their floral hosts, making generalist bumblebees more successful.

Overall, there is medium confidence that long-term mutualisms may be impacted directly by CO2 increases in terms of nutrition, or by temperature and other climatic shifts that may alter floral emergence relative to pollinator life cycles. Additional research is needed to further our understanding of the biological basis for these effects, and their consequence for pollination services.

Box 5.3

Box 5.4: Soil Health

Soil health, defined as an integrative property that reflects the capacity of soil to respond to land management, continues to support provisioning ecosystem services (Kibblewhite et al., 2008). Climate change will have significant impacts on soil health indicators such as soil organic matter (SOM). For example, precipitation extremes can reduce soil biological functions, and increase surface flooding, waterlogging, soil erosion and susceptibility to salinisation (Herbert et al., 2015; Chen and Mueller, 2018; Akter et al., 2019; Sánchez-Rodríguez et al., 2019).

The most significant threat to soil health is the loss of SOM (FAO and ITPS, 2015). SOM holds a great proportion of the nutrients, and regulates important soil physical, chemical and biological processes, such as cation exchange capacity, pH buffering, soil structure, water-holding capacity and microbial activity (FAO and ITPS, 2015). Soils also hold the largest terrestrial organic carbon stock, three to four times greater than the atmosphere (Stoorvogel et al., 2017). At the global scale, climate and vegetation are the main drivers of soil organic carbon (SOC) storage (Wiesmeier et al., 2019). While organic matter input is the primary driver of SOC stocks (Fujisaki et al., 2018), temperature and soil moisture play a key role in SOC storage at the local scale (Carvalhais et al., 2014; Doetterl et al., 2015). Soil type, land use and management practices also play important roles at the local scale.

Increase in soil temperature will negatively impact SOC, but primarily in higher latitudes (medium confidence) (Carey et al., 2016; Qi et al., 2016; Feng et al., 2017; Gregorich et al., 2017; Hicks Pries et al., 2017; Melillo et al., 2017; Hicks Pries et al., 2018). Experiments have shown that warming can accelerate litter mass loss and soil respiration (Lu et al., 2013) and reduces the soil recalcitrant C pool (Chen et al., 2020). SOC losses may speed up soil structural degradation, changes in soil stoichiometry and function (Hakkenberg et al., 2008; Tamene et al., 2019), with downstream effects on aquatic ecosystems. The rate and extent of SOC losses vary greatly depending on the scale of measurement (local to global), soil properties, climate, land use and management practices (Sanderman et al., 2017; Wiesmeier et al., 2019).

Adoption of practices that build SOC can improve crop resilience to climate-change-related stresses such as agricultural drought. Iizumi and Wagai (2019) found that a relatively small increase in topsoil (0–30 cm) SOC could reduce drought damages to crops over 70% of the global harvested area. The effects of increasing SOC are more positive in drylands owing to more efficient use of rainwater, which can increase drought tolerance (Iizumi and Wagai, 2019). Similarly, Sun et al. (2020) found that, relative to local conventional tillage, conservation agriculture has a win-win outcome of enhanced C sequestration and increased crop yield in arid regions. However, the impact of no-till may be minimal if not supplemented with residue cover and cover crops. As such, this is a highly debated area where some authors argue that no-till has limited effect and the evidence outside drylands is weak. Furthermore, the use of crop residues is constrained by its alternative uses (e.g., fuel, livestock feed, etc.) in much of the developing world. Practices that build up SOC may encourage soil microbial populations, which in turn can increase yield stability under drought conditions (Prudent et al., 2020).

Soil C sequestration is an important strategy to improve crop and livestock production sustainably that could be applied at large scales and at a low cost, if there was adequate institutional support and labour, using agroforestry, conservation agriculture, mixed cropping and targeted application of fertilizer and compost (high confidence) (Paustian et al., 2016; Kongsager, 2018; Nath et al., 2018; Woolf et al., 2018; Corbeels et al., 2019; Kuyah et al., 2019; Corbeels et al., 2020; Muchane et al., 2020; Sun et al., 2020; Nath et al., 2021). For example, a widespread adoption of agroforestry, conservation agriculture, mixed cropping and balanced application of fertilizer and compost by India’s small landholders could increase annual C sequestration by 70–130 Tg CO2 e (Nath et al., 2018; Nath et al., 2021).

5.4.4 Adaptation Options

Adaptation strategies in crop production range from field and farm-level technical options such as crop management and cultivar/crop options to livelihood diversification and income protection such as index-based insurance. This section assesses crop management options for different crop types. Feasibility of adaptation options in various systems is addressed in Section 5.1.4.

5.4.4.1 Adaptation options for major crops

Crop management practices are the most commonly studied adaptation measures (Shaffril et al., 2018; Hansen et al., 2019a; Muchuru and Nhamo, 2019), but quantitative assessments are mostly limited to existing agronomic options such as changes in planting schedules, cultivars and irrigation (Beveridge et al., 2018a; Aggarwal et al., 2019). This section draws on the global data set used in Section 5.4.3.2 (Hasegawa et al., 2021b) to estimate adaptation potential, defined as the difference in simulated yields with and without adaptations. A caveat to the analysis is that the data set includes management options if the literature treats them as adaptation. They include intensification measures such as fertilizer and water management, not allowing for physical and economic feasibility.

The overall adaptation potential of existing farm management practices to reduce yield losses averaged 8% in mid-century and 11% in end-century (Figure 5.9), which is insufficient to offset the negative impacts from climate change, particularly in currently warmer regions (Section 5.4.3.2). Emission scenarios, crop species, regions and adaptation options do not show discernible differences. Combinations of two or more options do not necessarily have greater adaptation potential than a single option, though a fair comparison is difficult in the data set from independent studies. One regional study in West Africa found that currently promising management would no longer be effective under future climate, suggesting the need to evaluate effectiveness under projected climate change.

Figure 5.9 | Adaptation potential, defined as the difference between yield impacts with and without adaptation in projected impacts (Hasegawa et al. , 2021b). (a) Projections under three RCP scenarios by regions and (b) by options at mid-century (MC, 2040–2069) and end-century (EC, 2070–2100). n is the number of simulations. See Figure 5.6 for legends.

A global-scale meta-analysis estimated a 3–7% yield loss per degree Celsius increase in temperature (Zhao et al., 2017). Two global-scale studies using multiple global gridded crop models found that growing-season adaptation through cultivar changes offsets global production losses up to 2°C of temperature increase (Minoli et al., 2019; Zabel et al., 2021). While these studies do not account for CO2 fertilisation effects, another global-scale study with the CO2 fertilisation effects (Iizumi et al., 2020) showed that residual damage (climate change impacts after adaptation) would start to increase almost exponentially from 2040 towards the end of the century under RCP8.5. The cost required for adaptation and due to residual damage is projected to rise from USD 63 billion at 1.5°C to USD 80 billion at 2°C and to USD 128 billion at 3°C (Iizumi et al., 2020). All these global studies project that risks and damages are greater in tropical and arid regions, where crops are exposed to heat and drought stresses more often than in temperate regions (Sun et al., 2019; Kummu et al., 2021; SM5.4). There are still large uncertainties in the crop model projections (Müller et al., 2021a), but these multiple lines of evidence suggest that warming beyond +2°C (projected to be reached by mid-century under high-emission scenarios) will substantially increase the cost of adaptation and the residual damage to major crops (high confidence). The residual damage will prevail much sooner in currently warmer regions, where the effect of even a modest temperature increase is greater (Section 5.4.3.2).

Most crop modelling studies on adaptation are still limited to a handful of options for each crop type (Beveridge et al., 2018a). A range of other options are possible not just to reduce yield losses but to diversify risks to livelihoods, which are partially assessed in Sections 5.4.4.4 and 5.14.1. Current modelling approaches are not suited for the assessment of multiple dimensions of adaptation options. New studies are emerging that evaluate multiple options for productivity, sustainability and GHG emission (Xin and Tao, 2019; Smith et al., 2020b), but local- and household-scale assessment, taking account of future climatic variability, needs to be enhanced (Beveridge et al., 2018a).

5.4.4.2 Adaptation options for other crops

Across this diverse group of cropping systems, distinct adaptation options and adaptation limits have emerged (Figure 5.10; Acevedo et al., 2020; Berrang-Ford et al., 2021b). Some crop types have already seen widescale implementation of climate adaptation (e.g., grapevines), while others show little evidence of preparation for climate change (e.g., leafy salad crops). Many adaptation responses are shared with the major crops, but prominent options such as plant breeding are underutilised and there is a lack of evidence for assessing adaptation for many crops (Bisbis et al., 2018; Gunathilaka et al., 2018; Manners and van Etten, 2018). Figure 5.10 assesses several adaptation options based on the perceived importance of each in the literature. Fruit and vegetable crops tend to be more reliant on ecosystem services in the form of pollination, biocontrol and other resources (water, nutrients, microbes, etc.), and ecosystem-based adaptation options are prominent. The range of crops means that there is great potential for crop switching, but cultural and economic barriers will make such options difficult to implement, with barriers to entry for production and marketing (Waha et al., 2013; Magrini et al., 2016; Kongsager, 2017; Rhiney et al., 2018). Perennial crops are exposed to a wide range of climate factors throughout the year and have significant barriers to implementing some of the common adaptation options, such as relocation or replacing tree species/cultivar; agronomic interventions on-farm are well used in high-value tree crops and provide some climate resilience, but longer-term options will be needed (Glenn et al., 2013; Mosedale et al., 2016; Gunathilaka et al., 2018; Sugiura, 2019).

Figure 5.10 | Synthesis of literature on the implementation of on-farm adaptation options across different cropping systems. Adaptation options that have been implemented by growers are considered ‘tested’, while those that have not are considered ‘untested’. Untested options are those that appear in studies as suggestions by stakeholder or experts but were not implemented within the study. The assessment draws on >200 articles published since AR5. The confidence is based on the evidence given in individual articles and on the number of articles. See SM5.2 for details.

Many fruit and vegetable crops are water demanding, and adaptation responses relating to water management and access to irrigation water are crucial. Rainwater storage and deficit irrigation techniques are frequently mentioned as adaptation options and can minimise the burden on off-farm water supplies (Bisbis et al., 2018; Acevedo et al., 2020).

5.4.4.3 Cultivar improvements

As stated in AR5, cultivar improvements are one effective countermeasure against climate change (Porter et al., 2014; Challinor et al., 2016; Atlin et al., 2017). Plant breeding biotechnology for climate change adaptation draws upon modern biotechnology and conventional breeding, with the latter often assisted by genomics and molecular markers. Plant breeding biotechnology will contribute to adaptation for large-scale producers (high confidence). However, in addition to inconsistencies in meeting farmer expectations, a variety of socioeconomic and political variables strongly influence, and limit, uptake of climate-resilient crops (Acevedo et al., 2020; Rhoné et al., 2020).

Genome sequencing significantly increases the rate and accuracy for identifying genes of agronomic traits that are relevant to climate change, including adaptation to stress from pests and disease, temperature and water extremes (high confidence) (Brozynska et al., 2016; Scheben et al., 2016; Voss-Fels and Snowdon, 2016). Access to this information where it is needed and in practical timeframes, as well as the expertise to use it, will limit the sharing of benefits by the most vulnerable groups and countries (high agreement , limited evidence) (Heinemann et al., 2018).

Genetic improvements for climate change adaptation using modern biotechnology have not reliably translated into the field (Hu and Xiong, 2014; Nuccio et al., 2018; Napier et al., 2019), but good progress has been made by conventional breeding. Desirable traits that adapt plants to environmental stress are inherited as a complex of genes, each of which makes a small contribution to the trait (Negin and Moshelion, 2017). Adaptation by conventional breeding requires making rapid incremental changes in the best germplasm to keep pace with the environment (Millet et al., 2016; Atlin et al., 2017; Cobb et al., 2019). Further improvements would be difficult without in situ and ex situ conservation of plant genetic resources to maintain critical germplasm for breeding (Dempewolf et al., 2014; Castañeda-Álvarez et al., 2016).

Despite the advances in sequencing, phenotyping remains a significant bottleneck (Ghanem et al., 2015; Negin and Moshelion, 2017; Araus and Kefauver, 2018); the emergence of high-throughput phenotyping platforms may reduce this bottleneck in future. Emerging modern biotechnology such as gene/genome editing may in the future increase the ability to better translate genetic improvements into the field (medium agreement , limited evidence) (Puchta, 2017; Yamamoto et al., 2018; Friedrichs et al., 2019; Kawall, 2019; Zhang et al., 2019b).

Other breeding approaches assisted by genomics have been making steady gains in introducing traits that adapt crops to climate change (high confidence). DNA sequence information is used to identify markers of desirable traits that can be enriched in breeding programmes, as well as to quantify the genetic variability in species (Gepts, 2014; Brozynska et al., 2016; Voss-Fels and Snowdon, 2016). However, breeding for smallholder farmers and the stresses caused by climate change are unlikely to be addressed by the private sector and will require more public investment and adjusting to the local social-ecological system (Glover, 2014; Heinemann et al., 2014; Acevedo et al., 2020). Modern biotechnology has not demonstrated the scale neutrality needed to serve smallholder-dominated agroecosystems, due to a combination of the kinds of traits and restrictions that come from the predominant intellectual property rights instruments used in their commercialisation, as well as the focus on a small number of major crop species (medium confidence) (Fischer, 2016; Montenegro de Wit et al., 2020).

Globally, there is a notable lack of programmes aimed specifically at breeding for climate resilience in fruits and vegetables, although there have been calls to begin this process (Kole et al., 2015). Breeding for climate resilience in vegetables has great potential given the range of crop species available. Tolerance to abiotic stress is reasonably advanced in pulses (Araújo et al., 2015; Varshney et al., 2018), but examples of translation to commercial cultivars are still limited (Varshney et al., 2018; Varshney et al., 2019). The infrastructure for germplasm collection, maintenance, testing and breeding lags behind that of major crops (partly because of the large number of species involved) (Keatinge et al., 2016; Atlin et al., 2017).

Participatory plant breeding (PPB) facilitates interaction between Indigenous and local knowledge systems and scientific research and can be an effective adaptation strategy in generating varieties well adapted to the socio-ecological context and climate hazards (high confidence) (Table 5.5, Westengen and Brysting, 2014; Humphries et al., 2015; Anderson et al., 2016; Migliorini et al., 2016; Leitão et al., 2019; Ceccarelli and Grando, 2020; Singh et al., 2020).

Table 5.5 | PPB as cultivar improvement adaptation method.

Region

Crop(s) used for breeding

Results

West Africa

Sorghum and pearl millet

  • Released sorghum and millet varieties which were selected for climate variability (e.g., drought), low soil fertility, pest and disease resistance, gendered preferences for processing, and nutrition (Camacho-Henriquez et al., 2015; Weltzien et al., 2019).
  • Farmers who adopted these varieties increased yield, income and food security, alongside increased technical knowledge of plant breeding, and increased breeders’ understanding of local farmers’ varietal requirements (Trouche et al., 2016).
  • Joint learning with scientists led to increased genetic gain both in terms of operational scale and focused breeding for diverse farmer priorities (Weltzien et al., 2019).

South America (Andes)

Potato

  • PPB with Indigenous Quechua and Aymara farmers resulted in potato varieties with traits from wild relatives, with yield stability, higher yields under low input use and disease resistance under climate change impacts such as increased hail or frost events and upward expansion of pests and diseases (Camacho-Henriquez et al., 2015; Scurrah et al., 2019).

Asia (southwest China)

Maize

  • PPB done primarily with women farmers, led to 1500 landraces safeguarded, 12 farmer-preferred varieties released and 30 landraces released, bred for improved yield (15–20% increases), drought resistance, taste, market potential and other priority traits (Song et al., 2019).
  • Studies suggest PPB improved farmer knowledge, income and access to resilient seeds, and strengthened institutions such as women-led farmer cooperatives and Farmers’ Seed Network of China (Song et al., 2019).

5.4.4.4 Integrated approach to enhance agroecosystem resilience

Diversifying agricultural systems is an adaptation strategy that can strengthen resilience to climate change, with socioeconomic and environmental co-benefits, but trade-offs and benefits vary by socio-ecological context (high confidence) (Table 5.6, M’Kaibi et al., 2015; Bellon et al., 2016; Jones, 2017b; Schulte et al., 2017; Jarecki et al., 2018; Jones et al., 2018; Luna-Gonzalez and Sorensen, 2018; Sibhatu and Qaim, 2018; Renard and Tilman, 2019; Rosa-Schleich et al., 2019; Bozzola and Smale, 2020; Mulwa and Visser, 2020). Crop diversification alongside livestock, fish and other species can be applied at various scales in a range of systems, from rainfed or irrigated to urban and home gardens in multiple spatial and temporal arrangements such as mixed planting, intercrops, crop rotation, diversified management of field margins, agroforestry (Section 5.10.1.3) and integrated crop livestock systems (Section 5.10.1.1, Isbell et al., 2017; Kremen and Merenlender, 2018; Dainese et al., 2019; Rosa-Schleich et al., 2019; Hussain et al., 2020; Renwick et al., 2020; Tamburini et al., 2020; Snapp et al., 2021; see Section 5.1 4 and Cross-Chapter Box NATURAL in Chapter 2).

Table 5.6 | Agroecosystem diversification practices, climate change adaptation mechanisms, trade-offs, co-benefits and constraints to implementation.

Agroecosystem diversification practice and

mechanism for climate change adaptation

Benefits, trade-offs and constraints to implementation with examples

Crop diversification

  • Diversifying revenue streams and food supply (portfolio effect).
  • Can impact multiple plant and soil biological and physicochemical properties associated with building SOM, improving soil structure and water conservation.

Legume diversification can be effective for both mitigation and adaptation, by reducing use of nitrogen derived from fossil fuels, and meat consumption, and providing ecosystem services through nutrient cycling, increasing soil biological activity and erosion control (Snapp et al., 2019).

  • Can increase food security and nutrition by increasing cereal productivity and stability in intercropped systems, diversify diets and increase income in crop sales (high agreement, medium evidence) (Snapp et al., 2019; Steward et al., 2019; Renwick et al., 2020), but legume production may be constrained by pest, disease, limited access to genetic material, market access and food preferences (Anders et al., 2020).

Organic amendments, no/low tillage or crop residue retention may increase diversity in soil biological organisms, which might be important in building resilience to multiple stresses such as drought and pest pressure (Furze et al., 2017; Blundell et al., 2020; de Vries et al., 2020; Stefan et al., 2021; Yang et al., 2021).

Livestock integration. Inclusion of legumes and other forage into crop rotation allows mixed crop and livestock operations to mitigate farm-level risk and ecosystem buffering.

Traditional and locally adapted mixed cropping and agroforestry practices which include leguminous trees can improve soil fertility and microclimate (Sida et al., 2018; Amadu et al., 2020).

Benefits: resilience to extreme events such as hurricanes can be promoted by supporting ecosystem functions to mitigate impacts and accelerate recovery (high agreement , medium evidence) (Altieri et al., 2015; Simelton et al., 2015; Sida et al., 2018; Perfecto et al., 2019).

  • Can increase food security, livelihoods and productivity, but local context and resource availability must be considered to optimise species arrangement and benefits and can have considerable implementation barriers and costs (high confidence) (see Sections 5.10.3, 5.14 and Cross-Chapter Box NATURAL in Chapter 2). (Altieri et al., 2015; Simelton et al., 2015; Sida et al., 2018; Perfecto et al., 2019).

Diversification improves regulating and supporting ecosystem services such as pest control, soil fertility and health, pollination, nutrient cycling, water regulation and buffering of temperature extremes (high confidence) (Barral et al., 2015; Prieto et al., 2015; Tiemann et al., 2015; Schulte et al., 2017; Beillouin et al., 2019a; Dainese et al., 2019; Kuyah et al., 2019; Tamburini et al., 2020), which can in turn mediate yield stability and reduced risk of crop loss according to socio-ecological contexts and time since adoption (high confidence) (Prieto et al., 2015; Roesch-McNally et al., 2018; Sida et al., 2018; Williams et al., 2018; Birthal and Hazrana, 2019; Degani et al., 2019; Amadu et al., 2020; Bowles et al., 2020; Li et al., 2020; Sanford et al., 2021).

Agroecosystem diversification often has variable impacts depending on crop combination, agro-ecological zone and soil types, and rigorous assessments of adaptive gains with traditional and locally diversified systems and potential trade-offs still need to be conducted across socio-ecological contexts. The quantitative upstanding will assist in enhancing multiple benefits of diversification tailored for each condition (Table 5.6). Progress is also needed via breeding and/or agronomy to adapt underutilised as well as major food crops to diversified agroecosystems and optimise management of nutrients, pest and disease pressure and other socio-ecological constraints (Araújo et al., 2015; Foyer et al., 2016; Adams et al., 2018; Pang et al., 2018).

Managing for diversity and flexibility at multiple scales is central to developing adaptive capacity. Policies to support diversification include shifting subsidies towards diversified systems, public procurement for diverse foods for schools and other public institutions, investment in shorter value chains, lower insurance premiums and payments for ecosystem services that include diversification (Sorensen et al., 2015; Guerra et al., 2017; Nehring et al., 2017; Valencia et al., 2019). Integrated landscape approaches involving multiple stakeholders (Reed et al., 2016) including urban governments can support diversification at a regional scale through public and private sector investment in extension services, regional supply chains, agritourism and other incentives for diversified landscapes (Milder et al., 2014; Münke et al., 2015; Sorensen et al., 2015; Pérez-Marin et al., 2017; Caron et al., 2018; 5.14.1.5).

5.5 Livestock-Based Systems

Livestock systems may be classified as industrial (monogastric, ruminant), grassland-based in which crop-based agriculture is absent or minimal (pastoralism, agro-pastoralism), mixed rainfed combining mostly rainfed cropping with livestock, and mixed irrigated systems with a significant proportion of irrigated cropping interspersed with livestock. Livestock systems are located widely across all regions of the world, and animal-sourced food provides humans with 39% of their protein and 18% of their calorie intake (FAO, 2019 f). Some 400 million people depend on livestock for a substantial part of their livelihood (Robinson et al., 2011).

5.5.1 Observed Impacts

Climate change affects livestock productivity and production in many ways (Porter et al., 2014; Rojas-Downing et al., 2017). Evidence is accumulating that rising temperatures are increasing heat stress in domestic species and affecting productivity (high confidence) (Das et al., 2016b; Godde et al., 2021).

5.5.1.1 Pastoral systems

Many grassland-based livestock systems are vulnerable to climate change and increases in climate variability (high confidence) (Dasgupta et al., 2014; Sloat et al., 2018; Stanimirova et al., 2019). Decadal vegetation changes from warming and drying trends have been detected in North American grasslands, with implications for species composition, rangeland quality and economic viability of grazing livestock (Rondeau et al., 2018; Reeves et al., 2020). Feed quality in South Asian grasslands has been negatively affected, reducing food security (Rasul et al., 2019). Increased grassland degradation has been observed in parts of Inner Mongolia (Nandintsetseg et al., 2021). Changing seasonality, increasing frequency of drought and rising temperatures are affecting pastoral systems globally (high confidence). These and other drivers are reducing herd mobility, decreasing productivity, increasing incidence of vector borne diseases and parasites, and reducing access to water and feed (high agreement , medium evidence) (López-i-Gelats et al., 2016; Vidal-González and Nahhass, 2018; de Leeuw et al., 2020).

5.5.1.2 Livestock distribution and climate variability

There is limited evidence of observed distributional changes in livestock species due to climate changes. Asian buffalo and yak breeds in China over the past 50 years have shifted distribution partly because of increases in heat stress (Wu, 2015; Wu, 2016). Nepalese cattle numbers have declined, attributed to increases in the number of hot days (Koirala and Shrestha, 2017).

Climate variability has been identified as the primary cause of vegetation cover changes on the Tibetan Plateau since 2000 (Lehnert et al., 2016). Increasing inter-annual variability is a driver of farm extensification in Mediterranean dairy systems (Dono et al., 2016). In Australian rangelands (Godde et al., 2019) and dairy systems (Harrison et al., 2016; Harrison et al., 2017), increasing rainfall variability contributes more to stocking rate and profitability variability than changes in mean rainfall.

5.5.1.3 Diseases and disease vectors

Climate change is affecting the transmission of vector-borne diseases (Hutter et al., 2018; Semenza and Suk, 2018) and parasites (Rinaldi et al., 2015) in high latitudes (high confidence). Different processes link climate change and infectious diseases in domesticated livestock. Some show a positive association between temperature and range expansion of arthropod vectors that spread the bluetongue virus. Others show a contraction, such as tsetse flies that transmit trypanosome parasites of several livestock species. Positive associations have been found between temperature and the spread of pathogens such as anthrax, and droughts and ENSO weather patterns and Rift Valley fever outbreaks in East Africa (Bett et al., 2017). Observed range expansion of economically important tick disease vectors in North America (Sonenshine, 2018) and Africa (Nyangiwe et al., 2018) are presenting new public health threats to humans and livestock.

5.5.2 Assessing Vulnerabilities

5.5.2.1 Rising temperature and heat stress

Most domestic livestock have comfort zones in the range 10–30°C, depending on species and breed (Nardone et al., 2006). At higher temperatures, animals eat 3–5% less per additional degree of temperature, reducing their productivity and fertility. Heat stress suppresses the immune and endocrine system, enhancing susceptibility of the animal to disease (Das et al., 2016b). Recent stagnation in dairy production in West Africa and China may be associated with increased periods of high daily temperatures (low confidence) (Rahimi et al., 2020; Ranjitkar et al., 2020). Increases in the productive capacity of domestic animals can compromise thermal acclimation and plasticity, creating further loss. Escalating demand for livestock products in low-to-middle-income countries (LMICs) may necessitate considerable adaptation in the face of new thermal environments (medium confidence) (Collier and Gebremedhin, 2015; Theusme et al., 2021). Heat effects on productivity have been summarised for pigs (da Fonseca de Oliveira et al., 2019), sheep and goats (Sejian et al., 2018), and cattle (Herbut et al., 2019). The direct effects of higher temperatures on the smaller ruminants (sheep and goats) are relatively muted, compared with large ruminants; goats are better able to cope with multiple stressors than sheep (Sejian et al., 2018). Under SSP5-8.5 to mid-century, land suitability for livestock production will decrease because of increased heat stress prevalence in mid and lower latitudes (high confidence) (Thornton et al., 2021).

5.5.2.2 Livestock water needs

Livestock production may account for 30% of all water (blue, green and grey) used in agriculture (Mekonnen and Hoekstra, 2010) and can negatively affect water quality. Cropland feed production accounts for 38% of crop water consumption (Weindl et al., 2017). High-input livestock systems may consume more water than grazing or mixed systems, though water used per kg beef produced, for example, depends on country, context and system (Noya et al., 2019). In systems where feed production is rainfed, livestock and crop water productivity may be comparable (Haileslassie et al., 2009). Direct water consumption by livestock is <1–2% of global water consumption (Hejazi et al., 2014). Rising temperatures increase animal water needs, potentially affecting access of herders and livestock to drinking water sources (Flörke et al., 2018).

5.5.2.3 Rising temperatures and livestock disease

Climate change will have effects on future distribution, incidence and severity of climate-sensitive infectious diseases of livestock (high confidence) (Bett et al., 2017). In an assessment of climate sensitivity of European human and domestic animal infectious pathogens, 63% were sensitive to rainfall and temperature, and zoonotic pathogens were more climate-sensitive than human- or animal-only pathogens (McIntyre et al., 2017). Over the last 75 years, >220 emerging zoonotic diseases, some associated with domesticated livestock, have been identified, several of which may be affected by climate change, particularly vector-borne diseases (Vaillancourt and Ogden, 2016; see Cross-Chapter Box ILLNESS in Chapter 2). Walsh et al. (2018) identified both temperature and rainfall as influential factors in predicting increasing anthrax outbreaks in northern latitudes. Growing infectious disease burdens in domesticated animals may have wide-ranging impacts on the vulnerability of rural livestock producers in the future, particularly related to human health and projected increases in zoonoses (high confidence) (Bett et al., 2017; Heffernan, 2018; Rushton et al., 2018; Meade et al., 2019).

5.5.2.4 Livestock and socioeconomic vulnerability to climate change

There is limited evidence about the role of livestock in addressing socioeconomic vulnerability. Although agriculture in parts of North America has become more sensitive to climate over the last 50 years, livestock have helped to moderate this effect, being less sensitive to increasing temperatures than some specialised crop systems (Ortiz-Bobea et al., 2018). Increasing frequency and severity of droughts will affect the future economic viability of grassland-based livestock production in the North American Great Plains (Briske et al., 2021). Purchasing more forage and selling more livestock have reduced household vulnerability in semi-arid parts of China over the last 35 years (Bai et al., 2019). A greater focus on sheep production away from cropping has increased the resilience of farming systems in Western Australia in low-rainfall years, although with mixed environmental effects (Ghahramani and Bowran, 2018). More insights are needed as to where and how livestock can affect the vulnerability of farmers and pastoralists.

5.5.2.5 Effects of climate on the health and vulnerability of livestock keepers

Vulnerability to the health impacts of climate change will be shaped by existing burdens of ill health and is expected to be highest in poor and socioeconomically marginalised populations (high agreement , limited evidence) (Labbé et al., 2016). In addition to projected changes in infectious disease burdens, labour capacity in a warming climate is anticipated to decrease further, beyond the >5% drop estimated since 2000 (Watts et al., 2018). Loss of labour capacity may greatly increase the vulnerability of subsistence livestock keepers (high agreement , limited evidence).

5.5.2.6 Gender and other social inequities

Vulnerability to climate change depends on demography and social roles (Mbow et al., 2019). Gender inequities can act as a risk multiplier, with women being more vulnerable than men to climate-change-induced food insecurity and related risks (high confidence) (Cross-Chapter Box GENDER in Chapter 18). Women and men often have differential and unequal control over different productive assets and the benefits they provide, such as income from livestock (Ngigi et al., 2017; Musinguzi et al., 2018). Indigenous livestock keepers can be more vulnerable to climate change, partly due to ongoing processes of land fragmentation (Hobbs et al., 2008), historical land dispossession, discrimination and colonialisation, creating greater levels of poverty and marginalisation (Stephen, 2018). Adaptation actions may also be affected by gender and other social inequities (Balehey et al., 2018; Dressler et al., 2019). Men and women heads of household may access institutional support for adaptation in different ways (Assan et al., 2018). Further research is warranted to evaluate alternative gendered and equity-based approaches that can address differences in adaptive capacity within communities.

5.5.3 Projected Impacts

There is limited evidence on future impact of climate change on livestock production, particularly in LMICs (Rivera-Ferre et al., 2016).

5.5.3.1 Impacts on rangelands, feeds and forages

Uncertainties persist regarding estimates of net primary productivity (NPP) in grazing lands (Fetzel et al., 2017; Chen et al., 2018b), so estimation of climate change impacts on grasslands is challenging. Mean global annual NPP is projected to decline 10 gC m −2 yr −1 in 2050 under RCP8.5, although herbaceous NPP is projected to increase slightly (Boone et al., 2018; see Figure 5.11). Similar estimates were made by Havlik et al. (2014): large increases in projected NPP in higher northern latitudes (21% increase in the USA and Canada) and large declines in western Africa (−46%) and Australia (−17%). The cumulative effects of impacts on forage productivity globally are projected to result in 7–10% declines in livestock numbers by 2050 for warming of ~2°C, representing a loss of livestock assets ranging from USD 10 to 13 billion (Boone et al., 2018). Changes to African grassland productivity will have substantial, negative impacts on the livelihoods of >180 million people.

Figure 5.11 | Regional percent changes in land cover and soil carbon from ensemble simulation results in 2050 under emissions scenario RCP8. 5 compared with 1971–2000. Plant responses were enhanced by CO2 fertilisation. The larger chart (lower left) shows mean changes for all rangelands, and all charts are scaled to −60% to +60% change. Shown are annual net primary productivity (ANPP), herbaceous net primary productivity (HNPP), bare ground, herbaceous (herb), shrub, and tree cover, SOC (soil carbon), above-ground live biomass and below-ground live biomass. Regions as defined by the United Nations Statistics Division. The bar for above-ground live biomass in Western Asia (*) is truncated and is 82% (Boone et al., 2018).

Increases in above-ground NPP, and woody cover at the expense of grassland, are projected in some of the tropical and subtropical drylands (Doherty et al., 2010; Ravi et al., 2010; Saki et al., 2018), in Mediterranean wood pastures (Rolo and Moreno, 2019) and in the northern Great Plains of North America (Klemm et al., 2020). Godde et al. (2021) projected that woody encroachment would occur on 51% of global rangeland area by 2050 under RCP8.5. The future makeup of grasslands under climate change is uncertain, given the variation in responses of the component species, though this variation may provide a climate buffer (Jones, 2019) (low confidence). C4 grass species are regarded as less responsive to elevated carbon dioxide than C3 species, though this is not always the case (Reich et al., 2018).

There are other interactions between climate change and grazing effects on grasslands. Li (2018a) reported strong negative responses of NPP and species richness to 4°C warming, a 50% precipitation decrease, and high grazing intensity. Changes in grassland composition will inevitably change their suitability for different grazing animal species, with switches from herbaceous grazers such as cattle to goats and camels to take advantage of increases in shrubland (Kagunyu and Wanjohi, 2014). Rangeland feed quality may also be reduced via invasive species of lower quality than native species (Blumenthal et al., 2016).

Warming and water deficits impair the quality and digestibility of a C4 tropical forage grass, Panicum maximum, because of increases in leaf lignin (Habermann et al., 2019). A metanalysis by Dellar (2018) of climate change impacts on European pasture yield and quality found an increase in above-ground dry weight under increased CO2 concentrations for forbs, legumes, graminoids and shrubs with reductions in N concentrations in all plant functional groups. Temperature increases will increase yields in alpine and northern areas (+82.6%) but reduce N concentrations for shrubs (−13.6%) and forbs (−18.5%).

Increased temperatures and CO2 concentrations may increase herbaceous growth and favour legumes over grasses in mixed pastures (He et al., 2019). These effects may be modified by changes in rainfall patterns, plant competition, perennial growth habits and plant–animal interactions. The cumulative effect of these factors is uncertain. Large, persistent declines in forage quality are projected, irrespective of warming, under elevated CO2 conditions (600 ppm and +1.5°C day/3°C night temperature increases) in North American grasslands (Augustine et al., 2018). Rising CO2 concentrations may result in losses of iron, zinc and protein in plants by up to 8% by 2050 (Smith and Myers, 2018). Little information is available on possible impacts on carbon-based micronutrients, such as vitamins. About 57% of grasses globally are C3 plants and thus susceptible to CO2 effects on their nutritional quality (Osborne et al., 2014). These impacts will result in greater nutritional stress in grazing animals as well as reduced meat and milk production (quality and quantity) (high confidence, medium evidence).

5.5.3.2 Impacts of increased temperature on livestock

Recent research confirms the seriousness of the heat stress issue (medium evidence, high agreement ). Considerable increases are projected during this century in the number of ‘extreme stress’ days per year for cattle, chicken, goat, pig and sheep populations with SSP5-8.5 but many fewer with SSP1-2.6 (Thornton et al., 2021: Figure 5.12; see Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE in this chapter). Resulting impacts on livestock production and productivity may be large, particularly for cattle throughout the tropics and subtropics and for goats in parts of Latin America and much of Africa and Asia. Pigs are projected to be particularly affected in the mid-latitudes of Europe, East Asia and North America. Lallo et al. (2018) estimated that global warming of 1.5°C and 2°C may exceed limits for normal thermo-regulation of livestock animals and result in persistent heat stress for animals in the Caribbean. Breed differences in heat stress resistance in dairy animals are now being quantified (Gantner et al., 2017), as are effects on sow reproductive performance in temperate climates (Wegner et al., 2016). Estimates of losses in milk production due to heat stress in parts of the USA, UK and West Africa to the end of the century range from 1% to 17% (Hristov et al., 2018; Fodor et al., 2018; Wreford and Topp, 2020; Rahimi et al., 2020). Much larger losses in dairy and beef production due to heat stress are projected for many parts of the tropics and subtropics: these could amount to USD 9 billion per year for dairy and USD 31 billion per for beef to end-century under SSP5-8.5, approximately 5% and 14% of the global value of production of these commodities in constant 2005 dollars.

Figure 5.12 | Change in the number of days per year above ‘extreme stress’ values from the early 21st century (1991–2010) to end of century (2081–2100), estimated under SSP1-2. 6 and SSP5-8.5 using the Temperature Humidity Index (THI). Mapped for species current global distribution (Gilbert et al., 2018) (grey areas, no change). (Thornton et al., 2021), Also see Annex I: Global to Regional Atlas.

In many LMICs, poultry contribute significantly to rural livelihoods, including via modest improvements in nutritional outcomes of household children (de Bruyn et al., 2018). Rural poultry are generally assumed to be hardy and well adapted to stressful environments, but little information exists regarding their performance under warmer climates or interactions with other production challenges (Nyoni et al., 2019).

5.5.3.3 Impacts on livestock diseases

The impacts of climate change on livestock diseases remain highly uncertain (medium evidence, high agreement ). Bett et al. (2017) showed positive associations between rising temperature and expansion of the geographical ranges of arthropod vectors such asCulicoides imicola, which transmits the bluetongue virus. A 1-in-20-year bluetongue outbreak at present-day temperatures is projected to increase in frequency to 1-in-5 to 1-in-7 years by the 2050s, under RCP4.5 and RCP8.5, although animal movement restrictions can prevent devastating outbreaks (Jones et al., 2019).

The prevalence and occurrence of some livestock diseases are positively associated with extreme weather events (high confidence). There are high risks of future Rift Valley fever (RVF) outbreaks under both RCP4.5 and RCP8.5 this century in East Africa and beyond (Taylor et al., 2016; Mweya et al., 2017).

Few studies explicitly consider the biotic and abiotic factors that interact additively, multiplicatively or antagonistically to influence host–pathogen dynamics (Cable et al., 2017). Integrative concepts that aim to improve the health of people, animals and the environment such as One Health may offer a framework for enhancing understanding of these complex interactions (Zinsstag et al., 2018). Much remains unknown concerning disease transmission dynamics under a warming climate (Heffernan, 2018), highlighting the need for effective monitoring of livestock disease (Brito et al., 2017; Hristov et al., 2018).

5.5.3.4 Impacts on livestock and water resources

Water resources for livestock may decrease in places because of increased runoff and reduced groundwater resources, as well as decreased groundwater availability in some environments (AR5). Increased temperatures will cause changes in river flow and the amount of water stored in basins, potentially leading to increased water stress in dry areas such as parts of the Volta River Basin (Mul et al., 2015). Toure (2017) estimated decreases in groundwater recharge rates of 49% and of stored groundwater by 24% to the 2030s in the Klela Basin in Mali under both RCP4.5 and RCP8.5, with potentially serious consequences for water availability for livestock and irrigation.

Water intake by livestock is related to species, breed, animal size, age, diet, animal activity, temperature and physiological status of animals (Henry et al., 2018). Direct water use by cattle may increase by 13% for a temperature increase of 2.7°C in a subtropical region (Harle et al., 2007). Changes in water availability may arise because of decreased supply or increased competition from other sectors. Availability changes may be accompanied by shifts in water quality, such as increased levels of microorganisms and algae, that can negatively affect livestock health (Naqvi et al., 2015). In arid lands, projected decreases in water availability will severely compromise reproductive performance and productivity in sheep (Naqvi et al., 2017). In higher-input livestock systems, water costs may increase substantially owing to increased competition for water (Rivera-Ferre et al., 2016).

5.5.3.5 Livestock and climate variability

Information on future climate variability changes on livestock system productivity does not exist yet. Increases in climate variability may increase food insecurity in the future, mediated through increased crop and livestock production variability (Thornton and Herrero, 2014) in LMICs. Rainfall variability increases in pastoral lands have been linked to declining cattle numbers (Megersa et al., 2014). Changes in future climate variability may have large negative impacts on livestock system outcomes (Sloat et al., 2018; Stanimirova et al., 2019); these effects can be larger than those associated with gradual climate change (limited evidence, medium agreement ) (Godde et al., 2019). In grasslands, Chang et al. (2017) (Europe) and Godde et al. (2020) (globally) projected increases in biomass inter-annual variability, the worst effects occurring in rangeland communities that are already vulnerable. Ways in which climate variability impacts have been addressed in the past, such as via herd mobility, may become increasingly unviable in the future (Hobbs et al., 2008).

5.5.3.6 Societal impacts within the production system

Livestock play important social (Kitalyi et al., 2005) and cultural (Gandini and Villa, 2003) roles in many societies. Climate change will negatively affect the provisioning of social benefits in many of the world’s grasslands (medium confidence). Examples include moving to semi-private land ownership models, driven in part by climate change, that are changing social networks and limiting socio-ecological resilience in pastoral systems in East Africa (Kibet et al., 2016; Bruyere et al., 2018) and Asia (Cao et al., 2018a); altering traditional food, resource and medicine sharing mechanisms in West Africa (Boafo et al., 2016); and the limited ability of current livestock systems to satisfy societies’ demand for CES in Northwest Europe (Bengtsson et al., 2019). The societal impacts of climate change on livestock systems may interact with drivers of change and increase herders’ vulnerability via processes of sedentarisation and land fragmentation, both of which may result in decreased animal access to rangelands (Adhikari et al., 2015; Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter). Stronger linkages are needed between ecosystem service and food security research and policy to address these challenges (Gentle and Thwaites, 2016; Bengtsson et al., 2019).

5.5.4 Adaptation in Livestock-Based Systems

Livestock adaptation options are increasingly being studied with methods such as agent-based household models (Hailegiorgis et al., 2018), household models that disaggregate climate scenarios as well as differentiate farms of varying types and farmer attributes (Descheemaeker et al., 2018), new meso-scale grassland models (Boone et al., 2018) and modelling approaches that capture decision making at the farm level for sample populations (Henderson et al., 2018).

Many grassland-based livestock systems have been highly resilient to past climate risk, providing a sound starting point for current and future climate change adaptation (Hobbs et al., 2008). These adaptations include more effective matching of stocking rates with pasture or other feed production; adjusting herd and watering point management to altered seasonal and spatial patterns of forage production; managing diet quality, which also helps reduce enteric fermentation in ruminants and thus GHG emissions (using diet supplements, legumes, choice of introduced pasture species and pasture fertility management); more effective use of silage, rotational grazing or other forms of pasture spelling; fire management to control woody thickening; using better-adapted livestock breeds and species; restoration of degraded pastureland; migratory pastoralist activities; and a wide range of biosecurity activities to monitor and manage the spread of pests, weeds and diseases (Herrero et al., 2015; Godde et al., 2020). Combining adaptations can result in increases in benefits in terms of production and livelihoods over and above those attainable from single adaptations (high confidence) (Bonaudo et al., 2014; Thornton and Herrero, 2015; ul Haq et al., 2021).

The adaptations that livestock keepers have been undertaking in Asia (Hussain et al., 2016; Li et al., 2017) and Africa (Belay et al., 2017; Ouédraogo et al., 2017) are largely driven by their perceptions of climate change. Keeping two or more species of livestock simultaneously on the same farm can confer economic and sustainability benefits to European farmers (Martin et al., 2020). Some livestock producers are changing and diversifying management practices, improving access to water sources, increasing uptake of off-farm activities, trading short-term profits for longer-term resilience benefits and migrating out of the area (Hussain et al., 2016; Berhe et al., 2017; Merrey et al., 2018; Thornton et al., 2018 ; Espeland et al., 2020). Others are adopting more climate-resilient livestock species such as camels (Watson et al., 2016a), using climate forecasts at differing time scales, and benefitting from innovative livestock insurance schemes, though challenges remain in their use at scale (Dayamba et al., 2018; Hansen et al., 2019a; Johnson et al., 2019).

In West Africa, cattle and small ruminant producers and traders are changing strategies in response to emerging market opportunities as well as to multiple challenges including climate change (Gautier et al., 2016; Ouédraogo et al., 2017). Niles (2017) found that reduced food insecurity in 12 countries was associated with livestock ownership, providing cash for food purchases. Livestock ownership or switching to smaller, local breeds does not automatically translate into positive nutrition outcomes for women and children, although it may if communities see such animals as suitable for husbandry by women (Chanamuto and Hall, 2015); the relationship is complex (Nyantakyi-Frimpong and Bezner-Kerr, 2015; Dumas et al., 2018).

Options for adapting domestic livestock systems to increased exposure to heat stress (Table 5.7) include breeding and crossbreeding strategies, species switching, low-cost shading alternatives and ventilation and building-design options (Chang-Fung-Martel et al., 2017; Godde et al., 2021). In utero exposure to heat stress may increase adaptive capacity in later life, though the underlying mechanisms are incompletely understood (Skibiel et al., 2018). For confined livestock systems in temperate regions, the economic consequences of adapting to heat stress are still being quantified.

Table 5.7 | Selected adaptations to heat stress in livestock systems.

Adaptation

Example

Reference

Breeding for heat stress tolerance

Sheep and cattle farming systems in southern Australia under IPCC Special Report on Emissions Scenarios (SRES) A2. Projected not to improve livestock productivity by 2070, even in drier locations.

Moore and Ghahramani (2014)

‘Slick hair’ breeding

In the Caribbean, introduction of a ‘slick hair’ gene into Holstein cows by crossbreeding with Senepols to increase thermo-tolerance and productivity. An integrated approach to heat stress adaptation will still be needed, including shading strategies, for example.

(Ortiz-Colón et al. (2018)

Crossbreeding

Crossbreeding with Indigenous sheep breeds as an adaptation option in Mongolia produced some benefits in productivity and improved adaptation to winter cold. Best combined with other improved management interventions. In general, effectiveness of crossbreeding as an adaptation strategy will be dependent on context.

Wilkes et al. (2017)

Species switching

Switching from large ruminants to more heat-resilient goats for dairy production in Mediterranean systems to adapt to increasing heat stress.

Switching from cattle to more heat- and drought-resilient camels in pastoral systems of southern Ethiopia as an adaptation to increasing drought.

Silanikove and Koluman (2015)

Wako et al. (2017)

Shading, fanning, bathing

Low-capital relief strategies (shading with trees or different types of shed; bathing animals several times each day; installing electric fans in sheds) are effective at reducing heat stress impacts on household income in smallholder dairy systems in India.

Different tree arrangements in silvopastoral systems in Brazil were effective in reducing thermal loads by up to 22% for animals compared with full-sun pasture.

York et al. (2017)

Pezzopane et al. (2019)

Ventilation and cooling systems

A wide range of different ventilation systems, cooling systems and building designs for confined and seasonally confined intensive livestock systems (pigs, poultry, beef, dairy) in temperate regions. Economic consequences and profitability of different options under different RCPs are still being assessed.

Vitt et al. (2017)

Derner et al. (2018),

Hempel and Menz (2019), Mikovits et al. (2019), Schauberger et al. (2019b)

In utero exposure to heat stress

Potential as an adaption option is uncertain, as there are different effects of in utero heat stress exposure and the mechanisms are not completely understood:

  • Cows may be better adapted to heat stress conditions at maturity via improved regulation of core body temperature
  • Cow milk yield at first lactation was reduced
  • Nutrient partitioning and carcass composition were altered in pigs

Ahmed et al. (2017)

Monteiro et al. (2016),

Boddicker et al. (2014)

New research is investigating the prospects for accelerating traditional and novel breeding processes for animal traits that may be effective in improving livestock adaptation as well as production (Stranden et al., 2019; Barbato et al., 2020). Even if the technical challenges of using new tools such as CRISPR-Cas9 for genome editing in livestock are overcome, the granting of societal approval to operate in this research space may be elusive (Herrero et al., 2020; Menchaca et al., 2020).

5.5.4.1 Contributions of Indigenous knowledge and local knowledge

Indigenous knowledge has a role to play in helping livestock keepers adapt (medium confidence), though the transferability of this knowledge is often unclear. Pastoralists’ local knowledge of climate and ecological change can complement scientific research (Klein et al., 2014), and local knowledge can be mobilised to inform adaptation decision making (Klenk et al., 2017). While Indigenous weather forecasting systems among pastoralists in Ethiopia (Balehegn et al., 2019; Iticha and Husen, 2019) and Uganda (Nkuba et al., 2020) are effective, synergies can be gained by combining traditional and modern knowledge to help pastoralists adapt. Sophisticated knowledge of feed resources among agro-pastoralists in West Africa is being used to increase system resilience (Naah and Braun, 2019). Understanding local knowledge for adaptation can present research challenges, for which new multi-disciplinary research methods may be needed (Reyes-Garcia et al., 2016; Roncoli et al., 2016). In particular, the complexities of knowledge, practice, power, local governance and politics need to be addressed (Hopping et al., 2016; Scoville-Simonds et al., 2020).

Box 5.5: Alternative Sources of Protein for Food and Feed

Alternative protein sources for human food and livestock feed are receiving considerable attention. Laboratory or ‘clean meat’ is one potential contributor to the human demand for protein in the future (SRCLL). Such technology may be highly disruptive to existing value chains but could lead to significant reduction in land use for pastures and crop-based animal feeds (Burton, 2019; Rosenzweig et al., 2020). The impacts on GHG emissions depend on the meat being substituted and the trade-off between industrial energy consumption and agricultural land requirements (Mattick et al., 2015; Alexander et al., 2017; Rubio et al., 2020b; Santo et al., 2020). Livestock feeds can make use of other protein sources: insects are generally rich in protein and can be a significant source of vitamins and minerals. Black soldier fly, yellow mealworm and the common housefly have been identified for potential use in feed products in the EU, for example (Henchion et al., 2017). Replacing land-based crops in livestock diets with some proportion of insect-derived protein may reduce the GHG emissions associated with livestock production, though these and other potential effects have not yet been quantified (Parodi et al., 2018; Section 5.13.2). Other sources are high-protein woody plants such as paper mulberry (Du et al., 2021) and algae, including seaweed. While microalgae and cyanobacteria are mainly sold as a dietary supplement for human consumption, they are also used as a feed additive for livestock and aquaculture, being nutritionally comparable to vegetable proteins. The potential for cultivated seaweed as a feed supplement may be even greater: some red and green seaweeds are rich in highly digestible protein. Asparagopsis taxiformis, for example, also decreases methane production in both cattle and sheep when used as a feed supplement (Machado et al., 2016; Li et al., 2018b). Novel protein sources may have considerable potential for sustainably delivering protein for food and feed alike, though their nutritional, environmental, technological and socioeconomic impacts at scale need to be researched and evaluated further.

5.6 Forestry Systems

Forests play a vital role in the ecology of the planet, including climate regulation, and provide a range of important ecosystem services within their local landscape. Moreover, they are essential to the well-being of millions of people around the world. Forests are sources of food contributing about 0.6% of global food consumption and provide important products, such as timber and non-timber forest products (NTFPs) (FAO, 2014). Indigenous Peoples and local communities are estimated to manage at least 17% of total carbon (or 293 × 109Mg) stored in forest in 64 assessed countries (RRI, 2018a). While small in number, numerous local communities around the world are highly or entirely dependent on forests for their food supply (Karttunen et al., 2017). An estimated 9% of the world’s rural population is lifted above the extreme poverty line because of income from forest resources (World Bank, 2016). Additionally, forest income plays a particularly important role in diversifying the income sources of poor households, reducing their vulnerability to loss from one source of income. This section covers an assessment of the impacts of climate change on forestry production systems and the adaptation options available. Non-timber forest products will be covered in the next section.

5.6.1 Observed Impacts

The IPCC AR5 stated that there is high confidence that numerous plants and animal species have already migrated, changed their abundance, and shifted their seasonal activities as a result of climate change (Settele et al., 2014). The report highlighted the widespread deaths of trees in many forested areas of the world. Forest die back could significantly affect wood production among other impacts.

The SRCCL (Barbosa et al., 2019) concluded that climate change will have positive and negative effects on forests, with varying regional and temporal patterns. For example, the SRCCL noted the increasing productivity in high-latitude forests such as those in Siberia. In contrast, negative impacts are already being observed in other regions such as increasing tree mortality due to wildfires.

In the past years, tree mortality continued to increase in many parts of the world. Large pulses of tree mortality were consistently linked to warmer and drier than average conditions for forests throughout the temperate and boreal biomes (high confidence) (Sommerfeld et al., 2018; Seidl et al., 2020). Long-term monitoring of tropical forests indicates that climate change has begun to increase tree mortality and alter regeneration (Hubau et al., 2020; Sullivan et al., 2020). Climate-related die back has also been observed due to novel interactions between the life cycles of trees and pest species (Kurz et al., 2008; Lesk et al., 2017; Sambaraju et al., 2019). A recent example of the impacts of climatic extremes is the European drought of 2018 (Buras et al., 2020), which led to a significant browning of the vegetation and resulted in widespread tree mortality (high confidence) (Brun et al., 2020; Schuldt et al., 2020). This brought markets for conifer timber close to collapse in parts of Europe, posing considerable challenges for timber-based forestry and leading to cascading impacts on society (Hlásny et al., 2021). Overall, there is robust evidence and medium agreement that provisioning services of boreal and temperate forests are affected negatively by forest disturbances, while for cultural services only limited evidence with medium agreement exists (Thom and Seidl, 2016).

Increasingly, climate impacts on the recovery of forests after disturbance are observed: using data from the past 20 years and 33 wildfires, it has been shown that post-fire regeneration of Pinus ponderosa and Pseudotsuga menziesii in the western USA has declined because of climate change and increased severity of fires (Davis et al., 2019). However, the observed patterns of post-disturbance recovery vary with region, with reduced tree regeneration reported for the western USA (Stevens-Rumann and Morgan, 2019; Turner et al., 2019) but robust recovery observed in Canada (White et al., 2017) and Central Europe (medium confidence) (Senf et al., 2019).

Also, the distribution and traits of trees are increasingly influenced by climate change, with impacts for local ecosystem service supply. In the USA, a study of 86 tree species/groups over the past three decades showed that more tree species have shifted westward (73%) than poleward (62%) in their abundance (Fei et al., 2017). This was due more to changes in moisture availability than to changes in temperature. As climate has warmed, trees are growing faster with longer growing seasons. However, a study of forests in Central Europe revealed that wood density has decreased since the 1870s (Pretzsch et al., 2018). This means that increasing tree growth might not directly translate to increased total biomass and carbon sequestration.

5.6.2 Projected Impacts

AR5 stated that other stressors such as human-driven land use change and pollution will continue to be the main causes of forest cover change in the next three decades (Settele et al., 2014). In the second half of this century, it was projected that climate change will be a strong stressor of change in forest ecosystems. Many forest species may not be able to move fast enough to adjust to new climate conditions. In some cases, a warmer climate could lead to extinction of species.

The SR15 concluded that limiting warming to 1.5°C will be more favourable to terrestrial ecosystems, including forests, relative to a 2°C warming (Hoegh-Guldberg et al., 2018). In general, a 2°C warming could lead to two times more area of biome shifts compared with a 1.5°C warming. As a result, keeping a cooler average global temperature will lead to lower extinction risks. The special report supports the AR5 conclusion that a warmer planet will impact wide swaths of forests adversely. For example, higher temperatures will promote fire, drought and insect disturbances. Consistent with AR5, SRCCL projected that tree mortality will increase with climate change (Barbosa et al., 2019). In addition, forests will be more exposed to extreme events such as extreme heat, droughts and storms. The incidence of forest fires will likewise increase.

Additional evidence since the above reports were published supports their overall conclusions. For example, at the global scale, modelling the vulnerability of 387 forest ecoregions under future climate change (to 2080 using the average of five Global Circulation Models (GCMs) and RCP4.5 and 8.5) across different biomes, biogeographical realms and conservation statuses showed that 8.8% of global forest ecoregions are highly vulnerable in a low-greenhouse-gas-concentration scenario, and 32.6% of the global forest ecoregions are highly vulnerable in a high-greenhouse-gas-concentration scenario (Wang et al., 2019a). Furthermore, a recent synthesis of the literature suggests that climate change will result in younger and shorter forests globally (McDowell et al., 2020). In Asia, a systematic review of climate change impacts on tropical forests revealed that future climate may lead to changes in species distribution and forest structure and composition as well as phenology (Deb et al., 2018).

Overall, studies indicate both negative and positive climate change impacts on forest production systems. Some forests in the USA could benefit slightly from CO2 fertilisation (using IGSM-CAM and MIROC3.2 till 2100) resulting in increased productivity especially for hardwoods (Beach et al., 2015). A study across Europe showed that both productivity gains (mostly in Northern and Central Europe, up to +33%) and losses (predominately in Southern Europe, up to −37%) are possible until the end of the 21st century (Reyer et al., 2017). The study further indicated that disturbances would reduce gains and exacerbate losses of productivity throughout Europe under climate change (Reyer et al., 2017). For Central and Eastern Canada, decreasing biomass production is projected as a result of increasing disturbance from wildfire and drought (Brecka et al., 2020). Climate-induced disturbances could also reduce the temporal stability of ecosystem service supply (Albrich et al., 2018), increasing the volatility of timber markets (medium confidence). More broadly, climate change could lead to abrupt changes and the crossing of tipping points, resulting in profoundly altered future forest development trajectories (Turner et al., 2020). Some studies suggest that such threshold could already be crossed at relatively low warming levels of +2°C (Elkin et al., 2013; Albrich et al., 2020), with substantial implications for ecosystem service supply (limited evidence, high agreement ).

Regional studies on the potential future effects of climate change on forest production systems indicate diverse impacts. In Germany, drier conditions in 2070 (RCP8.5; GCMs INM-CM4, ECHAM6 and ACCESS1.0) are expected to benefit the mean annual increment at biological rotation age of Scots pine and oak, while beech might suffer losses of up to 3 m 3 ha –1 yr –1 depending on climate scenario and region (Albert et al., 2018). In India, 46% of the forest grid points were found to have high, very high or extremely high vulnerability under future climate in the short term (2030s) under both RCP4.5 and 8.5, increasing to 49% and 54%, respectively, in the long term (2080s) (Sharma et al., 2017). In addition, forests in the higher rainfall zones show lower vulnerability as compared with drier forests under future climate, which is in contrast to dry forests in Central and South America cited above. Warming and drying trends are projected to reduce timber production in the neotropics in some cases (Hiltner et al., 2021). Also in India, a study using CMIP5 (RCP4.5 and 8.5 with two time slices 2021–2050 and 2070–2099) shows how forests in five districts in Himachal Pradesh in Western Himalayan region are vulnerable to global warming (Upgupta et al., 2015). In the Guiana Shield, climate projections under RCP2.5 and 8.5 led to decreasing the basal area, above-ground fresh biomass, quadratic diameter, tree growth and mortality rates of tropical forests (Aubry-Kientz et al., 2019). In Central Africa, projections under RCP4.5 and 8.5 showed a general increase in growth, mortality and recruitment leading to a strong natural thinning effect, with different magnitudes across species (Claeys et al., 2019).

On a global and regional scale, there is limited evidence and high agreement (medium confidence) that climate change will increase global and regional supply of timber and other forest products. To date, there are eight studies assessing the total economic impacts of climate change on the forestry sector at the global level. Some of them have assumed only flow effects of climate change by using the projected changes in yields of forest types from integrated economic models (Perez-Garcia et al., 1997; Perez-Garcia et al., 2002; Buongiorno, 2015), while other studies have assumed both flow and stock effects by accounting for changes in forest yields, die back effects and biome migration (Sohngen et al., 2001; Lee and Lyon, 2004; Tian et al., 2016; Favero et al., 2018; Favero et al., 2021).

According to these studies, global timber supply will increase as the result of an increase in global forest growth under climate change scenarios (medium confidence). Some studies indicate that timber supply is projected to increase more in tropical and subtropical areas because of the assumed availability of short-rotation species which might could adaptation easier for forest owners in these regions relative to others (Sohngen et al., 2001; Perez-Garcia et al., 2002; Tian et al., 2016), while others indicate that temperate areas will experience the largest increase in supply (Favero et al., 2018; Favero et al., 2021). The results are very sensitive to the climate change scenarios tested, the climate and vegetation models used and the climate drivers that are considered. For example, Tian et al. (2016) and Favero et al. (2018; 2021) used the same economic model (the global timber model) but different climate scenarios and vegetation models, obtaining different results.

The increasing supply induces lower global timber prices (medium confidence). Studies estimate that the prices will decline between 1% and 38% in 2100 with respect to a no climate change scenario depending on the model and the climate change scenario assumed (climate change is represented as a change in GHG concentration, global average temperature or radiative forcing) (Favero et al., 2018; Favero et al., 2021). Clearly, further studies are needed considering a wider set of vegetation and climate models and incorporating the impacts of extreme events (such as droughts and wildfires).

There are a number of national and regional scale studies exploring the impact of climate change on yields and markets of wood products, with mixed results. In Finland, it is projected that timber yield in the north will increase in Scots pine and birch stands by 33–145% and 42–123%, compared with the current climate, depending on the GCM and thinning regime using a 90-year rotation (10 individual GCM projections under the RCP4.5 and RCP8.5 forcing scenarios) (ALRahahleh et al., 2018). However, in Norway spruce stands, yield could decline by up to 35%, under GFDL-CM3 RCP8.5 and increase by up to 39%, under CNRM-CM5 RCP8.5, compared with the current climate.

In Germany, timber harvest was projected to increase slightly (<10%) in 2045 using the process-based forestry model (4C) driven by three management strategies (nature protection, biomass production and a baseline management) and an ensemble of regional climate scenarios (RCP2.6, RCP4.5, RCP8.5) (Gutsch et al., 2018). Similarly, average production of pulpwood in slash pine stands in the southeastern USA are projected to increase by 7.5 m 3 ha −1 for all climatic scenarios using the Physiological Processes Predicting Growth (3-PG) forest growth model by 2100 (RCP4.5 and RCP8.5; CanESM2) (Susaeta and Lal, 2018).

Box 5.6: Contributions of Indigenous and Local Knowledge: An Example

Indigenous and local people have long histories of adaptation to climate hazards in forests (see Eriksen and Hankins, 2014; Neale et al., 2019; Bourke et al., 2020; Long et al., 2020; Williamson, 2021 for notable examples in Australia and North America). In this section, we present a North American example of an indigenous adaptation practice developed by the Karuk Tribe in northern California. The Karuk Climate Adaptation Plan focuses on the use of cultural fire as climate adaptation, places a central importance on restoring human ecological caretaking responsibilities, and emphasises the need for collaboration, public education and policy advocacy to achieve these outcomes.

The Karuk Climate Adaptation Plan utilises a combination of Western science and Karuk traditional ecological knowledge. The plan centres on 22 focal species as cultural indicators as cues for human responsibilities and the particular techniques of fire application across seven habitat management zones (e.g., multiple forest types as well as riverine, riparian and montane systems). These adaptations range from specific prescriptions for the use of fire to lower river temperatures in acute scenarios (David et al., 2018), to protocols for treatment of grasslands and the use of high elevation meadows as fuel breaks. The plan also includes chapters on adaptations for tribal sovereignty, the mental and physical health effects of the changing climate and the protection of critical tribal infrastructure.

One aspect of Indigenous fire knowledge featured in the Karuk Climate Adaptation Plan is the culture-centric perspective on vegetation zones which are organised in relation to the elevation band in which smoke inversions occur (Figure Box 5.6.1). Within this system, burn timing follows a gradient that tracks the reproductive life cycles of season and elevational migrant species, the calving of elk and the nesting of birds. Within this system, elevational migrants are indicators of when to stop burning at one location and move upslope, following receding snows.

The plan also calls for the restoration of Indigenous fire science in emergency scenarios such as when rivers become too hot for salmon. With such fires localised, smoke inversions cool water temperatures through a variety of mechanisms, including shading river systems and reducing evapo-transpiration, thereby increasing stream flow (David et al., 2018).

Figure Box 5.6.1 | Seasonality and elevation dynamics of cultural indicators in Karuk Cultural Management Zones based in Karuk traditional ecological knowledge.

5.6.3 Adaptation

AR5 notes that natural ecosystems have built-in adaptation ability (Settele et al., 2014). However, this capacity will not be enough to prevent loss of forest ecosystem services because of projected climate change in this century under RCP6.0 and 8.5. Management actions could reduce the risks of impacts to forest ecosystems but only up to a certain point.

A systematic review of literature revealed that successful adaptation in forest management can be achieved if there are partnerships between key stakeholders such as researchers, forest managers and local actors (Keenan, 2015). Such partnerships will lead to a shared understanding of climate-related challenges and more effective decisions. Forest managers in some countries of the world seem to have high awareness of climate change (van Gameren and Zaccai, 2015; Seidl et al., 2016; Sousa-Silva et al., 2016). However, they need more information on how they can adjust their practices in response to climate change. Institutional and policy context needs to be considered to facilitate adaptation by forest managers (Sousa-Silva et al., 2016; Andersson et al., 2017).

5.6.3.1 Adaptation measures in sustainable forest management

A wide range of measures exist to adapt sustainably managed forests of the boreal and temperate zone to climate change (Kolström et al., 2011; Gauthier et al., 2014; Keenan, 2015). Evidence emerging since the last assessment report further bolstered the notion that adapting the tree species composition to more warm-tolerant and less disturbance-prone species can significantly mitigate climate change impacts (high confidence) (Duveneck and Scheller, 2015; Seidl et al., 2018). Assisting the establishment of species in suitable habitats is one option to achieve climate-adapted tree species compositions (Benito-Garzón and Fernández-Manjarrés, 2015; Iverson et al., 2019). Furthermore, increasing the diversity of tree species within stands can have positive effects on tree growth and reduce disturbance impacts (high confidence) (Neuner et al., 2015; Jactel et al., 2018; Ammer, 2019). Some studies also suggest a positive effect of increased structural diversity, such as on forest resilience (moderate confidence) (Lafond et al., 2013; Koontz et al., 2020). Managing for continuous forest cover can also help to maintain the forest microclimate and buffer tree regeneration and the forest floor community against climate change (high confidence) (De Frenne et al., 2013; Zellweger et al., 2020). Reducing stocking levels, such as through thinning, has been found to effectively mitigate drought stress (Gebhardt et al., 2014; Elkin et al., 2015; Bottero et al., 2017), yet effects vary with species and ecological context (robust evidence, medium agreement ) (Sohn et al., 2016; Castagneri et al., 2021). Also shortened rotation periods have been suggested in response to climate-induced increases in growth and disturbance (Jönsson et al., 2015; Schelhaas et al., 2015). However, recent evidence suggests that these measures diminish in efficiency under climate change and can have corollary effects on other important forest functions such as carbon storage and habitat quality (medium confidence) (Zimová et al., 2020). Also, measures targeting landscape structure and composition have proven effective for increasing the climate resilience of forest systems (medium confidence) (Aquilue et al., 2020; Honkaniemi et al., 2020). While an increasing number of adaptation measures exist for sustainably managed forests, many studies highlight that the lead times for adaptation in forestry are long and that some vulnerabilities might remain also after adaptation measures have been implemented. Furthermore, the costs and benefits of adaptation measures relative to other goals of sustainable forest management, such as the conservation of biological diversity, have to be considered (Felton et al., 2016; Zimová et al., 2020; see Cross-Chapter Paper 7.5 Adaptation Response Options).

5.6.3.2 Linking adaptation and mitigation through Reducing Deforestation and Forest Degradation plus

Reducing Deforestation and Forest Degradation plus (REDD+) is a climate mitigation strategy which could also provide important climate change adaptation co-benefits; for example, sustainable forest management could provide long term livelihoods to local communities and enhance resilience to climate risks (Turnhout et al., 2017). However, major challenges related to REDD+ implementation and forest use remain such that it has not been implemented successfully at scale (Table 5.8).

Table 5.8 | Challenges and solutions for REDD+

Challenges with REDD+ implementation

Solutions for successful forest management

Legal: lack of carbon rights in national legislations (Sunderlin et al., 2018; RRI, 2018b); unclear forestland tenure systems (Resosudarmo et al., 2014).

There is high confidence that implementing social safeguards such as a Free Prior and Informed Consent (FPIC) is vital to adequately involving Indigenous Peoples and local communities in REDD+ (White, 2014; Raftopoulos and Short, 2019). Indigenous Peoples, consisting of at least 370 million people, manage or have tenure rights over a quarter of the world’s land surface (around 38 million km 2) encompassing about 40% of the world’s protected areas (Garnett et al., 2018; RRI, 2018a).

Food security and livelihoods: negative impacts of REDD+ on food security, agroforestry and swidden agriculture (Fox et al., 2014; Holmes et al., 2017).

There is high agreement that REDD+ and other green adaptation and mitigation efforts need to cooperate with Indigenous Peoples and other local communities who depend on forest resources for their livelihoods and food security (Wallbott, 2014; Mccall, 2016; Brugnach et al., 2017; Vanclay, 2017; Garnett et al., 2018; Paneque-Galvez et al., 2018; Sunderlin et al., 2018; Schroeder and Gonzalez, 2019).

Political and socio-cultural: land acquisition or ‘green grabbing’ (Asiyanbi, 2016; Corbera et al., 2017); (mis)communicating the concept of carbon (Kent and Hannay, 2020); and lack of influence of Indigenous and local communities’ representation in global and national REDD+ negotiations (Wallbott, 2014; Dehm, 2016). In the absence of social and environmental safeguards, REDD+ could drive large-scale land acquisitions by states and corporations, resulting in global land grabs (or green grabbing), negatively affecting the food security, livelihoods and tenure rights of Indigenous and local communities (limited evidence, high agreement ) (Carter et al., 2017; Lund et al., 2017; Borras et al., 2020).

There is low confidence as to whether community forestry is compatible with REDD+ (Hajjar et al., 2021). This is mainly due to lack of carbon payments and the variety of approaches to REDD+. There is high confidence that restoring land access and rights via transfer of formal land titles to Indigenous and local communities improves biodiversity conservation and carbon sequestration.

5.7 Other Natural Products

Natural products such as medicinal plants, wild food (plants, animals, mushrooms) and resins (e.g., gum arabic and frankincense) have high commercial value and contribute an important source of livelihood in some regions. One in six persons globally live in or near forests, and many depend on forest resources for some of their livelihood and needs, particularly in low- and middle-income countries (Vira et al., 2016; Newton et al., 2020). The FAO has estimated that in 2011 non-wood forest products, including medicinal plants, contributed over 88 billion USD to the global economy (FAO, 2014). Greater diversity in local knowledge and Indigenous knowledge of natural resources supports resilience in the face of hazards, especially in environments with high levels of uncertainty (Berkes et al., 2003; Blanco and Carriere, 2016).

5.7.1 Medicinal Plants

The World Health Organization lists traditional medicine as an essential component of culturally appropriate healthcare (WHO, 2013). Medicinal plants make up the primary source of medicine for 70–95% of people in low- and middle-income countries and are used widely in wealthier countries (Applequist et al., 2020). Continued use of medicinal plants ensures millions of rural people have access to effective treatments for day-to-day illness and infection and thus improves their health and resilience to climate change.

Indigenous Peoples largely depend on medicinal plants for their healthcare need in different parts of the world (de Boer and Cotingting, 2014; Silva et al., 2020). Medicinal and aromatic plants can support the economy and generate livelihood options for rural people through preparing and selling traditional medicine; collecting from wild; and trade for income generation (Fajinmi et al., 2017; Zahra et al., 2020). Income from medicinal plant collection increases livelihood diversification, which is widely accepted to improve resilience.

5.7.2Resin and Gum

Resin and gum are economically important natural products, contributing 14–23% total household income in parts of Ethiopia and Sudan (Abtew et al., 2014; Fikir et al., 2016), Cambodia (Sakkhamduang et al.) and India (Tewari et al., 2017). They are an important source of raw material for many industries. For instance, in Africa, the genera Boswellia and Commiphora, which provide frankincense and myrrh resins, provide significant income generation and export value (Tilahun et al., 2015). Populations of many species that provide gums and resins are declining under pressure from unsustainable harvesting and deforestation, and climate change may threaten them further.

In Sri Lanka, Boswellia serrataRoxb. is critically endangered or possibly extinct (Weerakoon and Wijesundara 2012). In India, B. serrata populations are ‘vulnerable’ (Chaubey et al., 2015; Brendler et al., 2018), and declining in the Western Ghats (Soumya et al., 2019). Invasion of Lantana camara and Prosopis juliflora has resulted in poor regeneration of Commiphorawightii in central India (Jain and Nadgauda, 2013). Other resin-producing species under threat include: Daemonoropsdraco (dragon’s blood resin) in Indonesia (Yetty et al., 2013; Widianingsih et al., 2019), Pinus merkusii (tusam) in Sumatra (Indonesia) (Hartiningtias et al., 2020), Pinus pinaster in Spain, Pinus massoniana in China (Génova et al., 2014; Chen et al., 2015b) and Pistacia atlantica in Iran (Yousefi et al., 2020).

5.7.3 Wild Foods

Wild foods can include both native and introduced species that are not cultivated or reared but may be under various degrees of management by humans and may include escapees of species that are cultivated in some contexts (Powell et al., 2015). Information on the use and importance of wild foods for nutrition is growing but remains limited (FAO, 2019e). The AR4 covered wild food briefly in the polar regions and noted the inter-related nature of climate change and Indigenous knowledge loss in reducing access to wild food (Anisimov et al., 2001). AR5 did not address wild foods and other natural products. There is large variation in the importance of wild foods (Powell et al., 2015; Rowland et al., 2017; Dop et al., 2020). A recent survey of 91 countries found that 15 reported regular use of wild foods by most of the population, and 26 reported regular use of wild foods by a subsection of the population (FAO, 2019e). While they contribute little to food energy intake, their contribution to nutrition can be significant because most wild and forest foods (vegetables, fruits, mushrooms, insects and meat) are rich in proteins and micronutrients (Powell et al., 2015). The impacts of climate change on wild foods will vary in time and space and among species.

5.7.4 Observed and Projected Impacts

5.7.4.1 Medicinal plants

Research is limited on the effects of climate change on the distribution, productivity or availability of medicinal plants (Applequist et al., 2020), but some are facing threats due to climate change (Phanxay et al., 2015; Chirwa et al., 2017; Chitale et al., 2018). Climate change is projected to impact some medicinal plant species through changes in temperature, precipitation, pests and pathogens; unsustainable harvest of high-value species will significantly exacerbate these impacts (medium evidence, high agreement ) (Applequist et al., 2020). Table 5.9 highlights that climate change impacts on medicinal plant species will vary greatly by species. Medicinal plants that grow in arid environments are also highly susceptible to climate-induced change (Applequist et al., 2020). Arctic medicinal species may also be particularly at risk due to climate change (Cavaliere, 2009).

Table 5.9 | Observed and predicted impacts of climate change on selected medicinal plant species.

Region

Species

Observed and projected impacts of climate change

Assessment of evidence and level of agreement

Egypt, Sub-Saharan Africa, Spain, Central Himalaya, China, Nepal

General assessment of medicinal plants

Habitat suitability and/or range distribution will shift or may be lost (Munt et al., 2016; Yan et al., 2017; Brunette et al., 2018; Chitale et al., 2018; Zhao et al., 2018; Applequist et al., 2020), including in high-elevation meadows which are home to some of the most threatened plant populations and contain a high number of and higher proportion of species used as medicine compared with lower-elevation habitats (Salick et al., 2009; Brandt et al., 2013).

Medium confidence

Hindukush Himalaya

Gynostemmapentaphyllum

The elevated CO2 and temperature can increase biomass, but the health-promoting properties such as total antioxidants, phenols and flavonoids are expected to decrease (Chang et al., 2016).

Medium confidence

Arctic

Golden root (Rhodiola rosea)

Population decline has been associated with drying of stream beds and alpine meadows, which are predicted to become more severe under climate change

(Cavaliere, 2009; Brinkman et al., 2016).

Medium confidence

North America

American ginseng (Panax quinquefolius)

Modelling of the combined impact of climate change (warming) and harvesting pressure indicates a nonlinear increase in extinction risk (Souther and McGraw, 2014).

Medium confidence

Asia

Gentiana rigescens

A model evaluating future climate impacts shows a westward range shift and major loss of highly suitable habitats. Modelling also shows a potential decline in quality (chemical concentration of iridoid glycoside, which is highest in highly suitable habitats) due to climate change (Shen et al., 2021).

Medium confidence

Africa

Alstoniaboonei

Modelling indicates that the range for this species remains relatively stable, with a possible modest expansion at the northern and southern margins of the range (Asase and Peterson, 2019).

Medium confidence

Asia

Homonoia riparia

Modelling of future climate scenarios in Yunnan Province, China projects that habitat suitability improves (Yi et al., 2016). Modelling of future climate scenarios across the whole species range in China shows that both the suitable area and suitability of the habitat increase (Yi et al., 2018).

Medium confidence

Asia

Notopterygiumincisum

Modelling for future climate change shows areas of suitable habitat will significantly decrease; however, the area of marginally suitable habitat will remain relatively stable (Zhao et al., 2020).

Medium confidence

Himalayas

Himalayan yew Taxus wallichiana

Modelling shows projected shrink in climatic niche of the species by 28% (RCP4.5) and 31% (RCP8.5), highlighting the vulnerability to climate change impacts (Rathore et al., 2019).

Medium confidence

Iran

Daphne mucronata

Modelling of future climate change projects disappearance of the species below 2000 m, significant change in distribution between 2000 and 3000 m and no change above 3000 m (Abolmaali et al., 2018).

Medium confidence

Central America

Pericón or Mexican Mint Marigold

Tagetes lucida

Models predict range to contract somewhat and shift northward (Kurpis et al., 2019).

Medium confidence

Africa

Rooibos tea Aspalathus linearis

Modelling of future climate scenarios shows substantial range contraction of both wild and cultivated tea, with range shifts southeastwards and upslope (Lotter and Maitre, 2014).

Medium confidence

Himalayas

Lilium polyphyllum

Habitats of this species will shrink by 38–81% under future climate scenarios and shift towards the southeast region in Western Himalaya, India (Dhyani et al., 2021).

Medium confidence

Iran

Fritillaria imperialis

Modelling shows 18% and 16.5% of the habitats may be lost due to climate change by 2070 under RCP4.5 and RCP8.5, respectively. Further, it is observed that, under the current climatic conditions, the suitable habitat may become unsuitable in the future, resulting in local extinction (Naghipour Borj et al., 2019).

Medium confidence

Himalayas/ China

Snow lotus (Saussurea spp. )

Climate change is a significant threat to this species (Law and Salick, 2005). Laboratory and field trials show considerable plasticity and a wide thermal range for germination, which may help compensate for range reductions under climate change (Peng et al., 2019).

Medium confidence

North Africa

Atlas cedar Cedrus atlantica

Modelling shows a significant and rapid contraction of distribution range, upward elevational range shift, increased fragmentation, and possible disappearance in many North African localities (Bouahmed et al., 2019).

Medium confidence

Asia/South Korea

Paeonia obovata

Modelling of climate change scenarios shows significant loss of suitable habitat and possible disappearance of P. obovatain in South Korea after 2080 (Jeon et al., 2020).

Medium confidence

Iran

Salvia hydrangea

A projected loss of habitat in the southeast of the range will not be compensated by the northward or upward elevational range migration (Ardestani and Ghahfarrokhi, 2021).

Medium confidence

Patagonian, Argentina

Valeriana carnosa

Modelling for future climate scenarios projects a 22% loss of the suitable habitat (Nagahama and Bonino, 2020).

Medium confidence

Western Ghats, India

Kokum

Garcinia indica

Predictions of climate change impact on habitat suitability indicate drastic reduction in the suitability by over 10% under RCP8.5 for the years 2050 and 2070 (Pramanik et al., 2018).

Medium confidence

Himalaya

Ophiocordyceps sinensis

A decline of the species is largely due to over harvesting, but ecological modelling indicates that climate warming is also contributing to this decline (Hopping et al., 2018).

High confidence

Pacific islands

Noni (Morindacitrifoli), naupaka (Scaevola spp.), kukui (Aleurites moluccana) and milo (Thespesia populnea)

May be less susceptible to climate change as they are fast growing, have high reproduction rates, grow at sea level (and are often salt-tolerant) and have significant room for range shifts (Cavaliere, 2009).

Low confidence

Changes in range distribution will interact with detailed local knowledge and Indigenous knowledge needed to harvest and use medicinal plants. Northward range shifts, for example, may mean certain plants still exist, but not where they have traditionally been important as medicine, and possibly moving suitable ranges outside of areas where plants species have sufficient protection (Kaky and Gilbert, 2017). Climate-induced phenological changes are already observed as a threat to some species (Gaira et al., 2014; Maikhuri et al., 2018). Other major climate-induced impacts on medicinal plants will be via the phytochemical content and pharmacological properties of medical plants (Gairola et al., 2010; Das et al., 2016a). Experimental trials have shown that drought stresses increase phytochemical content, either by decreasing biomass or increasing metabolites production (high confidence) (Selmar and Kleinwachter, 2013; Al-Gabbiesh et al., 2015).

5.7.4.2 Wild food

5.7.4.2.1 Wild food in the Arctic, North America and Europe

Changes to the availability, abundance, access and storage of wild foods associated with changing climate are exacerbating high rates of food insecurity (high confidence) (Ford, 2009; Beaumier and Ford, 2010; Herman-Mercer et al., 2019). Wild foods are central to the food systems of communities throughout the Arctic and sub-Arctic (Kuhnlein et al., 1996; Ballew et al., 2006; Kuhnlein and Receveur, 2007; Johnson et al., 2009) and play an essential role in people’s physical and emotional health (Section CCP6.2.5; 2.8) (high confidence) (Loring and Gerlach, 2009; Cunsolo Willox et al., 2012). Wild foods consumed in the Arctic and northern regions include animals and a wide variety of plant foods (Wein et al., 1996; Ballew et al., 2006; Kuhnlein and Receveur, 2007). Wild foods contribute most of important nutrients in the diets of northern and Arctic people (Johnson et al., 2009; Wesche and Chan, 2010; Kenny et al., 2018). However, the use of traditional wild foods is declining across the region, lowering diet quality (Rosol et al., 2016). Indigenous communities in the Arctic perceive climate change related impacts on traditional wild foods, and availability and access to wild foods are forecast to continue to decline (Brinkman et al., 2016). Some communities hold positive views of the new opportunities a warmer climate will bring, seeing them as a favourable trade-off relative to the loss of some forms of subsistence hunting (Nuttall, 2009). Climate change is causing ecological changes that impact Arctic wild food availability and abundance in many different ways, including changes to breeding success, migration patterns and food webs (Table 5.10, Markon et al., 2018).

Table 5.10 | Observed and predicted impacts of climate change on selected wild food species.

Region

Species

Observed and projected impacts of climate change

Assessment of evidence and level of agreement

Arctic region

Ringed seals

(Pusahispida)

Drastic declines in population size and major changes in population structure (Hammill, 2009; Reimer et al., 2019); habitat (dependent on snow cover or ice breathing holes for lairs) will decline by approximately 70%, and significantly reduce survival rates of pups (Freitas et al., 2008).

High confidence

Arctic region

Bearded seal (Erignathus barbatus)

Climate change affects the availability and stability of at least 11 ice-associated species, including bearded seal. Potential impacts due to climate change will reduce available habitat for birthing (Moore and Huntington, 2008; Fink, 2017).

Medium evidence, high agreement

Arctic region

Walrus

(Odobenus rosmarus)

Declines in the climate-vulnerable Pacific walrus populations, induced by overharvesting (Taylor et al., 2018); however, the species is considered highly vulnerable to loss of sea ice (Lydersen, 2018). Possible diet changes (related to climate-induced changes in food web) raise concerns about the health of the population (Clark et al., 2019).

High confidence

Arctic region

Narwhal

(Monodon monoceros)

The impacts of climate change on other sea ice-associated marine mammals are somewhat less clear (Moor et al., 2017). Climate change may threaten narwhal given their vulnerability to ice entrapment (Laidre and Heide-Jorgensen, 2005) and the narrow range of prey in their diet (Heide-Jørgensen, 2018). In Greenland, hunters report that narwhal now frequent fjords and other areas where manoeuvring a boat is difficult (Nuttall, 2017).

Low evidence, medium agreement

Arctic region

Beluga

(Delphinapterus leucas)

Belugas are thought to be less sensitive to climate change than some other sea mammals but can perish in large groups from ice entrapment. Climate impacts likely increased human activity (noise) (O’Corry-Crowe, 2009). Changes in migrating timing have been documented (Hsiang et al., 2017).

Low evidence, low agreement

Arctic region

Bowhead

(Balaena mysticetus)

The movements of some whale species are linked to SSTs (Moore and Huntington, 2008; Chambault et al., 2018). Some whale hunting communities are now reporting that whales pass by at a time of year when launching boats is impaired by rough weather and poor sea ice conditions (Noongwook et al., 2007; Huntington et al., 2017).

Medium confidence

Arctic region

Other sea ice associated marine mammals (harp seal, hooded seal)

The impacts of climate change on other sea ice associated marine mammals are somewhat less clear (Moor et al., 2017).

Low confidence

Arctic and northern regions

Reindeer and caribou

(Rangifer tarandus)

Large herbivores are highly dependent on their food sources such as mosses, lichens and grasses which are sensitive to climate change (Istomin and Habeck, 2016).

Combined impacts of climate change and other inter-related factors suggest significant declines in caribou and reindeer populations, although to varying extents from one population to another (Kenny et al., 2018; Mallory and Boyce, 2018).

Warming has led to increased plant productivity and associated increases in body mass of some reindeer populations (Albon et al., 2017; Mallory and Boyce, 2018).

Increasing primary production, warming will also change the plant composition, leading to increases in woody/shrubby vegetation which will have negative nutritional consequences for caribou and reindeer (Elmendorf et al., 2012; Mallory and Boyce, 2018). The loss of lichens, a key winter food source, due to increased wildfire or replacement by grasses and herbs that die back in the winter, may also be detrimental to caribou and reindeer, although there is currently no consensus on this among experts (Mallory and Boyce, 2018).

Rain on snow and icing events during winter, which are predicted to become more frequent, have been documented to lead to large increases in arctic herbivore mortality because they create an ice barrier making access to food more difficult (Putkonen and Roe, 2003; Tyler, 2010; Stien et al., 2012; Hansen et al., 2013; Forbes et al., 2016). Rain-on-snow events may also impact reproductive success, although recent research suggests this relationship in not straightforward (Douhard et al., 2016).

Increased summer insect harassment is also predicted to increase and further stress large herbivores both by the additional parasitic load and by decreasing the amount of time spent grazing as animals seek to outrun pests (Mallory and Boyce, 2018).

Finally, many caribou and reindeer populations rely on sea and freshwater ice to facilitate their movement and migration; loss of ice may make some populations no longer viable (Mallory and Boyce, 2018).

Medium confidence

Arctic and northern regions

Moose (Alces alces)

The distributional changes of Rangifer populations might be affected by the range expansions and the northward expansion of moose (Mallory and Boyce, 2018). This is due to increases in productivity on the tundra and more frequent wildfire activity resulting in improved habitat quality for moose northward.

Medium confidence

North America

Geese (Branta canadensis, Answer spp. , Branta spp. )

Phenological mismatch developing between the berries and migration timing may mean that Canadian geese no longer stop near some communities (Downing and Cuerrier, 2011).

Medium confidence

Arctic and northern regions

Berries

(Vaccinium spp. , Rubus spp. and others)

Berries are among the most important and widely consumed wild foods of plant origins in Arctic and northern regions (Vaara et al., 2013; Hupp et al., 2015; Boulanger-Lapointe et al., 2019).

Berry production will be impacted by climate change, including snow cover, rainfall, soil moisture, air temperature and availability of insect pollinators (Herman-Mercer et al., 2020) and possible risk from sea-level-rise-associated soil salinisation (Cozzetto et al., 2013).

Increased growth of woody shrub vegetation, driven by increased temperatures, can also make moving across the land difficult, impairing access to berry patches (Boulanger-Lapointe et al., 2019). Conversely, a recent modelling experiment suggested that the >2°C warming experienced by Arctic communities over the past three decades has had minimal impact on overall trail access (Ford et al., 2019).

In Alaska, communities perceive berry abundance as declining and/or becoming more variable (Kellogg et al., 2010; Hupp et al., 2015). In a Gwich’in community in Canada, Parlee and Berkes (2005) recorded that local women perceived climate change, especially extreme weather events, as the greatest risk to traditional berry patches (cranberry, blueberry and cloudberry).

The expansion of trees and shrubs may cause shading and negatively impact the productivity of berry plants (Downing and Cuerrier, 2011; Lévesque et al., 2012).

Berries are predicted to be increasingly susceptible to negative impacts of invasive species (which compete for pollinators) (Spellman and Swenson, 2012) and infections (Turner and Clifton, 2009) as climate change progresses. Suitable area of huckleberry (Vaccinium membranaceum) would shrink by 5–40% by the end of the 21st century (Prevéy et al., 2020).

Phenological shifts are also important. Many communities report changes in phenology including failed ripening or ‘all of the berries are ripening at the same time’ (Turner and Clifton, 2009; Herman-Mercer et al., 2020). Competition with growing populations of geese is viewed by many communities to be an important threat to berry harvesting. (Boulanger-Lapointe et al., 2019). In Labrador, Canada, changes in permafrost, vegetation, water and weather have had an impact on cloudberry (bakeapple) productivity, phenology and patch fragmentation. Moreover, changes in summer settlement patterns (which are now farther from berry patches) are making it more difficult for people to respond to variations in growth and timing (Anderson et al., 2018).

In Montana, USA, Crow Nation elders have noted that many of their important berry resources have been impacted by climate change, either because they bud earlier and are then vulnerable to cold snaps, or the timing of fruit production has changed (with many now ripening at the same time) (Doyle et al., 2013). Similarly, the Wabanaki Nations in Maine and Eastern Canada worry that climate change will impact berry resources already under pressure from dwindling territory and pollution (Lynn et al., 2013).

High confidence

North America (Washington State, USA)

Salmon (Salmonidae)

Indigenous communities in Washington State, USA report devastation of their salmon fishery due to loss of glacial run off and associated warming river and stream temperatures; potential damage to shellfish resources due to sea level rise and ocean acidification (Lynn et al., 2013). The Karuk people in California have also experienced losses in salmon (Lynn et al., 2013; Vinyeta et al., 2016).

Medium confidence

North America (California)

Acorns from oak trees (Querus)

In the arid southwest of the USA, wild foods are less widely consumed today, but their revitalisation is important to identity and well-being of many Indigenous People. The Karuk people of the Klamath River in California have experienced an almost complete loss of two key traditional wild foods: salmon and acorns, foods which once made up 50% of a traditional Karuk diet (Lynn et al., 2013; Vinyeta et al., 2016), as well as huckleberry (Vinyeta et al., 2016). Using regional climate models, Kueppers (2005) showed a major reduction in the range of two species of oak in California that are used in traditional diets. Increasing frequency of severe fires in the western USA threaten a number of traditional wild food resources, especially acorns (Vinyeta et al., 2016).

Medium confidence

North America

Wild rice

(Zizania spp.)

Significant reductions in wild rice area in Great Lakes have been associated with mining, dams and other activities, but climate change may lead to further reductions (Cozzetto et al., 2013; Lynn et al., 2013).

High confidence

North America

Camas tuber

(Camassia quamash)

Historic changes in fire regimes, linked to changes in climate, are believed to have altered availability of the important camas tuber (Camassia quamash) (Lepofsky et al., 2005).

Medium confidence

North America

Wapato tuber

(Sagittaria latifolia)

The aquatic Sagittaria latifolia (the roots of which are consumed by Indigenous groups across North America) is vulnerable to both water salinity and temperature (Delesalle and Blum, 1994).

Medium confidence

North America

Springbeauty (Claytonia lanceolate)

Claytonia lanceolata is particularly vulnerable to changes in snow melt and other climatic changes owing to advancement in the flowering (Renner and Zohner, 2018).

Medium confidence

North America

Seaweed (Porphyra abbottiae, among others)

In British Columbia, Canada, Indigenous People Gitga’at elders noted that the ripening of an important edible seaweed (Porphyra abbottiae) had rarely synchronised with weather patterns that enabled them to process it in the traditional way (drying on rocks and then ripening and re-drying) (Turner and Clifton, 2009).

Low confidence

Africa

Baobab (Adansonia digitata)

Baobab is thought to be vulnerable to climate change because it is long-lived, it can take up to 23 years to start fruiting and leaf harvesting is often so intensive that it depresses fruit production. Modelling study using different records model shows that the percentage of present distribution predicted to be suitable in the future ranged from 5% to 91% (Sanchez et al., 2011).

Low confidence

Africa

Shea (Vitellaria paradoxa)

Shea (Vitellaria paradoxa) was expanded through human intervention and is linked to human migration; fruit traits such as fruit size and shape, pulp sweetness and kernel fat content are determined both by temperature and rainfall, as well as human selection for preferred traits (Maranz and Wiesman, 2003). There is limited and conflicting evidence of the impacts of climatic conditions and future projected climate variations on V. paradoxa (Tom-Dery et al., 2018). Mixed evidence of the impact of climate and rainfall on fruit production and timing is reported (Tom-Dery et al., 2018). Fruit production was negatively correlated with mean annual temperature and positively correlated with annual rainfall (Bondé et al., 2019).

Limited evidence, medium agreement

North Africa

(Morocco)

Argan (Argania spinosa)

Climate change projections suggest a 32% decrease in habitat suitable for Argania spinosa under some scenarios (Alba-Sánchez et al., 2015; Moukrim et al., 2019).

Medium confidence

Asia (Nepal)

Fruit species and vegetables (e.g., Asparagus racemosus, Urticadioica)

In Nepal, Thapa (2015) reports phenological changes in semi-domesticated fruit species, as well as decreased availability of a number of wild plants that can be consumed as vegetables.

Limited evidence, medium agreement

Worldwide, most important in Europe and Asia

Mushrooms

Wild mushrooms production (including truffles) is closely linked to climate factors including temperature and precipitation as well as tree growth and carbohydrate production (Tahvanainen et al., 2016). Some species are sensitive to high temperatures (Büntgen et al., 2012; Le Tacon et al., 2014; Ágreda et al., 2015; Bradai et al., 2015; Taye et al., 2016; Alday et al., 2017; Karavani et al., 2018; Büntgen et al., 2019; Thomas and Buntgen, 2019). Models for some varieties suggest ‘declines of 78–100% in European truffle production are likely for 2071–2100’ (Thomas and Buntgen, 2019). For some species in northern Europe, the season is expanding (starting earlier and/or ending later), likely linked to warming (Büntgen et al., 2012; Le Tacon et al., 2014; Ágreda et al., 2015; Bradai et al., 2015; Taye et al., 2016; Alday et al., 2017; Karavani et al., 2018; Büntgen et al., 2019; Thomas and Buntgen, 2019).

Matsutake mushroom (Tricholoma matsutake), highly prized in China, is sensitive to timing and amount of precipitation and temperature (Yang et al., 2012), and suitable habitat for this species is predicted to significantly decrease and highly suitable habitat to nearly disappear under various climate change scenarios (Guo et al., 2017).

High confidence

North America

(California)

Acorns, nuts and berries and other fire-dependent wild foods

Low-intensity traditional burning practices increased pyro-diversity (Vinyeta et al., 2016). Climate change will exacerbate the risks posed by exotic pathogens that attack oak species and further reduce access to acorns as well as other foods founds in oak ecosystems (Voggesser et al., 2013).

High confidence

South America (Amazon region)

Aguaje, (Mauritia felxuosa), Brazilian nut (Bertholletiaexcelsa), fishing and hunting in general

Local communities perceived a lower yield of aguaje due to drought (Hofmeijer et al., 2013). In another study from the Colombian Amazon, wild food use was reported to be vulnerable to extreme climate events which impact species migration patterns or restrict access to fishing and hunting rounds (Torres-Vitolas et al., 2019). In some humid regions, the range of some wild food species may be extended by climate change, such as the Brazilian nut (Bertholletiaexcelsa) (Thomas et al., 2014).

Medium confidence

Small islands (Papua New Guinea)

Sweet potato

Increases in the ENSO were associated with drought which increased sweet potato losses (Jacka, 2016) in highlands humid forest.

Limited evidence, medium agreement

Australasia (Australia)

General wild foods

Aboriginal communities in North Queensland, a humid tropical region of northern Australia, reported some climate impacts on wild foods, although primarily for marine resources and those found in dry forest ecosystems (McIntyre-Tamwoy et al., 2013).

Limited evidence, medium agreement

Asia (Indonesia)

Sago (Metroxylon sagu)

People in a sago-dependent community in Papua Indonesia viewed climate variation as less important than other factors (logging, mining, infrastructure), but still expressed concerns about salinity of water supplies, floods and reduced hunting success (Boissière et al., 2013).

Limited evidence, medium agreement

Climate-change-induced impacts of access to wild foods are also of concern in Arctic regions (high confidence). Coastal and inland communities of Alaska found that 60% of climate impacts on food security listed by hunters were related to access (Brinkman et al., 2016). Reduced duration, thickness and quality of sea ice are some of the most cited impacts of climate change on wild food consumption (Ford, 2009; Laidler et al., 2009; Downing and Cuerrier, 2011; Huntington et al., 2017; Nuttall, 2017; Fawcett et al., 2018; Ford et al., 2018; Markon et al., 2018). Lack of snowfall reduces and delays the ability to travel on land using snowmobiles (Downing and Cuerrier, 2011), impacting safety of travel, time needed and costs of accessing wild foods (Cold et al., 2020).

Rising temperatures and humidity are also impacting wild food storage and increasing the risk of food-borne diseases (Cozzetto et al., 2013; Nuttall, 2017; Markon et al., 2018). Changes in AT and humidity can mean that whale and fish meat no longer dry properly, or meat may spoil before hunters can get it home (Downing and Cuerrier, 2011; Nuttall, 2017). Traditional permafrost ice cellars are no longer reliable (Downing and Cuerrier, 2011; Nyland et al., 2017; Herman-Mercer et al., 2019). Climate-related environmental change compounded with social, economic, cultural and political change have had complex but overall negative impacts on wild foods (Section CCP6.4, Lujan et al., 2018) .

Communities across other (non-Arctic) parts of North America and Europe also report declining availability of wild foods, with climate change among the perceived drivers for decline (medium confidence) (Table 5.10, Serrasolses et al., 2016; Smith et al., 2019a). Even when climate change may not always be the primary driver of loss of these wild food resources, climate may interact with other stressors to exacerbate loss of wild foods (Lynn et al., 2013; Reo and Parker, 2013).

5.7.4.2.2 Wild food in the arid and semi-arid environments

Wild foods are also impacted by climate change in arid and semi-arid landscapes around the world (medium evidence, high agreement ) (Table 5.10). A number of wild species are important traditional foods of Indigenous Peoples or local communities across arid regions of North America (Messer, 1972; Kuhnlein and Calloway, 1977; Santos-Fita et al., 2012; Vinyeta et al., 2016), South America (e.g., Argentina; Ladio and Lozada, 2004; Altrichter, 2006; Eyssartier et al., 2011), Australia (Scelza et al., 2014), the Mediterranean Basin (Hadjichambis et al., 2008; Powell et al., 2014), India and the Himalayas (Pingle, 1975; Gupta and Sen, 1980; Delang, 2006; Bhatt et al., 2017).

Wild foods such as baobab, shea and nere from plants and animals make an important contribution to diets and nutrition in arid and semi-arid regions of Africa (Boedecker et al., 2014; Leßmeister et al., 2015; Bélanger and Pilling, 2019) and are being impacted by climate change (Moseley et al., 2015; Sango and Godwell, 2015; Hitchcock, 2016) (see Chapter 9). There has been little published research on the impacts of climate change on wild food in arid regions of Australia, although Aboriginal elders in one report suggested that climate-related changes are impacting wild food (Memmott et al., 2013).

5.7.4.2.3 Wild food in tropical humid environments

Wild foods are important to many communities that live in and adjacent to humid tropical forests, but climate change impacts are mixed (Table 5.10, Dounias et al., 2007; Colfer, 2008; Powell et al., 2015; Rowland et al., 2017; Reyes-García et al., 2019). In some humid tropical forest regions, bushmeat is particularly important (Golden et al., 2011; Nasi et al., 2011; Fa et al., 2015; Powell et al., 2015; Rowland et al., 2017). In humid tropical regions, the impact of climate change on wild food availability, access and consumption is currently unclear and research is limited. There are, however, important interrelationships between climate change and wild food use in humid forests. For example, the loss of large mammals to bushmeat consumption and global trade will likely slow the regeneration of tropical forests in which a large number of tree species are dependent on large mammals for seed dispersal (Brodie and Gibbs, 2009). Conversely, others argue that bushmeat provides local communities with an important incentive to support local maintenance of forest cover and, thus, carbon sequestration (Bennett et al., 2007).

5.8 Ocean-Based and Inland Fisheries Systems

The livelihoods of 10–12% of the world’s population depend on fisheries and aquaculture (FAO, 2020c). Globally, fish provide more than 3.3 billion people with 20% of their average per capita intake of animal proteins, reaching 50% or more in countries such as Bangladesh, Cambodia, The Gambia, Ghana, Indonesia, Sierra Leone, Sri Lanka and several Small Island Developing States (FAO, 2020c). Between 1961 and 2017, the average annual apparent global food fish consumption increased (3.1% per year; from 9.0 kg per person in 1961 to 20.5 kg in 2018), exceeding the rate of increase in consumption of meat from all terrestrial animals combined (2.1% annually, currently around 40 kg per person) (FAO, 2020d). Fish are a rich source of protein and specific vitamins and minerals (Khalili Tilami and Sampels, 2018), and are an essential food source in regions in need of nutritious, affordable food (Thilsted et al., 2016; FAO et al., 2018; Hicks et al., 2019; Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter).

Read more...

5.8.1 Observed Impacts

Ocean systems are already facing significant impacts of climate change. At the ocean surface, temperature has on average increased by 0.88 [0.68–1.01] °C from 1850–1900 to 2011–2020 (Fox-Kemper et al., 2021; Gulev et al., 2021). Marine heatwaves have increased in frequency over the 20th century, with an approximate doubling since the 1980s (high confidence), and their intensity and duration have also increased (medium confidence) (IPCC, 2021, Box 9.2). In the Northeast Pacific, for example, an intense and long-lasting marine heatwave during 2013–2015 bridged to the strong 2015–2016 El Niño (Tseng et al., 2017) resulted in over 5 years of warmer-than-normal temperatures affecting the migration, distribution and abundance of several marine species, including fisheries resources (Cornwall, 2019; Jiménez-Quiroz et al., 2019). The surface open ocean pH has declined globally over the last 40 years by 0.003–0.026 pH per decade (virtually certain), and a decline in the ocean interior pH has been observed in all ocean basins over the past two to three decades (high confidence) (Gulev et al., 2021). The ocean is losing dissolved oxygen (very likely ) in the range of 0.5–3.3% between 1970 and 2010 for the 0–1000 m depth stratum (Bindoff et al., 2019; Canadell et al., 2021), salt content is being redistributed (very likely ) (Liu et al., 2019a; Gulev et al., 2021) and vertical stratification is increasing (virtually certain) (HLPE, 2017a; Fox-Kemper et al., 2021; Ranasinghe et al., 2021). There is high confidence that all these new physical, chemical and biological conditions affect marine organisms’ physiology, distribution and ecology, with an overall shift in biomass and species composition affecting ecosystem structure and function (Chapter 3). Under climate change, freshwater ecosystems are highly exposed to eutrophication, species invasion and rising temperatures (Lynch et al., 2016; Hassan et al., 2020). Major threats to wetland fisheries include water stress, sedimentation, weed proliferation, sea level rise and loss of wetland connectivity (Naskar et al., 2018).

Changes in aquatic ecosystems directly affect humans by altering livelihood, cultural identity and sense of self, and seafood provision, quality and safety. The state of marine fishery resources has continued to decline, with the proportion of fish stocks at biologically unsustainable levels of exploitation increasing from 10% in 1974 to 34.2% in 2017 (FAO, 2020d). There is medium confidence that fisheries production declines in different world regions can be partly attributed to climate change, along with overfishing and other socioeconomic factors. It has been estimated that, from 1930 to 2010, the amount of fish that can be sustainably harvested from several marine fish populations has decreased by 4.1% globally due to ocean warming, with some regions (East Asian Marginal Seas, the North Sea, the Iberian Coast and the Celtic-Biscay Shelf), experiencing losses of 15–35% (Free et al., 2019). There is regional variation such as redistribution of fishing grounds, due to climate-induced fish species migrations (Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter). In Tanzania, for example, most small-scale fishers (75%) have reported shifting fishing grounds from nearshore to offshore areas during the last decade, due to perceived combined effects of overfishing and environmental impacts (Silas et al., 2020). Observed impacts in some inland aquatic systems indicate substantial productivity reductions (medium confidence). For example, sustained warming in Lake Tanganyika during the last 150 years has affected the biological productivity by strengthening and shallowing stratification of the water column (Cohen et al., 2016). Still, over 60% of the published reports on directly observed impacts of climate change on freshwater biota are on salmonids in North America and Europe, highlighting significant literature gaps for other fish species and regions (Myers et al., 2017a).

There is low confidence in climate change affecting the nutritious value of seafood. Contrasting evidence suggests that ocean warming and acidification could be altering the nutritional quality of commercial mollusks, primarily by reducing healthy fatty acids content (Tate et al., 2017; Ab Lah et al., 2018; Lemasson et al., 2019), but Coleman (2019) found no significant changes in a widely distributed coastal fish species.

In terms of food safety, there is high confidence that climate change increases the trends in seafood consumption related illnesses due to biological agents such as algae-produced toxins, ciguatera and Vibrio (Cross-Chapter Box ILLNESS in Chapter 2, Sections 5.11 and 5.12). Increased surface water warming changes the occurrence, intensity, species composition and toxicity of marine and freshwater algae and bacteria, and expansion to areas where they had not been reported before (Botana, 2016; McCabe et al., 2016; Griffith et al., 2019). There is limited evidence suggesting that risks linked to the bioaccumulation of chemicals are also of concern, such as neurotoxic methylmercury (MeHg) and heavy metals, due to water quality and trophic changes induced by climate change (Shi et al., 2016; Schartup et al., 2019).

5.8.2 Assessing Vulnerabilities

In the absence of adaptive measures, climate-induced changes in the abundances and distributions of fish will impact the provision, nutrition and livelihood security of many people (high confidence) as well as regional and global trade patterns (medium confidence).

5.8.2.1 Food security: provision and nutrition

The importance of seafood in food security and nutrition is increasing, largely due to its contribution as high-quality food (high confidence) (Hicks et al., 2019), as seafood contains unique long-chain polyunsaturated fatty acids (LC-PUFAs) and highly bioavailable essential micronutrients—vitamins (A, B and D) and minerals (calcium, phosphorus, iodine, zinc, iron and selenium). These compounds, often not readily available elsewhere in diets, have beneficial effects for adult health and child cognitive development (HLPE, 2014). Changes in marine and freshwater fish production can have significant consequences for human nutrition (Colombo et al., 2020). These changes are of particular concern in regions with few nutrition alternatives, such as low-income countries in Africa, Asia, Australasia, and Central and South America (high confidence) (Ding et al., 2017; Kibria et al., 2017).

Freshwater ecosystems that support most inland fisheries are under continuing threat from changes in land use, water availability and pollution and other pressures that will be exacerbated by climate change (high confidence) (Section 4.3.5). Declines in dissolved oxygen in freshwater are 2.75–9.3 times greater than observed in the world’s oceans (Jane et al., 2021). These systems have a relatively low buffering capacity and are therefore more sensitive to climate-related shocks and variability (Harrod et al., 2018b). Freshwater faunae are projected to be highly vulnerable; in the tropics because organisms are closer to approaching their thermal physiological limits and in the northern hemisphere (30–50°N) because the rate of temperature change is faster (Comte and Olden, 2017). The worldwide spatial confluence of productive freshwater fisheries and low food security highlights the critical role of rivers and lakes in providing locally sourced, low-cost, nutritious food sources (McIntyre et al., 2016).

Deltas and other wetland fisheries are extremely vulnerable to climate change and home to a large and growing proportion of the world’s population. In India, Ghana and Bangladesh, where three of the most populated Deltaic systems are located, subsistence fisheries provide 12–60% of the animal protein in people’s diets (Lauria et al., 2018).

The concern over aquatic food products’ safety due to climate change is increasing (high confidence). A strong positive relationship exists between specific bacterial growth rates and temperature, including pathogenic species of the genera Vibrio, Listeria, Clostridium, Aeromonas, Salmonella, Escherichia and others, whose distributional area is expanding with changing climate conditions (Cross-Chapter Box ILLNESS in Chapter 2, Section 5.12.1).

5.8.2.2 Social vulnerabilities, including gender and marginalised groups and cultural services

There is high confidence that climate change is and will continue to be a threat to the livelihood of millions of fishers, with the most vulnerable being those with fewer opportunities and less income (Barange and Cochrane, 2018; Section 3.4.3). The social vulnerability can differ largely between locations, even between relatively close coastal or inland communities (Bennett et al., 2014; Maina et al., 2016; Ndhlovu et al., 2017; Martins et al., 2019) and among inhabitants within a location, depending on factors such as access to other economic activities, education, health, adults in the household, and political connections (high confidence) (Senapati and Gupta, 2017; Abu Samah et al., 2019; Lowe et al., 2019).

Indigenous coastal communities consume 1.5–2.8 million metric tonnes of fish per year (about 2% of global yearly commercial marine catch), and reach a per capita consumption estimated to be 15 times greater than that of non-Indigenous country populations (Cisneros-Montemayor et al., 2016). There is high confidence that some Indigenous fishing communities are particularly vulnerable to climate change through a reduced capacity to conduct traditional harvests because of limited access to, or availability of, fish resources (Weatherdon et al., 2016), with consequences that include dietary shifts with significant nutritional and health implications (Marushka et al., 2019), displacement and loss of cultural identity (Sullivan and Rosenberg, 2018) and loss of social, economic and cultural rights (Finkbeiner et al., 2018). Areas of high risk for Indigenous Peoples include the Arctic, coastal communities with a high dependency on marine and freshwater fisheries, and Small Island States and Territories (Finkbeiner et al., 2018; Hanich et al., 2018, Section CCP6.2.5.1).

Women play a crucial role along the entire fisheries value chain, providing labour force in industrialised and small-scale fisheries all around the world (FAO, 2020d). For small-scale fisheries alone, women represent about 11% of the labour force, and their activity is generally in subsistence fisheries, highlighting their role in household food security (Harper et al., 2020). In general, gendered division of labour tends to cause lower salaries for women and different perception and experience of risk to climate change impacts (high confidence) (Lokuge and Hilhorst, 2017).

5.8.2.3 Management, economic and geopolitical vulnerabilities

Local, national, regional and international fisheries are mostly underprepared for geographic shifts in marine animals driven by climate change over the coming decades (high confidence) (Pinsky et al., 2018; Oremus et al., 2020; Pinsky et al., 2020). With fisheries distribution changes, sometimes into areas dedicated to different historical uses or new ventures, the current management regimes will face constraining legal frameworks (Farady and Bigford, 2019; Pinsky et al., 2020), which will demand interventions in the form of policies, programmes and actions, at multiple scales (Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter). Coordinated fisheries management can substantially expand capacity to respond to a changing climate (Pinsky et al., 2020), but a great deal of political will, capacity building and collective action will be necessary (high confidence) (Teslić et al., 2017; Burden and Fujita, 2019; Section 5.8.4).

Today, approximately half the world’s population (~4 billion out of 7.8 billion people) are assessed as being currently subject to severe water scarcity for at least 1 month per year (medium confidence) (Box 4.1), and freshwater inland fisheries are particularly vulnerable as they are given lower priority for water resources than other sectors (high confidence). In some cases, this situation results in the total loss of freshwater fisheries. Examples include diversion of water for agriculture, shifts from food provision to recreational fisheries, conserving biodiversity, and the requirement for high-quality water for drinking water supply (Section 5.13, Harrod et al., 2018a).

There is high confidence that climate change increases the risk of conflicts due to the redistribution of stocks and their abundance fluctuations, with subsequent impacts on resource sharing (Spijkers and Boonstra, 2017; Pinsky et al., 2018; Spijkers et al., 2018; Mendenhall et al., 2020; Pinsky et al., 2020). High vulnerability and lack of adaptive capacity to climate change impacts (including fisheries-dependent livelihoods, attachment to place, and pre-existing tensions) increase the risk of conflicts, including among fishery area users and authorities (Ndhlovu et al., 2017; Shaffril et al., 2017; Spijkers and Boonstra, 2017; Mendenhall et al., 2020). Similarly, shifts in the distribution of transboundary fish stocks under climate change alter the current sharing of resources between countries and create conflicts as well as new opportunities (Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter, Spijkers and Boonstra, 2017; Pinsky et al., 2018).

5.8.3 Projected Impacts

There is medium confidence that climate change will reduce global fisheries’ productivity (Section 3.4.4.2.3), with more significant reductions in tropical and subtropical regions and gains in the poleward areas (Bindoff et al., 2019; Oremus et al., 2020). Through an ensemble of marine ecosystem models and Earth System Models, mean global animal biomass in the ocean has been estimated to decrease by 5% under the RCP2.6 emissions scenario and 17% under RCP8.5 by 2100, with an average decline of 5% for every 1°C of warming (Lotze et al., 2019), affecting food provision, revenue distribution, and potentially hindering the rebuilding of depleted fish stocks (Britten et al., 2017). The projected declining rates result in a 5.3–7% estimated global decrease in marine fish catch potential by 2050 (Cheung et al., 2019), particularly accentuated in tropical marine ecosystems and affecting many low-income countries (Barange and Cochrane, 2018; Bindoff et al., 2019; Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter). Projections indicate that by 2060 the number of exclusive economic zones (EEZs) with new transboundary stocks will increase to 46 under strong mitigation RCP2.6, and up to 60 EEZs under the RCP8.5 GHG emissions scenario (Pinsky et al., 2018). Similarly, by combining six intercompared marine ecosystem models, Bryndum-Buchholz et al. (2019) projected that under the RCP8.5 scenario a total marine animal biomass decline of 15–30% would occur in the North and South Atlantic and Pacific and the Indian Ocean by 2100. In contrast, polar ocean basins would experience a 20–80% increase. In the eastern Bering Sea, simulations based on RCP8.5 predict declines of pollock (>70%) and cod (>35%) stocks by the end of the century (Holsman et al., 2020). Temperate tunas (albacore, Atlantic bluefin and southern bluefin) and the tropical bigeye tuna are expected to decline in the tropics and shift poleward by the end of the century under RCP8.5, while skipjack and yellowfin tunas are projected to increase abundance in tropical areas of the eastern Pacific but decrease in the equatorial western Pacific (medium confidence) (Erauskin-Extramiana et al., 2019). In the western and central Pacific, redistribution of tropical tuna due to climate change is projected to affect license revenues from purse seine fishing and shift more fishing into high seas areas (Bell et al., 2018; Table 15.5). For the east Atlantic, observational evidence indicates that not only will tuna distribution change with temperature anomalies, but also fishing effort distribution (Rubio et al., 2020a). There is medium confidence that climate change will create new fishing opportunities when exploited fish stocks shift their distribution into new fishing regions in enclosed seas, such as the Mediterranean and the Black Sea (Hidalgo et al., 2018; Pinsky et al., 2018). However, in general, where land barriers constrain the latitudinal shifts, the expected impacts of climate change are population declines and reduced productivity (high confidence) (Oxenford and Monnereau, 2018). Besides direct impacts on the abundance of fisheries-targeted species, climate-change-induced proliferation of invasive species could also affect fisheries’ productivity (low confidence) (Mellin et al., 2016; Goldsmith et al., 2019).

Shifting marine fisheries will affect national economies (high confidence) (Bindoff et al., 2019). It has been suggested that, without government subsides, fishing is already non-profitable in 54% of the international waters (Sala et al., 2018). Projections are that fishing maximum revenue potential from landed catches will decrease further by 10.4% (±4.2%) by 2050 relative to 2000 under RCP8.5, close to 35% greater than the decrease projected for the global maximum catch potential (7.7±4.4%); (Lam et al., 2016). The global revenue potential loss for that period ranges from USD 6 to 15 billion (depending on the model), but impacts may be amplified at the regional scale for fisheries-dependent and low-income countries. The maximum revenue potential percentage decrease in the EEZ under RCP8.5 is estimated to be over 2.3 times larger than that of the high seas (Lam et al., 2016). Ocean acidification is also expected to drive large global economic impacts (medium confidence) (Cooley et al., 2015; Fernandes et al., 2017; Macko et al., 2017; Hansel et al., 2020), and there is high confidence that the integrated economic consequences of all interacting climate change-related factors would result in even larger losses. Changes in the frequency and intensity of extreme events will also alter marine ecosystems and productivity. Marine heatwaves can lead to severe and persistent impacts, from mass mortality of benthic communities to decline in fisheries catch (IPCC, 2021, Box 9.2). These events have very likely doubled in frequency between 1982 and 2016 and have also become more intense and longer (Smale et al., 2019; Laufkotter et al., 2020); for all future scenarios Earth System Models project even more frequent, intense and longer-lasting marine heatwaves (Eyring et al., 2021; IPCC, 2021, Box 9.2).

In addition to temperature and water availability stress, climate change will bring new water quality challenges in freshwater systems, including increased dissolved organic carbon and toxic metal loads (high confidence) (Chen et al., 2016). Harrod et al. (2018a) found that the two major inland fishery producers (China and India) will face significant stress in the future, a large group of countries that produce around 60% of total yield is projected to face medium stress, and a small group of 17 countries has the least severe repercussions (medium confidence). Climate warming may enhance northward colonisation of water bodies of commercial freshwater species in the Arctic, where there are few ecological competitors (medium confidence) (Campana et al., 2020) but at the same time may also accentuate the age-truncation effect of harvesting, elevating the population’s vulnerability to environmental perturbations (Smalås et al., 2019). Detailed information on many of the most important inland fisheries is limited.

In terms of food safety, major concerns linked to climate change include the continued trend of increasing HABs, and the quantity of pollutants reaching aquatic systems (Box 3.3; Section 5.11).

5.8.4 Adaptation

Adaptation options in land- and aquatic-based culturing food production systems include both governance actions and changes in the factors of production (Section 5.4.4, 5.5.4, Reverter et al., 2020). In contrast, adaptation options in fisheries are primarily concentrated in the socioeconomic dimension, especially governance and management (Brander et al., 2018; Holsman et al., 2019), and given the scale of the problem, there are relatively few intentional, well-documented examples of implemented tactical responses (Bell et al., 2020).

The proportion of fisheries operating at levels that are considered biologically unsustainable by the FAO has increased from 10% in 1974 to 34.2% in 2017 (FAO, 2020d). There is high confidence that reducing stresses on marine ecosystems reduces vulnerability to climate change and augments resilience (Barange, 2019; Woodworth-Jefcoats et al., 2019; Ogier et al., 2020). Specifically, overfishing is the most critical non-climatic driver affecting the sustainability of fisheries, and therefore improving management could help rebuild fish stocks, reduce ecosystem impacts and increase the adaptive capacity of fishing (high confidence); (Barange, 2019; Das et al., 2020). Pursuing sustainable fisheries practices under a low-emissions scenario would decrease risk by 63%; in contrast, under the most extreme RCP8.5, both profit and harvest decline relative to today even under the most optimistic assumptions about global fisheries management reforms (Gaines et al., 2018; Sumaila et al., 2019; Free et al., 2020).

One adaptation strategy in the fishing sector is developing the capacity to recognise and respond to new opportunities that might arise from climate change by establishing a policy and planning setting that augments the fishers’ flexibility to change target species of fisheries or even engage in different productive activities. A key element would be the design and implementation of management schemes that consider flexible permits, sharing quotas, rethinking boundaries and reference points in response to system changes (Brander et al., 2018; Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter). Large-scale distribution and productivity changes of commercial fish species will demand the ability to implement cooperative fishing strategies (Cisneros-Montemayor et al., 2020; Østhagen et al., 2020), and adjust multi-lateral treaties and other legal instruments used for managing shared transboundary ecosystems (Butler et al., 2019; Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter).

There is high confidence that making climate change and adaptive capacity a mainstream consideration in global, regional, environmental and fisheries governance structures can improve the response capacity to ocean change (Gaines et al., 2018; Bindoff et al., 2019; Holsman et al., 2020; Ojea et al., 2020). For example, spatial management that includes strategies such as Territorial Use Rights for Fishing (TURFs), locally managed marine areas (LMMAs) and customary tenure is an approach that has climate change adaptation potential in small-scale fisheries but will require adjustments in governing and managing institutions that allow them to be more dynamic and flexible (Le Cornu et al., 2018). In regions where some of these measures have already been tested, institutional, legal, financial and logistical barriers to successful adaptation have been encountered, such as market failures stemming from uncertainty around new or emerging species, or policy barriers derived from the fact that the creation of scientific information needed to change regulations is likely slower than the pace of changes in stocks (Peck and Pinnegar, 2018).

Adaptation capacity is limited by the financial capacity of some countries (Bindoff et al., 2019). For example, in West African fisheries, adaptation costs associated with replacing the loss of coastal ecosystems and productivity is estimated to require 5–10% of countries’ GDP (Zougmoré et al., 2016). For Pacific Islands and Coastal Territories, fisheries adaptation will require significant investment from local governments and the private sector (Rosegrant et al., 2016), and reducing dependence on or finding alternatives to vulnerable marine resources (Johnson et al., 2020; Mabe and Asase, 2020).

Adaptive capacity is strongly associated with social capital (i.e., the networks, shared norms, values and understandings that facilitate cooperation within or among groups) (high confidence) (Stoeckl et al., 2017; D’agata et al., 2020) and depends on to what extent stakeholders are aware of climate change and their perception of risk (Ankrah, 2018; Martins and Gasalla, 2018; Chen, 2020). Improving information flows allows for a more efficient co-management implementation (medium confidence) (Vasconcelos et al., 2020). Utilisation of local and Indigenous knowledge has the potential to facilitate adaptation (Bindoff et al., 2019), not only because it represents actual experiences and autonomous adaptations, but also because it facilitates reaching shared understanding among stakeholders and adoption of solutions. Challenges to hybridising local ecological knowledge and scientific knowledge include differences in stakeholder or governance perceptions about the validity of each knowledge set and issues of expertise and trust (Harrison et al., 2018). Engaging Indigenous Peoples and local communities as partners across climate research ensures this knowledge is utilised, enhancing the usefulness of assessments (Bindoff et al., 2019) and facilitating the co-construction and implementation of sustainable solutions (medium confidence) (Braga et al., 2020; Bulengela et al., 2020). Building climate resilience in the fishing sector also involves recognising gender and other social inequities (Call and Sellers, 2019), and ensuring that all stakeholders are equally involved in the adaptation plans, including their design and the capacity-building training programmes.

There is high confidence that, for the freshwater fisheries systems, the most immediate adaptation option is the effective linkage of fisheries management to the adaptation plans of other sectors, especially water management (hydropower, irrigation and the commitment to maintaining environmental flows) (Harrod et al., 2018a; Kao et al., 2020). In some regions, organisations are already addressing this issue; for example, The Office of Water (OW) in the USA is aimed at ensuring that drinking water is safe while ecosystem is conserved to provide healthy habitat for fish, plants and wildlife; however, success strongly depends on the possibility of integrating the jurisdictional framework of different agencies (Poesch et al., 2016), the implementation of effective monitoring programmes (Paukert et al., 2016) and finding ways to incentivise the early restoration of degraded systems (Ranjan, 2020).

Cross-Chapter Box: MOVING PLATE: Sourcing Food When Species Distributions Change

Authors: H. Gurney-Smith (Canada/UK), W. Cheung (Canada), S. Lluch Cota (Mexico), E. Ojea (Spain), C. Parmesan (France/UK/USA), J. Pinnegar (UK) P. Thornton (Kenya/UK), M-F. Racault (UK/France), G. Pecl (Australia), E.A. Nyboer (Canada), K. Holsman (USA), K. Miller (USA), J. Birkmann (Germany), G. Nelson (USA) and C. Möllmann (Germany)

This Cross-Chapter Box, the ‘moving plate’, addresses climate-induced shifts and domesticated production suitability of food species consumed by people. Marine, freshwater and terrestrial systems are already experiencing species shifts in response to climate change (very high confidence) (see also Sections 2.4.2.1. and 3.4.3., Figure MOVING PLATE.1 this chapter), with subsequent impacts on food provisioning services, pests and diseases (high confidence) (see Box 5.8 and Cross-Chapter Box ILLNESS in Chapter 2). This Box highlights food insecurity and malnutrition of vulnerable peoples under climate change for both wild and domesticated aquatic and terrestrial species, and discusses challenges for adaptation and the roles that management (transboundary and ecosystem-based) can play to enable food security, reduce conflicts and prevent resource over-extraction.

Range contractions, shifts or extirpations are projected for terrestrial and aquatic species under warming, with greater warming leading to larger shifts and losses, where mitigation would therefore benefit climate refugia and reduce projected biodiversity declines (Smith et al., 2018; Warren et al., 2018). Marine species are moving poleward faster than terrestrial and freshwater species, despite faster warming on land (Pecl et al., 2017; Lenoir et al., 2019; Woolway and Maberly, 2020), leading to new or exacerbated socioeconomic conflicts within and between countries (see Figure MOVING PLATE.1 this chapter, see Sections 13.5.2.2., 15.3.4.4., FAQ 15.3., Mendenhall et al., 2020). There is large variation in the magnitude and pattern of species shifts, even among similar species within a region, leading to changes in communities in a given region (Brown et al., 2016; Pecl et al., 2017). The number of extreme heat stress days are projected to increase for domesticated species like cattle (see Figure MOVING PLATE.1 this chapter), leading to shifts in suitable habitat for raising livestock in the open with associated impacts in animal productivity and the costs of adapting in Africa, Asia, and Central and South America (Thornton et al., 2021).

Nutritional dependency, cultural importance, livelihood, or economic reliance on shifting species will increase impacts of climate change, especially for small-scale fishers (marine and freshwater), farmers, women and communities highly dependent on local sources of food and nutrition (high confidence) (see Figures MOVING PLATE.1 and MOVING PLATE.3 this chapter, Sections 3.5.3., 8.2.1.2. and 15.3.4.4, McIntyre et al., 2016; Blasiak et al., 2017; Kifani et al., 2018; Bindoff et al., 2019; Atindana et al., 2020; Hasselberg et al., 2020; Farmery et al., 2021). Micronutrient concentrations from marine fisheries vary with species, providing higher concentrations of calcium, iron and zinc in tropical regions and higher concentrations of omega-3 fatty acids in polar regions (Hicks et al., 2019). While consumption of smaller species rich in micronutrients may provide significant benefits against deficiencies in Asia and Africa, local dietary changes in fish consumption may be linked to food preferences, fish availability due to international trade or illegal fishing and competing usage of fish (see Figure MOVING PLATE.3 this chapter, Hicks et al., 2019; Sumaila et al., 2020; Vianna et al., 2020). Industrial fleets are likely to switch target species (Belhabib et al., 2016) and inhibit small-scale fishers via illegal, unreported or unregulated fishing in EEZs (Belhabib et al., 2019; Belhabib et al., 2020). Extreme events can exacerbate issues, as fisheries are frequently increasingly exploited as a coping mechanism under times of crisis, increasing illegal fishing activities and conflict among maritime users (Pomeroy et al., 2016; Mazaris and Germond, 2018). Spatial conflicts between artisanal and commercial foreign fishing fleets are already occurring in Ghana (Penney et al., 2017), and from climate-induced tropical tuna shifts in the Western and Central Pacific Ocean Islands (see Section 15.3.4.4., (Bell et al., 2018 a)). Properly managed small-scale fisheries can reduce poverty and improve localised food security and nutrition in low-income countries but will likely require restriction in the number of fishers, boat size or fishing days (Purcell and Pomeroy, 2015; Hicks et al., 2019).

Shifting species have negative implications for the equitable distribution of food provisioning services, increasing the complexity of resolving sovereignty claims and climate justice (high confidence) (Allison and Bassett, 2015; Ayers et al., 2018; Baudron et al.; Ojea et al., 2020; Palacios-Abrantes et al., 2020). Higher-latitude countries generally have higher GHG emissions and will benefit from poleward-migrating resources from tropical poorer and lower-emitting GHG countries (Free et al., 2020). In this context, climate justice supporting fishing arrangements could offset socioeconomic impacts from exiting species (Mills, 2018; Lam et al., 2020) and have negative implications particularly for small-scale operators (Farmery et al., 2021), However, considerations of climate justice have not been used by Regional Fisheries Management Organizations (RFMOs) allocation shares to date (Engler, 2020). Species shifting from one historical jurisdiction to another may result in an incentivised depletion of the resource by the country the stock is shifting away from; reforming management to allocate resource sharing of quotas and permits or stock-unrelated side payments in bilateral or multilateral cooperative agreements may compensate or prevent loss (Diekert and Nieminen, 2017; Free et al., 2020; Ojea et al., 2020; Østhagen et al., 2020; Cross-Chapter Paper Polar 6.2.).

Strong governance, ecosystem-based and transboundary management are considered fundamental to ameliorate the impacts of climate change (high confidence) but may be limited in effectiveness by the magnitude of change projected under low or no mitigation scenarios (see Sections 2.6.2., 14.4.2.2. and 15.3.4.4., Harrod et al., 2018c; Pinsky et al., 2018; Holsman et al., 2020; Ojea et al., 2020). Flexible and rapid policy reform and management adaptation will help to meet sustainability targets (Nguyen et al., 2016; Pentz and Klenk, 2020), and may only be available for countries with the scientific, technical and institutional capacity to implement these (high confidence) (Peck and Pinnegar, 2018; Figures MOVING PLATE.2 and 3 this chapter). Other adaptation options include ‘follow the food’ thereby migrating further (Belhabib et al., 2016), provision of alternative livelihoods (Thiault et al., 2019; Cross-Chapter Box MIGRATE in Chapter 7, Free et al., 2020), increasing ecosystem resilience by rebuilding coastal mangroves (Tanner et al., 2014; and Box 1.3) and riparian areas of freshwater ecosystems (Mantyka-Pringle et al., 2016) and autonomous adaptations, such as harvesting gear modifications to access new target species (Harrod et al., 2018c; Kifani et al., 2018), practice change, and early-warning systems (see Section 11.3.2.3; Pecl et al., 2019; Melbourne-Thomas et al., 2021). Adaptive capacity will change with country, region, scale (commercial, recreational, Indigenous) of fishery, jurisdiction, and resource dependence (see Figure MOVING PLATE.2 this chapter for adaptation options for marine, freshwater and terrestrial systems). While shifting fishing fleets or herding may be an adaptation option to follow resources, limits to feasibility include institutional, legal, financial and logistical barriers such as costs of sourcing food and operational economic viability (Belhabib et al., 2016); this could potentially lead to maladaptation through increased GHG emissions from fuel usage and cultural displacement from traditional fishing and herding lands. Overall, decreases in GHG emissions under future scenarios would reduce increases in global temperatures and limit species shifts, thereby lowering the likelihood of conflicts and food insecurity (high confidence).

Cross-Chapter Box: MOVING PLATE

Coastal Regions of the Gulf of Guinea: Ghanian Fisheries

Marine fisheries in Ghana are dominated by artisanal fishers with overfished stocks, high nutritional fish dependency, high illegal fishing, low governance capacity (−0.21 2018, (World Bank, 2019)) and low climate awareness in regional fisheries management (Figure MOVING PLATE.3 this chapter; see Chapter 9; Nunoo et al., 2014; Belhabib et al., 2015; Belhabib et al., 2016; Kifani et al., 2018; Belhabib et al., 2019). Artisanal fishing plays a pivotal role in reducing poverty and food insecurity, and the impacts of climate change will risk developing poverty traps (see Section 8.4.5.6., (Kifani et al., 2018)). Climate change induced species redistribution is a large risk to Ghanian fisheries, with projections of over 20 commercial fish species exiting the region with no new species entering under RCP4.5 by 2100 (Oremus et al., 2020), and has already seen increases in warmer-water species with declining stocks. Adaptation options being applied are extending fishing ranges, increasing fishing effort (and cost) to access declining fish (with government fuel incentives) (Kifani et al., 2018; Muringai et al., 2021), developing aquaculture for alternative livelihoods, implementing fleet monitoring to reduce illegal fishing, and developing a robust Fisheries Information and Management System that accounts for environmental and climate drivers (Johnson et al., 2014; FAO, 2016; Kassi et al., 2018). However, fisheries remain insufficiently regulated, there is a lack of a skilled workforce, and there is low access to credit; collectively, these factors limit options for artisanal fishers to find alternative sustainable employment (FAO, 2016).

Shifting Distributions of Freshwater Fishery Resources: Knowledge Gaps

Freshwater fisheries provide the primary source of animal protein and essential micronutrients for an estimated 200 million people globally and are especially important in tropical developing nations (see Section 9.8, Lynch et al., 2017; Funge-Smith and Bennett, 2019.). There is evidence that freshwater fishes have undergone climate-induced distribution shifts (Comte and Grenouillet, 2015; see Section 9.8.5.1.), and further shifts are projected as water temperatures rise and hydrological regimes change, with the largest effects predicted for equatorial, subtropical and semi-arid regions (Barbarossa et al., 2021). Currently, the effects of distribution shifts on local fishery catch potential, food security and/or nutrition have not been quantified for any major inland fishery, representing a key knowledge gap for anticipating future adaptation needs for freshwater fishing societies. However, studies on fishers’ perceptions of climate-induced changes in fishery catch rates have revealed that using local knowledge to adjust management practices (see Chapter 12 Central and South America this volume; Oviedo et al., 2016) and shifting gears, fishing grounds and target species (see Section 9.8.5.3.; Musinguzi et al., 2016) can be effective adaptation options.

Terrestrial Species Shifts

There is robust evidence of shifts that terrestrial species have shifted poleward in high latitudes, with general declines of sea-ice dependent as well as some extreme-polar-adapted species (high confidence) (Arctic and Siberian Tundra, see Section 2.4.2.2., Cross-Chapter Paper 6), with often deleterious effects on the food security and traditional knowledge systems of Indigenous societies (Horstkotte et al., 2017; Pecl et al., 2017; Mallory and Boyce, 2018; Forbes et al., 2020). Recent decades have seen declines in Arctic reindeer and caribou (see Section 2.5.1., Cross-Chapter Paper 6), and adaptation responses include utilisation of Indigenous knowledge with scientific sampling to maintain traditional management practices (Pecl et al., 2017; Barber et al.; Forbes et al., 2020). Preserving herder livelihoods will necessitate novel solutions (supplementary feeding, seasonal movements), where governance, ecological and socioeconomic trade-offs will be balanced at the local level (Horstkotte et al., 2017; Pecl et al., 2017; Mallory and Boyce, 2018; Forbes et al., 2020). Wild meat consumption plays a critical, though not well understood, role in the diets and food security of several hundred million people (medium evidence), for example in lower latitudes such as Central Africa and the Amazon basin (Bharucha and Pretty, 2010; Godfray et al., 2010; Nasi et al., 2011; Friant et al., 2020). Although illegal in many countries, wild meat hunting occurs either in places where there is no or limited domesticated livestock production, or in places where shock events such as droughts and floods threaten food supply, forcing increased reliance on wild foods including bush meat (Mosberg and Eriksen, 2015; Bodmer et al., 2018). Appropriate management of wild meat for reliant peoples under projected climate change will necessitate incorporating social justice elements into conservation and public health strategies (see Cross-Chapter Box ILLNESS in Chapter 2, Cross-Chapter Box COVID in Chapter 7, Friant et al., 2020; Ingram, 2020; Pelling et al., 2021).

Figure Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE.1 | Global vulnerabilities to current and projected climate change for living marine resources and cattle.

(a) Ocean areas are delineated into FAO (Food and Agricultural Organization of the United Nations) regions. Ocean sensitivity is calculated from aggregated sensitivities from Blasiak et al. (2017) S1 country data based on number of fishers, fisheries exports, proportions of economically active population working as fishers, total fisheries landings and nutritional dependence, which was subsequently re-analysed for each FAO region depicted here. Arrows denote projected average commercial and artisanal fishing resource shifts in location under RCP2.6 and under RCP8.5 (dark-blue and red arrows, respectively) scenarios by 2100. Text boxes highlight examples of vulnerabilities (Bell et al., 2018 a), conflicts (Miller et al., 2013; Blasiak et al., 2017; Østhagen et al., 2020) or opportunities for marine resource usage (Robinson et al., 2015; Stuart-Smith et al., 2018; Meredith et al., 2019).

(b) Projected changes in the number of extreme heat stress days for cattle from early (1991–2010) to end of century (2081–2100) under SSP1-2.6 and SSP5-8.5, shown as arrows rooted in the most affected area in each IPCC sub-region pointing to the nearest area of reduced or no extreme heat stress. Arrows are shown only for sub-regions where >1 million additional animals are affected. Areas in green are those with >5000 animals per 0.5° grid cell in the eary 21st century (Thornton et al., 2021).

Figure Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE.2 | Common adaptation options, limitations and potential for adaptation and maladaptation in aquatic and terrestrial species with climate-induced movement of food species and reliant peoples.

Figure Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE.3 | Global documented fisheries adaptive capacity to climate change and regional seafood micronutrient deficiency risk. Ocean areas are delineated into FAO (Food and Agricultural Organization of the United Nations) regions. Fisheries management adaptive capacity is a function of: averaged GDP World Development Indicators for 2018 (World Bank, 2020); climate awareness assessments of 30 of the FAO recognised most recent RFMOs with direct fisheries linkages (see Supplementary Material SM5.5); governance effectiveness index based on six aggregate indicators (voice and accountability, political stability and absence of violence/terrorism, government effectiveness, regulatory quality, rule of law, control of corruption) from 2018 World Governance Indicator (World Bank, 2019) data; and heterogeneity of countries within each FAO zone (highly heterogeneous regions are less likely to establish sustainable and efficient fisheries management for the entire FAO zone). Land area represents the percentage regional averaged seafood micronutrient deficiency risk of calcium, iron, zinc and vitamin A from 2011 data (Beal et al., 2017).

In terrestrial, marine and freshwater systems, human populations already impacted by poverty and hunger experience greater risk under climate change. Future food security will depend on access to other sustainable sources either via transnational agreements or resource/livelihood diversification. Sudden shocks across food production systems (Cottrell et al., 2019) can lead to increases in fisheries harvest and wild meat consumption, and following food species may result in community relocations or disruption and loss of access to historical places of attachment (high confidence) (Pecl et al., 2017; Lenoir et al., 2019; Meredith et al., 2019; Melbourne-Thomas et al., 2021; see Cross-Chapter Box MIGRATE in Chapter 7). Ecosystem-based management approaches exist for terrestrial, marine and freshwater systems, but have proved successful only with early engagement of local small-scale, subsistence fishers/harvesters, utilising Indigenous knowledge and local knowledge and needs, in addition to those of larger-scale operators (high confidence) (Huntington et al., 2015; McGrath and Costello, 2015; Huq and Stubbings, 2016; Huq et al., 2017; Raymond-Yakoubian et al., 2017; Nalau et al., 2018; Raymond-Yakoubian and Daniel, 2018; Pecl et al., 2019; Planque et al., 2019). Currently, there are large regional differences in climate literacy in RFMOs (Sumby et al., 2021) which, when combined with low governance and GDP per capita, will limit adaptation capacity and increase vulnerabilities, particularly for tropical and subtropical regions already at increased risk due to poleward species migrations (see Figure MOVING PLATE.3 this chapter). Trade will be an alternative to compensate for the moving plate but has specific risks that can amplify inequities and maladaptation (Asche et al., 2015; Vianna et al., 2020).

Cross-Chapter Box: MOVING PLATE

5.9 Ocean-Based and Inland Aquaculture Systems

Global aquaculture provides more fish for human consumption than wild capture fisheries, with projected provisioning of 60% by 2030 (FAO, 2018c). Aquaculture can contribute to SDGs by reducing poverty and food insecurity, filling increasing aquatic food demand shortages from declining capture fisheries production (medium confidence) (Figure 5.13a and c, World Bank, 2013; Béné et al., 2016; Hambrey, 2017; Beveridge et al., 2018b; Kalikoski et al., 2018; Belton et al., 2020) and improving social inequities for poor rural communities (Béné et al., 2016; FAO, 2018c; Vannuccini et al., 2018; Pongthanapanic et al., 2019). Global aquaculture production reached 82 million tonnes (Mt) of food fish, crustaceans, molluscs and other aquatic animals from inland (51 Mt) and marine (31 Mt) systems, and 32 Mt of aquatic plants in 2018 (FAO, 2020d). China, India, Indonesia, Vietnam, Bangladesh, Egypt, Norway and Chile are major production regions (FAO, 2020d). The range of species, farming methods and environments makes aquaculture the most diverse, long-standing farming practice in the world, with an estimated global sectoral value of USD 250 billion in 2018 (Figure 5.13b and 5.14d, Bell et al., 2019; Harland, 2019; FAO, 2020d; Houston et al., 2020; Metian et al., 2020), but it is dominated by 20 finfish, 9 mollusc and 6 crustacean species (FAO, 2020). Inland aquaculture in freshwater and coastal ponds accounts for 85–90% of farmed production (Beveridge et al., 2018b; Naylor et al., 2021). Globally, 20.5 million people are engaged in aquaculture (FAO, 2020d), where marine finfish farming is primarily conducted by high-income countries and inland production is dominated by small-scale producers in lower-middle-income countries (Vannuccini et al., 2018).

Read more...

5.9.1 Observed Impacts

Marine aquaculture food production is being impacted directly and indirectly by climate change (high confidence) (Bindoff et al., 2019). Ocean pH and oxygen levels are declining, whereas global warming, sea level rise and extreme events are increasing (Cross-Chapter Box SLR in Chapter 3, Canadell et al., 2021; Eyring et al., 2021; Fox-Kemper et al., 2021; Lee et al., 2021;). Marine heatwaves have been increasing in both incidence and longevity over the past century (Frolicher and Laufkotter, 2018; Oliver et al., 2018; Bricknell et al., 2021), with productivity consequences for marine aquaculture (mariculture), carbon sequestration and local species extinctions (high confidence) (Weatherdon et al., 2016; Smale et al., 2019). Temperature increases related to El Niño climatic oscillations have caused mass fish mortalities either through warming waters (e.g., Pacific threadfin in Hawaii (McCoy et al., 2017)) or associated HABs (e.g., 12% loss of Atlantic salmon as well as other fish and shellfish in Chile in 2016, with estimated USD 800 million in losses (high confidence) (Clement et al., 2016; Apablaza et al., 2017; Leon-Munoz et al., 2018; Trainer et al., 2020)). Increases in sea lice parasite infestations on salmon are related to higher salinity and warmer waters (medium confidence) (Groner et al., 2016; Soto et al., 2019). Ocean acidification is having negative impacts on the sustainability of mariculture production (high confidence) (Bindoff et al., 2019), with observed impacts on shellfish causing significant production and economic losses for regions, estimated at losses of nearly USD 110 million by 2015 in the Pacific Northwest (Barton et al., 2015; Ekstrom et al., 2015; Waldbusser et al., 2015; Zhang et al., 2017b; Doney et al., 2020). Ocean oxygen levels are declining due to climate change (Hoegh-Guldberg et al., 2018; IPCC, 2021), and decreased oxygen (hypoxia) has negative impacts on fish physiology (Cadiz et al., 2018; Hvas and Oppedal, 2019; Martos-Sitcha et al., 2019; Perera et al., 2021), fish growth, behaviour and sensitivity to concurrent stressors (high confidence) (Stehfest et al., 2017; Abdel-Tawwab et al., 2019).

Observed impacts on inland systems have generally been site and region specific (high confidence) (Hoegh-Guldberg et al., 2018; Sainz et al., 2019; Lebel et al., 2020). Salinity intrusions into freshwater aquaculture systems have changed oxygen and water quality of inland ponds, resulting in mortalities in areas such as India and Bangladesh (medium confidence) (Dubey et al., 2017; Dabbadie et al., 2018). Rapid changes in temperature, precipitation, droughts, floods and erosion have created significant production losses for aquatic farmers in Cambodia, Laos, Myanmar, Thailand, Viet Nam and Ghana (medium confidence) (Asiedu et al., 2017; Pongthanapanic et al., 2019; Lebel et al., 2020). Algal blooming and inland lake browning related to warming was found to negatively affect fish biomass (van Dorst et al., 2018). Observed indirect effects of climate change on aquaculture include extreme weather events that damage coastal aquaculture infrastructure or enable flooding, both leading to animal escapees (e.g., fish, shrimp), damaged livelihoods and interactions with wild species (high agreement , medium evidence) (Beveridge et al., 2018b; Dabbadie et al., 2018; Kais and Islam, 2018; Pongthanapanic et al., 2019; Ju et al., 2020).

5.9.2 Assessing Vulnerabilities

Aquaculture vulnerability assessments have shown that countries from both high and low latitudes are highly vulnerable to climate change, where vulnerability is driven by particular exposures, economic reliance, type of production sector (freshwater, brackish, marine) and adaptive capacity (high confidence) (Handisyde et al., 2017; Soto et al., 2018). Regional aquaculture vulnerabilities and risk mitigation potentials for the major FAO reporting regions are shown in Figure 5.14. Best practice guidelines for assessments exist (Brugère et al., 2019; FAO, 2020d), but in practice most only cover some climatic drivers (medium agreement , limited evidence) (Soto et al., 2018). Holistic vulnerability assessments include ecosystem services (Custódio et al., 2020; Gentry et al., 2020) and farming practices which can exacerbate production pressures (stocking densities, eutrophication, fish stress) (Soto et al., 2018; Sainz et al., 2019). Common vulnerabilities to inland and marine aquaculture include increasing incidence and toxicity of HABs related to warming waters, causing fish kills and product consumption risks, negatively impacting the productivity and stability of production sectors and reliant communities (high confidence) (Soto et al., 2018; Aoki et al., 2019; Bannister et al., 2019).

Figure 5.14 | Assessment of inland freshwater and brackish aquaculture (salinities of <10 ppm and/or no connection to the marine environment) (a) and marine aquaculture vulnerabilities and mitigation potential per major FAO production zones (b). See SM5.6 (Tables SM5.5, 5.6, 5.9, 5.10) for assessment methodologies.

There is high confidence that inland aquaculture in Southeast Asia is highly vulnerable to climate change, due to fluctuations in water resources either through climatic variability in precipitation, flooding or salinity inundation or through competition (Handisyde et al., 2017; Nguyen et al., 2018; Soto et al., 2018; Islam et al., 2019; Nguyen et al., 2019b; Prakoso et al., 2020). Studies in Bangladesh and Indonesia highlighted regional and species-specific vulnerabilities (Prakoso et al., 2020) and roles of governance in vulnerability reduction (Islam et al., 2019).

In the marine sector, vulnerability models (Brugère and De Young, 2015; Handisyde et al., 2017) have been adapted and applied to semi-quantitative spatial risk assessments for Chilean Atlantic salmon, where analysis of exposure threat coupled with mortality and temperature farm data could enhance salmon production (Soto et al., 2019). Vulnerability assessments in Korea (RCP8.5 temperature increase of 4–5°C by 2100) (Kim et al., 2019a) and the USA (ocean acidification, Barton et al., 2015; Ekstrom et al., 2015) found major exposure-related vulnerabilities for seaweeds and shellfish, with reduced vulnerabilities under higher production control and adaptive capacity. Global bivalve vulnerability assessments (RCP8.5 by 2100) show high vulnerabilities for major producing countries related to cyclones (China, Japan, South Korea, Thailand, Viet Nam and North Korea), regional risk of high sensitivity and low adaptive capacity (Chile, Peru, Spain, Italy), with few major producers (France, the Netherlands and USA) anticipated to remain moderately vulnerable by 2100 (Stewart-Sinclair et al., 2020).

Climate uncertainty and data limitations hinder vulnerability assessments (high confidence), so broader vulnerabilities and qualitative assessments can be used (Brugère and De Young, 2015; Soto et al., 2018; Brugère et al., 2019; Cochrane et al., 2019). Filling data gaps with monitoring (high confidence), increasing governmental support to assist particularly vulnerable small- and medium-scale farmers with increased costs associated with risk management and uncertainty (medium confidence) and the early inclusion of community stakeholders (high agreement , medium evidence) can reduce vulnerabilities (Handisyde et al., 2017; Dabbadie et al., 2018; Soto et al., 2018; Bindoff et al., 2019; Cochrane et al., 2019).

5.9.2.1 Gender and other social vulnerability and roles in aquaculture

There are regional differences in women’s roles, responsibilities and involvement in adaptation strategies in the aquaculture sector. Women comprise 14% of the 2018 global aquaculture workforce of 20.5 million (FAO, 2020c), representing up to 42% of the salmon workforce in Chile (Chávez et al., 2019), predominantly in processing roles (Gopal et al., 2020). In the majority of lower-middle-income countries, seaweed culture is dominated by women in family-owned businesses as in Zanzibar and the Philippines (Brugere et al., 2020; Ramirez et al., 2020), where women are not always paid directly but contribute to family incomes (high confidence) (Msuya and Hurtado, 2017; Brugere et al., 2020; Ramirez et al., 2020). In India, women collect stocking juveniles and assist in pond construction; in Bangladesh, women do the same tasks as men; and in Ghana, women undertake post-harvest fishing activities (Lauria et al., 2018). Women employed in aquaculture cooperatives gained adaptive capacity, which reduced gender inequities (medium confidence) (Farquhar et al., 2018; Gonzal et al., 2019), but lack of financial access for women can create gender inequity at larger commercial scales (Gurung et al., 2016; Call and Sellers, 2019). Women in aquaculture experience competing roles between employment, childcare and home duties (high confidence) (Morgan et al., 2015; Lauria et al., 2018; Chávez et al., 2019; see Cross-Chapter Box GENDER in Chapter 18) and differ from men in terms of perceptions of environmental risk, climate change and adaptation behaviour, with limited contributions to decision making (medium confidence) (Barange and Cochrane, 2018). Therefore, effective climate aquaculture adaptation options need to address gender inequity, such as suitable technology designs that fit with social norms and access to credit to facilitate independent uptake (medium evidence, high agreement ) (Morgan et al., 2015; Oppenheimer et al., 2019). Generalised best practices for gender-sensitive approaches to adaptation are relevant for aquaculture (UNFCCC, 2013).

5.9.3 Projected Impacts

Projected impacts on regional inland and marine aquaculture production are summarised in Figure 5.15.

Figure 5.15 | Assessment of projected impacts of climate change on inland freshwater and brackish aquaculture (salinities of <10 ppm and/or no connection to the marine environment) (a) and marine aquaculture (b) per major FAO production zones. See SM5.6 (Tables SM5.7, 5.11) for assessment methodologies.

5.9.3.1 Inland freshwater and brackish aquaculture

Predicted sea level and temperature rise will result in coastal inundation into brackish and inland aquaculture systems (high confidence) (Mehvar et al., 2019; Nhung et al., 2019; Oppenheimer et al., 2019; Fox-Kemper et al., 2021), with negative impacts on aquaculture production in Viet Nam, East Africa and Jamaica (medium confidence) (Lebel et al., 2018; Nguyen et al., 2018; Bornemann et al., 2019). Precipitation and temperature changes will cause drought and flooding, negatively affecting near-shore fishpond productivity (limited evidence) (Canevari-Luzardo et al., 2019), but provide competitive advantages to non-native shrimp in Australia (limited evidence) (Cerato et al., 2019). Warming and acidification will increase HAB toxicity in freshwater systems, but responses may be strain-specific (Griffith and Gobler, 2020; Hennon and Dyhrman, 2020). As for molluscs in marine systems, projected climate change in freshwater and brackish systems may limit the availability of wild-sourced juveniles from fisheries (Beveridge et al., 2018). Projected impact studies for the inland and small-scale aquatic sectors are very limited (Halpern et al., 2019; Galappaththi et al., 2020b); therefore, this is a noted knowledge gap.

5.9.3.2 Marine Aquaculture

5.9.3.2.1 Finfish culture

Global projections of ocean warming, primary productivity and ocean acidification predict suitable habitat expansions and short-term growth benefits for finfish aquaculture for some regions (medium confidence) (see Figure 5.15) until thermal tolerances or productivity constraints are exceeded by 2090 (Beveridge et al., 2018b; Dabbadie et al., 2018; Froehlich et al., 2018a; Catalán et al., 2019; Thiault et al., 2019; Falconer et al., 2020a). Sensitivities for marine finfish may be high even under +1.5–2.0°C (medium confidence) (Gattuso et al., 2018), resulting in finfish farms moving northward to maintain productivity (e.g., Arctic (Troell et al., 2017)). Downscaled projections of regionally specific tolerances (Klinger et al., 2017) may be particularly useful for management and planning; a 0.5°C rise is predicted for Chilean salmon aquaculture (Soto et al., 2019), and potential negative impacts on productivity in Norway by 2029 have been projected (limited evidence) (Falconer et al., 2020a). Marine heatwaves are predicted to increase in occurrence, intensity and persistence under RCP4.5 or RCP8.5 by 2100 (Oliver et al., 2019; Bricknell et al., 2021), with risk partly mitigated by husbandry (medium confidence) (McCoy et al., 2017). Generally, negative impacts are predicted for marine species, with residual risk increasing with level of exposure (Sara et al., 2018; Smale et al., 2019), where warming will affect oxygen solubility and reduce salmon culture capacity (limited evidence) (Aksnes et al., 2019, Chapter 3) and combine with increasing incidence of HABs (high confidence) resulting in negative impacts for food security and nutrition and health (Oppenheimer et al., 2019; Colombo et al., 2020; Glibert, 2020; Raven et al., 2020). Climate change is predicted to affect the incidence, magnitude and virulence of finfish disease such as Vibriosis (Barber et al., 2016; Mohamad et al., 2019a; Mohamad et al., 2019b), but specific host–pathogen–climate relationships are not yet established (high confidence) (Slenning, 2010; Marcogliese, 2016; Montanchez et al., 2019; Bandin and Souto, 2020; Behringer et al., 2020; Filipe et al., 2020; Montanchez and Kaberdin, 2020). Projected climate change will also increase competition for feed ingredients between aquatic and terrestrial animal production systems (see Section 5.13.2.).

5.9.3.2.2 Shellfish culture

Globally, there is overall high confidence that suitable shellfish aquaculture habitat will decline by 2100 under projected warming, ocean acidification and primary productivity changes, with significant negative impacts for some regions and species before 2100 (Table 5.9, Froehlich et al., 2018a; Ghezzo et al., 2018). Shellfish growth will increase with warming waters until tolerances are reached, such as through extreme El Niño events (high confidence) (Beveridge et al., 2018b; Dabbadie et al., 2018; Liu et al., 2018b; Liu et al., 2020). Rising temperatures and ocean acidification will result in losses of primary productivity and farmed species from tropical and subtropical regions, and gains in higher latitudes (high confidence) (Froehlich et al., 2018a; Aveytua-Alcazar et al., 2020; Chapman et al., 2020; Des et al., 2020; Oyinlola et al., 2020), but net marine production gains could be achieved under strong mitigation (Thiault et al., 2019). Shellfish Vibrio infections will increase with warming waters and extreme events, increasing shellfish mortalities (medium confidence) (Green et al., 2019; Montanchez et al., 2019), with ocean acidification impairing immune responses (limited evidence) (Cao et al., 2018b). Bivalve larvae are known to be highly vulnerable to ocean acidification (high confidence) (see Section 3.3, Bindoff et al., 2019), with projected regional and species-specific levels of impact (high confidence) (Ekstrom et al., 2015; Zhang et al., 2017b; Mangi et al., 2018) (Greenhill et al., 2020). Ocean acidification is also projected to weaken shells, affecting productivity and processing (high confidence) (Martinez et al., 2018; Cummings et al., 2019) and dependent livelihoods (Doney et al., 2020).

5.9.3.2.3 Aquatic plant culture

There is medium confidence that cultivated seaweeds are predicted to suffer habitat loss resulting in population declines and northward shifts (Table 5.11).

Table 5.11 | Projected impacts of climate on specific inland, brackish and marine culture systems and species.

Exposure

Scenario

Region

Production system

Species

Impact

Reference

Temperature increase

RCP4.5 and RCP8.5 by 2050

Northern Thailand

Inland

Nile tilapia

Reduced productivity

Lebel et al. (2018)

Precipitation change (drought, hurricane, heavy rainfall)

Jamaica

Inland

Tilapia

Reduced productivity, infrastructure damage

Canevari-Luzardo et al. (2019)

Temperature increase

4°C increase, B2, A1B by 2100

Australia

Inland

Freshwater shrimp

Increased production in non-native zones

Cerato et al. (2019)

Temperature increase, ocean acidification, primary productivity declines

CMIP5 RCP8.5 in 20-year increments to 2090

Global

Marine

Finfish species

Increased suitable habitat expansion for regions (Russia, Norway, USA Alaska, Denmark, Canada). By 2100, reduction in productivity for major producers (Norway, China)

Froehlich et al. (2018a),

Thiault et al. (2019)

Temperature increase

2–5°C increase under RCP8.5

Europe

Marine

Atlantic salmon

Increased growth

Catalán et al. (2019)

Temperature increase

RCP4.5 to 2029

Norway

Marine

Atlantic salmon

Growth threshold reached by 2029

Falconer et al. (2020a)

Temperature increase

Downscaled CM2.6 by 2050

Global

Marine

Atlantic salmon, cobia and sea bream

Increased or decreased growth rates depending on region

Klinger et al. (2017)

Temperature increase, ocean acidification, primary productivity declines

CMIP5 RCP8.5 in 20-year increments to 2090

Global

Marine

Shellfish

Overall declines in suitable habitat globally, up to 50–100% reductions in regions in China, Thailand and Canada

Froehlich et al. (2018a)

Temperature increase

CMIP5 RCP8.5 by 2050, 2100

Italy

Marine

Clams

Negative impacts for juvenile timing, spatial distribution, and quality

Ghezzo et al. (2018)

Temperature increase

CMIP5 RCP2.6 and RCP8.5 by 2035, 2070

France

Marine

Oysters

Increase incidence of oyster mortality; increase by 2035 to annual occurrence by 2070

Thomas et al. (2018)

Temperature increase

RCP2.6 and RCP8.5 by 2050

Global

Marine

Shellfish

Species reduction (10–40%) in tropical and subtropical regions, with increase (40%) in higher latitudes

Oyinlola et al. (2020)

Temperature increase, ocean acidification

Ecopath with RCP8.5 by 2100 (2.8°C warming and pH 7.89)

USA

Marine

Shellfish

Reduction primary productivity and subsequent bivalve carrying capacity

Chapman et al. (2020)

Temperature increase, stratification change

RCP8.5 by 2088–2099

Spain

Marine

Mussels

Decline in mussel optimal culture conditions of 60% in upper and 30% in deeper waters by 2099

Des et al. (2020)

Temperature increase, ocean acidification

RCP2.6 and 8.5 by 2070–2090

Global

Marine

Shellfish

Under RCP8.5, a decline in shellfish production due to primary productivity reduction in tropical regions and gains in high latitudes. Under RCP2.6, marine production will have net gain

Thiault et al. (2019)

Temperature increase

4°C increase

Global

Marine

Vibrio spp. (mortality causative agent)

Increased virulence

Montanchez et al. (2019)

Temperature increase (marine heatwave)

5°C increase

Global

Marine

Oysters

Increased oyster mortality

Green et al. (2019)

Ocean acidification

~2000 ppm CO2

Global

Marine

Oysters

Impaired immune function

Cao et al. (2018b)

Ocean acidification

RCP8.5 in 20-year increments to after 2099

USA

Marine

Shellfish

Regional projected vulnerabilities; southern Alaska and Pacific Northwest at more immediate risk

Ekstrom et al. (2015)

Ocean acidification

A1B and RCP8.5 by 2100

UK

Marine

Shellfish

Regional projected vulnerabilities; Wales and England at more immediate risk

Mangi et al. (2018)

Ocean acidification

RCP2.6 and RCP8.5 by 2300

East China

Marine

Shellfish

Carbonate saturation projected to decrease by 13% and 72% under RCP2.6 and RCP8.5 respectively, projecting decreased shellfish productivity

RCP2.6 and RCP8.5 by 2300 (Zhang et al., 2017b)

Increased temperature

RCP2.6 and RCP8.5 by 2100

North Sea

Marine

Seaweed

Northward population shift by 110–163 km and 450–635 km under RCP2.6 and RCP8.5, respectively

Westmeijer et al. (2019)

Increased temperature

RCP4.5 and RCP8.5 by 2090

Japan

Marine

Kelp

Habitat decline to 30–51% and 0–25% under RCP4.5 and RCP8.5, respectively

Sudo et al. (2020)

5.9.3.2.4 Societal impacts within the production system

Marine aquaculture provides distinct ecosystem services through provisioning (augmenting wild fishery catches), regulating (coastal protection, carbon sequestration, nutrient removal, improved water clarity), habitat and supporting (artificial habitat) and cultural (livelihoods and tourism) services (Gentry et al., 2020), which vary with species, location and husbandry (Alleway et al., 2019). Projected thermal increases of 1.5°C will reduce ecosystem services, further reduced under 2°C warming, with associated increases in acidification, hypoxia, dead zones, flooding and water restrictions (medium confidence) (Hoegh-Guldberg et al., 2018). Sudden production losses from extreme climate events can exacerbate food security challenges across production sectors, including aquaculture, increasing global hunger (high confidence) (Cottrell et al., 2019; Food Security Information Network, 2020). While aquaculture provides positive influences such as food security and livelihoods, there are negative concerns over environmental impacts (including high nutrient loads from sites) and socioeconomic conflicts (Alleway et al., 2019; Soto et al., 2019), and adoption of ecosystem approaches is dependent on particular user groups and regions (Gentry et al., 2017; Brugère et al., 2019; Gentry et al., 2020). In coastal Bangladesh, projected saline inundation to wetland ecosystem services will result in ecosystem services losses of raw materials and food provisioning, ranging from USD 0 to 20.0 million under RCP2.6 to RCP8.5 scenarios (Mehvar et al., 2019). Mangrove deforestation for shrimp farming in Asia negatively impacts ecosystem services and reduces climate resilience (medium confidence) (Mehvar et al., 2019; Nguyen and Parnell, 2019; Reid et al., 2019; Custódio et al., 2020), while mangrove reforestation efforts may have some effectiveness in re-creating important nursery grounds for aquatic species (low confidence) (Gentry et al., 2017; Chiayarak et al., 2019; Hai et al., 2020). Families are highly vulnerable to climate change where nutritional needs are being met by self-production, such as in Mozambique, Namibia (Villasante et al., 2015), Zambia (Kaminski et al., 2018) and Bangladesh (high confidence) (Pant et al., 2014). Climate change will therefore affect multiple ecosystem services where ultimately decisions on balance or trade-offs will vary with regional perceptions of service value (high confidence).

5.9.4 Aquaculture Adaptation

5.9.4.1 Adaptation planning

Aquaculture is often viewed as an adaptation option for fisheries declines, thereby alleviating food security from losses of other climate change impacts (Sowman and Raemaekers, 2018; Johnson et al., 2020) such as Pacific Islands freshwater aquaculture, Bangladesh crop-aquaculture systems or Viet Nam rice–fish cultivations (Soto et al., 2018). Many adaptations are specific to regions, countries or sectors, implemented on a regional to national scale (FAO, 2018c; Galappaththi et al., 2020b). Adaptation likelihood (potential), effectiveness and risk of maladaptation was assessed per major FAO production region for inland, brackish and marine aquaculture (Figure 5.16) production systems. Potential adaptation measures to reduce production loss can be built upon existing adaptation planning and guidelines, to reduce the risk of maladaptation including feedback loops (e.g., FAO, 2015; Bueno and Soto, 2017; Dabbadie et al., 2018; FAO, 2018c; Poulain et al., 2018; Brugère et al., 2019; Pham et al., 2021; Soto et al., 2021). Large climate change adaptation strategies for the aquaculture sector exist, such as in the USA (Link et al., 2015), Australia (Hobday et al., 2017) and South Africa (Department of Environmental Affairs, 2016). Lower-income countries often lack financial, technical or institutional capacity for adaptation planning (Galappaththi et al., 2020b), but examples include Bangladesh and Myanmar (FAO, 2018c), with programmes offering adaptation funding (Dabbadie et al., 2018). Early participation of stakeholders in adaptive planning has promoted action and ownership of results (high confidence), such as in India and the USA (Link et al., 2015; FAO, 2018c; Soto et al., 2018) Early outreach, education and knowledge gap assessments raise awareness, where utilisation of local knowledge and Indigenous knowledge and scientific involvement support informed adaptive planning and uptake for all stakeholders (high confidence) (Cooley et al., 2016; FAO, 2018c; Rybråten et al., 2018; Soto et al., 2018; McDonald et al., 2019; Galappaththi et al., 2020b), as perceptions of climate risk and capacity will vary (Tiller and Richards, 2018). Supporting the active involvement of women helps address gender inequity and perceived risk, particularly for smallholder farmers (high confidence) (Morgan et al., 2015; Barange and Cochrane, 2018; FAO, 2018c; Avila-Forcada et al., 2020). However, regional and national political influences, financial and technical capacity, governance planning and policy development will ultimately support or hinder adaptation for aquaculture (high confidence) (Cooley et al., 2016; FAO, 2018c; Galappaththi et al., 2020b; Greenhill et al., 2020).

Figure 5.16 | Assessment of the likelihood and effectiveness of a range of adaptation options for potential implementation in the near term (next decade) for inland freshwater and brackish aquaculture (salinities of <10 ppm and/or no connection to the marine environment) (a) and marine aquaculture systems (b) per major FAO production zone. See SM5.6 (Tables SM5.8, 5.12) for assessment methodologies.

5.9.4.2 Species selections and selective breeding

Adaptation options at the operational level include species selections, such as cultivation of brackish species (shrimp, crabs) during dry seasons, and rice-finfish in wetter seasons in Thailand (Chiayarak et al., 2019), use of salt-tolerant plants in Viet Nam (Nhung et al., 2019; Paik et al., 2020), converting inundated rice paddies into aquaculture, rotating shrimp, and rice culture (high confidence) (Chiayarak et al., 2019). Species diversification through co-culture, integrated aquaculture–agriculture (e.g., rice–fish) or integrated multi-trophic culture (e.g., shrimp–tilapia–seaweed or finfish–bivalve–seaweed) may maintain farm long-term performance and viability by: creating new aquaculture opportunities; promoting societal and environmental stability; reducing GHG emissions through reduced feed usage and waste; and carbon sequestration (medium confidence) (see Section 5.10, Ahmed et al., 2017; Bunting et al., 2017; Gasco et al., 2018, Soto et al., 2018; Ahmed et al., 2019; Dubois et al., 2019; FAO, 2019c; Li et al., 2019; Freed et al., 2020; Galappaththi et al., 2020b; Prasko et al., 2020; Tran et al., 2020). In practice, most aquaculture operations concentrate on single-species systems (Metian et al., 2020), and barriers such as land availability, freshwater resources and lack of credit access may limit the uptake and success of integrated adaptation approaches to climate change (Ahmed et al., 2019; Tran et al., 2020; Kais and Islam, 2021).

Selective breeding can promote climate resilience (medium confidence) (Klinger et al., 2017; Fitzer et al., 2019), and operations have already intentionally, or unintentionally, selected for production traits for changing conditions (de Melo et al., 2016; Tan and Zheng, 2020). Exposure of broodstock to future climate conditions may or may not confer advantages to offspring (moderate evidence, low agreement ) (Parker et al., 2015; Griffith and Gobler, 2017; Thomsen et al., 2017; Durland et al., 2019). Traditional pedigree developments require extensive phenotypic data, but genomic selections can rapidly select for robust climate-associated traits (Sae-Lim et al., 2017; Gutierrez et al., 2018; Zenger et al., 2018; Houston et al., 2020; Tan and Zheng, 2020). Genomic resources are available for salmon, rainbow trout, coho, carp, tilapia, seabass, bream, turbot, flounder, catfish, yellow drum, scallops, oysters and shrimp, but have been developed for disease and growth selections rather than climate resistance (Dégremont et al., 2015a; Dégremont et al., 2015b; Abdelrahman et al., 2017; Gjedrem and Rye, 2018; Gutierrez et al., 2018; Guo et al., 2018; Liu et al., 2018a; FAO, 2019d; Houston et al., 2020), although bivalve selections for ocean acidification and warming resiliency are underway (Tan and Zheng, 2020). Targeted genome editing could modify phenotypes of major aquaculture species (Li et al., 2014 a; Elaswad et al., 2018; Yu et al., 2019; Houston et al., 2020), but uptake is dependent upon national regulatory and public approvals. Local adaptations within species with higher climate resiliencies may assist in selections (Thomsen et al., 2017; Falkenberg et al., 2019; Scanes et al., 2020; Toomey et al., 2020), but highlight the need to consider specific farming environments for selective processes (Houston et al., 2020). Projections of climate on aquaculture production traits are not well understood (Lhorente et al., 2019); therefore, genetic diversity needs to be maintained to ensure population fitness (high confidence) (Bitter et al., 2019; Lhorente et al., 2019; Visch et al., 2019; Houston et al., 2020; Mantri et al., 2020).

5.9.4.3 Farm site selection, infrastructure and husbandry

Land-based aquaculture systems including hatcheries may reduce exposure to climatic extremes (due to better control of the culture environment), limit water usage, reduce juvenile reliance and buffer climate effects using optimal diets (high confidence) (Barton et al., 2015; Reid et al., 2019; Cominassi et al., 2020). However, land-based aquaculture requires large capital and operational costs and use of land, increasing conflicts between land and water use, have increased energy demands (increasing GHG if fossil fuels are the primary energy source), require necessary expertise and will not reduce outgrowing exposures (high confidence) (see Section 5.13, Beveridge et al., 2018b; Soto et al., 2018; Tillotson et al., 2019; Costello et al., 2020; Prakoso et al., 2020).

Geographical selection of marine farm sites may prevent climate productivity declines (medium confidence) (Froehlich et al., 2018a; Sainz et al., 2019; Oyinlola et al., 2020), particularly for temperature-related mortality hotspots (Garrabou et al., 2019), HAB occurrences (Dabbadie et al., 2018) or extreme events (Liu et al., 2020; Wu et al., 2020). However, while downscaled climate forecasts facilitate localised adaptation planning (Falconer et al., 2020a), such projections are rare (Whitney et al., 2020). GIS can be used for climate adaptive planning along with routine site assessments (Falconer et al., 2020b; Galappaththi et al., 2020b; Jayanthi et al., 2020). Building coastal protection, stronger cages and mooring systems, and deeper ponds and using sheltered bays can reduce escapees and mortalities related to flooding, increased storms and extreme events (medium confidence) (Dabbadie et al., 2018; Bricknell et al., 2021; Kais and Islam, 2021). Inshore aquaculture in low-lying areas prone to sea level salinity intrusion (e.g., Mekong delta and Viet Nam) have already implemented adaptation measures, such as conversion of land to mixed plant–animal systems (Nguyen et al., 2019a), conversion of freshwater ponds to brackish or saline aquaculture (Galappaththi et al., 2020b), building of dams and dykes (Renaud et al., 2015) and intensification of shrimp or fish pond culture to reduce water and land usage (Nguyen et al., 2019b; Johnson et al., 2020). Other adaptation options for limited water supply are government equitable water allocations and water storage (high confidence) (Bunting et al., 2017; Galappaththi et al., 2020b).

Feed formulations and improved feed conversion can reduce climate-associated stress for freshwater species, significantly reducing waste and increase sustainability (medium confidence) (FAO, 2018c; Gasco et al., 2018; Chen and Villoria, 2019). Projected decreases in fish meal and global targets of limiting warming to under 2°C may increase the ratio of plant-based diets but reduce fish nutritional content (see Sections 5.10 and 5.13, Hasan and Soto, 2017; Johnson et al., 2020). Companies provide insurance in major production areas, but aquaculture is considered high risk with large levels of small claims (Secretan et al., 2007). Insurance covers natural disasters and disease, helping to reduce and cope with climate-induced risk, enabling faster livelihood recoveries and preventing poverty (high agreement , limited evidence) (Xinhua et al., 2017; Kalikoski et al., 2018; Soto et al., 2018). For example, small-scale shrimp farmers were willing to pay higher premiums to manage risk, after participation in government pilot insurance schemes, ensuring greater pay-outs if a mortality event occurred (Nyguyen and Pongthanapanic, 2016; Pongthanapanic et al., 2019). Technological innovations are more widely implemented in larger operations, with Internet access promoting adoption at the farm site (Joffre et al., 2017; Salazar et al., 2018). Improved farm management is a key opportunity (high confidence) to reduce climate risks on aquaculture, where Best Management Practices can increase resiliency (Soto et al., 2018) and lower additional risk from non-climatic stressors (Gattuso et al., 2018; Smith and Bernard, 2020), and decision-tree frameworks can provide adaptation choices when events occur (Nguyen et al., 2016).

5.9.4.4 Early-warning and monitoring systems

Globally, monitoring is increasing to fill scientific uncertainties (Goldsmith et al., 2019) but is not often at spatial scales which facilitate farm or regional adaptation management (Whitney et al., 2020) or data complexities prevent direct uptake by operators, resource managers and policymakers (medium confidence) (Soto et al., 2018; Gallo et al., 2019). Specialised industry portals (Pacific shellfish) and government-established monitoring programmes (Chilean salmon) and other observational networks (e.g., Global Ocean Acidification Observing Network (GOA-ON)) can provide real-time monitoring and early-warning event alerts and facilitate aquaculture decision making (medium confidence) ( Cross et al., 2019; Farcy et al., 2019; Soto et al., 2019; Tilbrook et al., 2019; Bresnahan et al., 2020; Peck et al., 2020). Seasonal forecasting, downscaled models and early-warning systems provide valuable regional or farm site risk information (Hobday et al., 2018; Galappaththi et al., 2020b; Whitney et al., 2020), but monitoring will need to be useful for farmers, involve farmers, and be accurate, timely, cost-effective, reviewed and maintained in order to ensure uptake (high confidence) (Soto et al., 2018). Early-warning systems for HABs enable rapid decision making and risk mitigation (medium confidence), such as ocean colour monitoring in South Africa (Smith and Bernard, 2020), where early harvesting and additional husbandry were used to minimise production and economic losses (Pitcher et al., 2019). New tools, strategies and observations are needed to predict HAB occurrences and range shifts with changing climate (high confidence) (Schaefer et al., 2019; Tester et al., 2020), as there is uncertainty on drivers of incidence and toxicity (Wells et al., 2020).

5.9.5 Contributions of Indigenous, Traditional and Local Knowledge

Indigenous mariculture practices, such as intertidal clam gardens, have been occurring for thousands of years, providing knowledge of traditional practices still applicable to mariculture (Deur et al., 2015; Jackley et al., 2016; Poulain et al., 2018; Bell et al., 2019; Toniello et al., 2019). Indigenous groups differ in opinions on aquaculture acceptability, implications for coastal management and territorial rights (high confidence) (Young et al., 2019). Such perceptions may determine culturally appropriate types and benefits of aquaculture (employment, food diversification, income, building autonomy and skillsets), such as in Australia (Petheram et al., 2013) and Canada (Young and Liston, 2010). Marginalised people, like small-scale aquaculture farmers in lower-income and lower-middle-income countries, are often overlooked and are not represented at a governance level (Barange et al., 2014; Kalikoski et al., 2018). Therefore policy, economic, knowledge and other support must ensure representation with traditional and other stakeholder ecological knowledge at national, regional and local levels to facilitate climate change adaptation and safeguard human rights for poor and vulnerable groups (high confidence) (Kalikoski et al., 2018; Poulain et al., 2018).

5.10 Mixed Systems

The food and livelihoods of many rural people depend on combinations of crops, livestock, forestry and fisheries, and still information on these mixed systems is scarce. Rural households in low- and middle-income countries earn almost 70% of their income through mixed production systems (Angelsen et al., 2014). These systems produce about half of the world’s cereals, most of the fruits, vegetables, pulses, roots and tubers, and most of the staple crops and livestock products consumed by poor people in lower-income countries (Herrero et al., 2017). They can help in adapting to climatic risks and reducing GHG emissions by improving nutrient flows and improving the recycling of nutrients within the production system and by increasing food production and diet quality per unit of land and diversifying income sources (Smith et al., 2019c). Indigenous groups often practice mixed production, integrating crops, animals, fisheries, forestry and agroforestry through traditional ecological knowledge.

Read more...

5.10.1 Observed Impacts

5.10.1.1 Mixed crop–livestock systems

Overall, there is high confidence that farm strategies that integrate mixed crop–livestock systems can improve farm productivity and have positive sustainability outcomes (Havet et al., 2014; Thornton and Herrero, 2014; Herrero et al., 2015; Thornton and Herrero, 2015; HLPE, 2019). The scale of the improvement varies between regions and systems and is moderated by overall demand in specific food products and the policy context. Integrated crop–livestock systems present opportunities for the control of weeds, pests and diseases. They can also provide a range of environmental benefits, such as increased soil carbon and soil water retention, increased biodiversity and reduced need for inorganic fertilizers (Havet et al., 2014; Thornton and Herrero, 2014; Herrero et al., 2015; Thornton and Herrero, 2015; HLPE, 2019).

Research indicates that mixed crop–livestock systems are often more resilient to climate change (medium confidence). In the southern Afar region of Ethiopia, crop–livestock households were more resilient than livestock-only households to climate-induced shock (Mekuyie et al., 2018). However, the benefits of managing crop–livestock interactions in response to climate change depend on local context. For example, in higher-rainfall zones in Australia, Nie et al. (2016) found some yield reductions and difficulty in maintaining groundcover. The systematic review of Gil et al. (2017) concluded that the integration of crop and livestock enterprises as an adaptation measure can enhance resilience (FAQ 5.1).

Reconfiguration of mixed farming systems is occurring. In semi-arid eastern Senegal, Brottem and Brooks (2018) found increasing reliance on livestock production mostly because of changing climate conditions. Many poorer households are having to rely on migration to compensate for shortfalls in crop production arising from a changing climate. Some farmers have successfully shifted to crop–livestock systems in Australia, where they have allocated land and forage resources in response to climate and price trends (Bell et al., 2014).

Mixed livestock–crop systems may increase burdens on women, require managing competing uses of crop residues, and have higher requirements of capital and management skills. These factors can be challenging in many lower-income countries (Rufino et al., 2013; Thornton and Herrero, 2015; Jost et al., 2016; Thornton, 2018). The policy actions needed for the successful operation of mixed crop–livestock systems may be similar across widely different situations: good access to credit inputs and capacity building needed to facilitate uptake (Hassen et al., 2017; Marcos-Martinez et al., 2017), and good levels of market infrastructure (Ouédraogo et al., 2017; Iiyama et al., 2018).

5.10.1.2 Mixed crop–aquatic systems

Households may have a mix of aquatic and land-based food production, contributing to food security and nutrition and income generation (Freed et al., 2020; see also discussion of aquaponics and hydroponics in Section 5.10.4.3. and combined rice–aquatic species production in Section 5.9.4). Failures in agricultural outputs due to climate-associated factors may result in diversification to fisheries as a way of alleviating food production shortfalls; for example, fisheries landings may dramatically increase after agricultural failures following hurricanes, which can subsequently create overfishing collapses (Cottrell et al., 2019). Where climatic impact drivers affect multiple sectors, adaptation may become more difficult because of the interacting challenges (Cottrell et al., 2019). One study of 12 countries with high food insecurity levels found that fish-reliant households utilised as much land as those not reliant on fish (Fisher et al., 2017). To meet food security requirements, most of these households needed to both farm and fish, illustrating the interdependence of aquatic–terrestrial food systems.

5.10.1.3 Agroforestry systems

Agroforestry is frequently mentioned as a strategy to adapt to and mitigate climate change and address food security (de Coninck et al., 2018; Smith et al., 2019c). There is strong evidence of net positive biophysical and socioeconomic effects of agroforestry systems under both smallholder and large-scale mechanised production systems (Quandt et al., 2017; Hoegh-Guldberg et al., 2018; Sida et al., 2018; Wood and Baudron, 2018; Table 5.10; Cross-Chapter Box NATURAL in Chapter 2; Quandt et al., 2019). Many of these effects also reduce climate risk. At the same time, agroforestry systems are subject to impacts from climate change, potentially reducing the benefits they provide. Still, there is limited evidence of observed climate impacts on agroforestry systems, and modelling climate impacts is more complex for agroforestry than for single cropping systems (Luedeling et al., 2014).

5.10.2 Assessing Vulnerabilities

5.10.2.1 Assessing vulnerability in mixed systems

Important information gaps exist concerning the costs and benefits of many adaptation options in mixed systems, where the interactions between farming enterprises may be complex. Among communal crop–livestock farmers in Eastern Cape Province of South Africa, Bahta (2016) reported high levels of vulnerability to drought and highlighted the need for more coordination between monitoring agencies in terms of reliable early-warning information that can be communicated appropriately, between farmers’ organisations and the private sector to facilitate adaptation options that can overcome feed shortages such as fodder purchases in times of drought, and between government departments at the national and provincial level that address the concerns and needs of affected communities. Nyamushamba (2017) reviewed the use of indigenous beef cattle breeds in smallholder mixed production systems in southern Africa. Some of these breeds exhibit adaptive traits such as drought and heat tolerance and resistance to tick-borne diseases. However, their adaptation potential in crossbreeding programmes is essentially unknown, as most African cattle populations are still largely uncharacterised.

5.10.2.2 Social vulnerabilities

As in other production systems, Indigenous groups, gender, race and other social categories can result in heightened vulnerability to climate change in mixed production systems owing to historical and current marginalisation and discrimination (high confidence) (Parraguez-Vergara et al., 2016; Baptiste and Devonish, 2019; Moulton and Machado, 2019; Popke and Rhiney, 2019; Fagundes et al., 2020). A study of the Mapuche Indigenous group in Chile found that marginalisation and discrimination worsened their vulnerability and observed impacts of climate change because they had less access to services and lower incomes and were not as high a priority as other groups (Parraguez-Vergara et al., 2016). Among fisherfolk on Lake Wamala, Uganda, Musinguzi (2018) found evidence of considerable diversification to crop and livestock production as a means of increasing households’ food security and income, but women had greater workloads and less control over new income sources than men. Ngigi (2017) evaluated adaptation actions within households in rural Kenya and found that women tended to adopt adaptation strategies related to crops, and men to livestock and agroforestry activities. Chingala (2017) found substantial gender- and age-related differences in control of access to animal feed, animal health and water resources in beef producers in mixed crop–livestock systems in Malawi. In a review of agriculture–aquaculture systems in coastal Bangladesh, Hossain et al. (2018) showed that existing policies and adaptation mechanisms are not adequately addressing gender power imbalances, and women continue to be marginalised, leading to increasing feminisation of food insecurity. Such studies highlight the need to consider gender and other social inequities when examining adaptation in mixed production systems, particularly in situations in which men and women have different levels of control over productive assets (Cross-Chapter Box GENDER in Chapter 18).

5.10.3 Projected Impacts

The impacts of climate change on risk in mixed farming systems are projected to be dependent on market, ecosystem and policy context (medium evidence, low agreement ). In mixed crop–livestock farms in a semi-arid region of Zimbabwe, Descheemaeker (2018) found that feeding forages and grain could alleviate dry-season feed gaps to the 2050s, but their effectiveness depended on the household’s livestock stocking density. In comparing different commercial production systems, Tibesigwa (2017) found that, under South African conditions, climate change to the 2050s will reduce productivity across the agricultural sector, with the largest impacts occurring in specialised commercial crop farms owing to their relative lack of diversity. Mixed farming systems were the least vulnerable in terms of relative effects on farm output; this applied to commercial and subsistence sectors (Tibesigwa et al., 2017). Other studies suggest increased risk in mixed systems in semi-arid conditions. In northern Burkina Faso, Rigolot (2017) examined different crop fertilisation and animal supplementation levels under RCP8.5 to the 2050s. They found that, although aggregate profits could be increased via moderate levels of inputs, the use of external inputs may increase risk because of marginal costs exceeding marginal benefits in lower rainfall years. In the Western Australian wheat belt, Thamo (2017) assessed climate-change-induced shifts in farm profitability to the 2050s. For most options, the adverse effects on profitability were greater than the advantageous effects, profit margins being much more sensitive to climate change than production levels. However, in the same system, Ghahramani (2018) evaluated adaptation options to 2030 and found that a shift to a greater reliance on livestock could be profitable, even in years with low rainfall.

Risk management in integrated production systems may constitute a barrier to uptake of adaptation options (Rigolot et al., 2017). Watson (2018) highlighted the current lack of financial risk management tools that could be used in smallholder coastal communities. Alongside other risk management tools such as weather-based index insurance, risk pooling may find wide application in different farming systems as an effective adaptation measure (medium agreement , limited evidence) (Hansen et al., 2019a).

Climate change impacts on productivity of agroforestry systems are similar to individual perennial crops, although there is limited research on tree crops (see Section 5.4.1.2). Impacts include increased temperature or water stress, an increase in pathogens affecting crops, changes to pollinator abundance, and changes in the nutrient content of one or more of the agroforestry components. Many tree products such as fruits and nuts are grown in agroforestry settings. The quality and nutrition of these products and other specialty crops are often negatively affected by rising temperatures, ambient CO2 concentrations and tropospheric ozone (Ahmed and Stepp, 2016). There is also evidence that the fungus coffee rust will be positively affected by climate change (Avelino et al., 2015; Bebber et al., 2016), with adverse effects on coffee agroforestry systems.

While shade trees can ameliorate increasing stand temperatures that will significantly impact arabica coffee (Ovalle-Rivera et al., 2015; Schroth et al., 2015), the opposite can also be true. Comparing shade and full-sun coffee systems in Ghana, Abdulai (2018) concluded that the leguminous tree species providing shade and additional nitrogen led to soil water competition with the coffee trees during severe drought, resulting in enhanced coffee mortality. On the other hand, experimentally induced drought in a soybean-intercropping agroforestry system in eastern Canada led to crop losses in the monocropping system only, whereas N-fixation declined in both systems (Nasielski et al., 2015). Thus, balancing the synergies and trade-offs of multiple component systems is necessary based on local context. While species diversification can enhance resilience to climate shocks, lack of water can constrain the implementation of agroforestry practices in arid locations (Apuri et al., 2018).

For people reliant on both agriculture and fisheries for food production, regional differences in productivity effects of climate change are expected; populations in LMICs that are already vulnerable will be most affected by simultaneous reductions in fisheries and agricultural productivity (Blanchard et al., 2017). Twelve out of 17 high-income countries in Europe showed projected increases in agricultural production where adaptive capacity is higher, and agricultural and food fisheries’ dependence was lower. Some LMIC countries (Nigeria, Cameroon, Ghana and Gabon) showed relative reductions in both fisheries and agricultural production, where food insecurity, human population growth and fisheries overexploitation rates are high (Blanchard et al., 2017). Model projections under the RCP6.0 scenario show decrease in marine and terrestrial production to 2050 in 87 out of the 119 coastal countries studied, even though there is a wide variance in adaptive capacity and relative and combined dependencies on fisheries and agriculture (Blanchard et al., 2017). A projected 2050 move towards greater consumption of cultured seafood and less meat showed that aquaculture requires less feed crops and land, but was regionally dependent upon differing patterns of production, trade and feed composition (Froehlich et al., 2018b).

Box 5.7: Perspectives of Crop and Livestock Farmers on Observed Changes in Climate in the Sahel

The Sahel region of West Africa has experienced some of the most severe multi-decadal rainfall variations in the world: excessive rainfall in the 1950s–1960s followed by two decades of deficient rainfall, leading to a large negative trend until the mid-to-late 1980s with a decrease in annual rainfall of between 20% and 30%. Recently, there has been a partial recovery of annual rainfall amounts, more significant over the central than the western Sahel. This recovery is characterised by new rainfall features, including false starts and early cessation of rainy seasons, increased frequency of rainy days, increased precipitation intensity and more frequent and longer dry spells (Salack et al., 2015; Sanogo et al., 2015; Salack et al., 2016; Biasutti, 2019). The Sahel is experiencing a new era of rainfall extremes (Bichet and Diedhiou, 2018; Panthou et al., 2018), suggesting an intensification of the hydrological cycle (Doblas-Reyes et al., 2021).

The ways in which crop and livestock farmers in the Sahel have responded to climatic variability have been studied widely (Sissoko, 2011; Gonzalez et al., 2012; Jalloh et al., 2013; Gautier et al., 2016; Sultan and Gaetani, 2016; Zougmoré et al., 2016; Segnon, 2019). Local communities have developed an extensive Indigenous ecological knowledge system, enabling them to make use of ecosystem services to support their livelihoods and to survive environmental change (Nyong et al., 2007; Mertz et al., 2009; Lahmar et al., 2012; Segnon et al., 2015). These knowledge systems have been crucial in people’s resilience to and recovery from major environmental change, such as the severe drought period experienced in the region in the 1970s and 1980s (Nyong et al., 2007; Lahmar et al., 2012; Segnon et al., 2015; Gautier et al., 2016; Zouré et al., 2019). As climate change became evident and a primary concern on the global agenda, interest in local people’s knowledge and understanding of climate change has also increased (Mertz et al., 2009; Tambo and Abdoulaye, 2013; Traore et al., 2015; Kosmowski et al., 2016; Sanogo et al., 2017; Segnon, 2019).

There is no simple understanding of crop and livestock farmers’ response in the Sahel to rainfall variability. Nielsen and Reenberg (2010) developed human–environment timelines for the period 1950–2008 for a small village in northern Burkina Faso, relating livelihood diversification and crop–livestock management changes that map closely to local rainfall variability, such as fields abandoned in dry years and intense animal manure use in wet years. Although they found a significant correlation between crop–livestock management practice changes and major climatic events, the climate is only one of many interacting factors that influence local adaptation strategies (Mortimore, 2010; Nielsen and Reenberg, 2010; Sendzimir et al., 2011). Robust attribution of observed changes to specific change drivers remains a challenge.

Crop and livestock farmers’ knowledge and perceptions of increases in temperature and temperature-related stressors (heatwaves, number of extreme hot or cold days) are consistent with the observed meteorological data (Mertz et al., 2009; Mertz, 2012; Tambo and Abdoulaye, 2013; Traore et al., 2015; Sanogo et al., 2017; Segnon, 2019). Their perceptions of changes in rainfall amounts have not always been consistent with the observational record (Mertz, 2012; Segnon, 2019). Nevertheless, their perception of increases in dry spell occurrence during the rainy season and changes in rainfall pattern (onset, cessation, intensity and distribution) were consistent with the recent observations (Barbier et al., 2009; Ouédraogo et al., 2010; Tambo and Abdoulaye, 2013; Salack et al., 2015; Traore et al., 2015; Kosmowski et al., 2016; Salack et al., 2016; Segnon, 2019). Rainfall patterns within the season, rather than the total amounts of rainfall, matter more for crop and livestock farmers in the Sahel (Segnon, 2019).

Crop and livestock farmers in the Sahel have a sophisticated understanding of the local climate. There is considerable potential to harness this knowledge, coupled with an enabling institutional environment, in developing policies and adaptation plans (Rasmussen et al., 2018); the Sahel is a region where meteorological stations and observed data are scarce (Buytaert et al., 2012; Nkiaka et al., 2017). A deeper understanding of the resilience of local ecological knowledge systems, in light of the hydro-climatic intensification currently experienced in the region and future changes, may well provide further insights into their long-term effectiveness.

5.10.4 Adaptation Strategies

5.10.4.1 Increasing integration and diversity within mixed systems

There is medium confidence in the effectiveness of changing the nature of the integration between crops and livestock as an adaptation: moving from crops to livestock, moving from livestock to crops, and moving from one species of livestock to others, for example (Roy et al., 2018). Such transitions that increase integration between farm enterprises may contribute to risk reduction and increased food security. In areas with adequate rainfall and relatively limited rainfall variability under climate change, where agricultural diversity is the greatest, transitions towards more diverse and integrated systems may bring substantial adaptation benefits (Waha et al., 2018).

Barriers to increasing integration and diversification include policies which support cereals and crop specialisation, lack of markets, limited post-harvest processing, limited technical or biophysical research on implementation and poor market infrastructure (Keatinge et al., 2015; Bodin et al., 2016; Garibaldi et al., 2016; Bassett and Koné, 2017; Kongsager, 2017; Rhiney et al., 2018; Roesch-McNally et al., 2018; Clay and King, 2019; Ickowitz et al., 2019). Proactive policy and market development are needed to reduce these barriers (Clay and King, 2019; Ickowitz et al., 2019; See 5.14.3.8 for Insurance).

5.10.4.2 Agroforestry as an adaptation–mitigation strategy for mixed systems

Agroforestry, the purposeful integration of trees or shrubs with crop or livestock systems, increases resilience against climate risks through a range of biophysical and economic effects (high confidence). Traditional agroforestry has been practiced for millennia and provides prime examples of sustainable agroecological production systems meeting the production, income and socio-cultural needs of farming communities within their ecological niches, but market forces have often led to their demise (McNeely and Schroth, 2006; Plieninger and Schaar, 2008; García-Martínez et al., 2016; Krčmářová and Jeleček, 2016; Coq-Huelva et al., 2017; Paudel et al., 2017; Doddabasawa et al., 2018; Maezumi et al., 2018; Lincoln, 2020). The wide range of options to associate different trees with crops, livestock and aquaculture allows agroforestry to be practiced in most regions, including those with precipitation regimes ranging from semi-arid to humid. While most agroforestry systems occur in smallholder settings, there are examples of successful industrial-scale mechanised agroforestry systems (Feliciano et al., 2018; Lovell et al., 2018). Agroforestry delivers medium to large benefits to all five land challenges described in the SRCCL—climate change mitigation, adaptation, desertification, land degradation and food security—and is considered to have broad adaptation and moderate mitigation potential compared with other land challenges (Smith et al., 2019c). Agroforestry is also able to deliver multiple biophysical and socioeconomic benefits (Table 5.12).

Table 5.12 | Some of the biophysical and socioeconomic benefits of agroforestry.

Contribution

Pathway

References

Increased food security and household income

Diversification of production, avoiding trade-offs between crop and tree products

Nath et al. (2016), Coulibaly et al. (2017), Montagnini and Metzel (2017), Waldron et al. (2017), Blaser et al. (2018), Sida et al. (2018), Quandt et al. (2019), Amadou et al. (2020)

Increased productivity per unit of land

Introduction of multiple species leading to higher land equivalency ratios

van Noordwijk et al. (2018), Reppin et al. (2019)

Improved biophysical site properties

Via limiting soil erosion, facilitating water infiltration, increasing nutrient use efficiency, improving soil physical properties, improving crop nutritional quality, modifying the site micro-climate, and helping to buffer against extreme events

Nguyen et al. (2013); Carsan et al. (2014), Rosenstock et al. (2014), Quandt et al. (2017), Hoegh-Guldberg et al. (2018), Sida et al. (2018), Wood and Baudron (2018), de Leeuw et al. (2020), Muchane et al. (2020), Nyberg et al. (2020)

Enhanced biodiversity and supporting ecosystem services

Via integrating different perennial and annual species in different spatial or temporal associations, thereby providing greater habitat diversity for other species, including pollinators and predators

McNeely and Schroth (2006), Imbach et al. (2017), Isbell et al. (2017), Sonwa et al. (2017b), Tran and Brown (2019)

Enhanced CES

Enhanced recreational, cultural and spiritual uses

Nyberg et al. (2020)

Carbon dioxide removal

Via enhanced above-ground carbon sequestration compared with most cropping or livestock systems, ranging from 2.6 to 10 Mg C ha −1 yr −1 depending on regional and climatic conditions (>0.7 Gt CO2 e yr −1 globally between 2000 and 2010)

Ramachandran Nair et al. (2009), Zomer et al. (2016), Rochedo et al. (2018), Wolz et al. (2018), Crous-Duran et al. (2019), Platis et al. (2019)

Enhanced gender balance

Via providing women with more diversified income sources

Kiptot et al. (2014), Ngigi et al. (2017), Benjamin et al. (2018)

Strengthened urban and peri-urban agricultural systems

Via provision of regulating and provisioning ecosystem services such as shade, water infiltration, new food and livelihood opportunities

Borelli et al. (2017)

See Section 5.12

The adoption and maintenance of agroforestry practices require appropriate incentives or the removal of barriers (high confidence). Agroforestry adoption has been limited to date in both higher-income and lower-income countries. Several constraints need to be carefully addressed for successful scaling-up of agroforestry systems, including costs of establishment, limited short-term benefits, lack of reliable financial support to incentivise longer-term returns on investments, land tenure, knowledge of and experience with trees and the management of multiple component systems, and inadequate market access, (Coulibaly et al., 2017; Iiyama et al., 2017; Jacobi et al., 2017; Kongsager, 2017; Hernández-Morcillo et al., 2018; Iiyama et al., 2018; Lincoln, 2019). Kongsager (2017) and Roupsard et al. (2020) also highlight the need for vertical integration of measures from local to national scales to successfully address local barriers to adoption. Although there are few studies evaluating the long-term performance of agroforestry systems (Coe et al., 2014; Meijer et al., 2015; Brockington et al., 2016; Kongsager, 2017; Toth et al., 2017), the available results suggest that successful adoption of agroforestry practices depends strongly on the local enabling environment, including appropriate markets, technologies and delivery systems (medium evidence, high agreement ).

5.10.4.3 Links between crops and aquaponics–hydroponics as adaptation

Hydroponic systems produce plants in a soilless environment requiring mineral fertilizers to meet plant nutritional needs, whereas aquaponics combines an aquaculture production system with hydroponics, where fish waste provides nitrogen, phosphorous and potassium for plant growth and nitrifying and mineralising bacteria act as filters (Goddek et al., 2015; Pérez-Urrestarazu et al., 2019; Ghamkhar et al., 2020). The relative environmental impact of hydroponic systems is lower compared with conventional systems owing to the significant reductions in land use and fertilizer usage (high confidence) (Goddek et al., 2015; Datta et al., 2018; Pantanella, 2018; Suhl et al., 2018; El-Essawy et al., 2019; Jaeger et al., 2019; Monsees et al., 2019; Mupambwa et al., 2019; Pérez-Urrestarazu et al., 2019; Ghamkhar et al., 2020). While studies indicate that aquaponics and hydroponics have higher yields and a lower environmental footprint than conventional agriculture (medium confidence), aquaculture and heated greenhouse production (Pantanella, 2018; Romeo et al., 2018), aquaponic production may need to be coupled or decoupled or have double-recirculation systems to meet the different requirements of farmed fish and crop species (Pantanella, 2018; Suhl et al., 2018; Mupambwa et al., 2019). Aquaponics and hydroponics are a promising adaptation option for urban agriculture, with benefits including a protected growing environment from climate extremes, reduced GHG emissions related to food transportation, reduced food waste, rainwater harvesting and use of food waste (medium agreement , limited evidence) (Goddek et al., 2015; Al-Kodmany, 2018; Clinton et al., 2018; Weidner and Yang, 2020). Such systems show promise for reducing food production environmental footprints and increasing food security, particularly in arid or water-stressed environments (Doyle et al., 2018; Mupambwa et al., 2019). Barriers to aquaponics and hydroponics adoption include market acceptance of cultured fish species and desirability of plant crops, lack of expertise, legal constraints or high investment costs and financial feasibility (Bosma et al., 2017; Al-Kodmany, 2018; Datta et al., 2018; Pantanella, 2018; El-Essawy et al., 2019; Martin and Molin, 2019; Pérez-Urrestarazu et al., 2019; Specht et al., 2019). There ishigh confidence (high agreement , medium evidence) that a major barrier to hydroponic and aquaponics adoption is the requirement for skilled operators (Goddek et al., 2015; Bosma et al., 2017; Datta et al., 2018; McHunu et al., 2018; Pantanella, 2018), which could be mitigated by decoupling systems and disciplines (Pantanella, 2018). As yet, these systems are not widely implemented and information on their climate change impacts is limited.

5.10.4.4 Transitions in and between mixed systems as adaptation strategy

Transitions in and between the different elements of integrated agricultural systems can be an effective adaptation option (medium confidence). Havlik et al. (2014) projected that, by 2030, market-driven autonomous transitions towards more efficient production systems would increase ruminant meat and milk productivity by up to 20% and decrease emissions by 736 MtCO2 e y −1, most of this arising through avoided emissions from the conversion of 162 Mha of natural land. Weindl et al. (2015) assessed the implications of several climate projections on land use change to 2045 and found that shifts in livestock production towards mixed crop–livestock systems would represent a resource- and cost-efficient adaptation option, reducing global agricultural adaptation costs and abating deforestation by about 76 million ha globally. Both studies suggest that public policy support for transitioning livestock production systems to increase their efficiency could be an important lever for reducing adaptation costs and contributing to emissions reductions. This policy support could include modified regulatory and certification frameworks that incentivise livestock producers to adapt and mitigate (Weindl et al., 2015).

Recent reviews have summarised literature on production system transitions, driven at least partly by a changing climate or changing climate variability, that sometimes involves substantial shifts in enterprises and land configurations. These reviews found several cases of transitions affecting pastoral and mixed systems, with a range of responses including intensification, diversification and sedentarisation as well as the abandonment of agriculture (see Section 5.1 4.3.1, Vermeulen et al., 2018; Thornton et al., 2019). The consequences of these system transitions have been mixed; in some cases, the household-level outcomes have been beneficial, while in others not. Policy environments, defined in terms of multi-level governance structures and institutions, are critical enablers of change. The vulnerability of many crop–livestock keepers to climate change is particularly affected by property and grazing rights (high confidence). Identifying the winners and losers from changes in land ownership and the use of communal lands in the coming decades is a key challenge for the research agenda, particularly as climate change impacts in the marginal lands intensify (Reid et al., 2014).

5.11 The Supply Chain from Post-harvest to Food

The food system is more than just the production of food. It includes domestic and international transportation, storage, processing, market infrastructure and institutions that make up value chains, as well as the food environment in which consumers make food purchasing decisions (HLPE, 2017a). Climate change impacts along the value chain alter availability, access and stability of food security. Nutrition-dense foods tend to be more perishable and are thus more vulnerable to limitations of food storage and transportation infrastructure (Ickowitz et al., 2019). Climate-change-related damage to food in storage (e.g., electricity failures and loss of cold storage) and transportation infrastructure (e.g., extreme weather events damaging roads and other infrastructure) could significantly decrease availability and increase the cost of highly perishable, nutritious foods such as fruits, vegetables, fish, meat and dairy.

Read more...

Box 5.8: Climate Adaptation and Maladaptation in Cocoa and Coffee Production

Coffee and cocoa are important crops in low-latitude regions where agriculture is projected to be heavily impacted by climate change. Both crops are at risk from climate change impacts by 2050 (Baca et al., 2014; Ovalle-Rivera et al., 2015; Chemura et al., 2016; Schroth et al., 2016; Bacon et al., 2017; Schreyer et al., 2018; de Sousa et al., 2019; Lahive et al., 2019; Pham et al., 2019; Cilas and Bastide, 2020). Chocolate and coffee are notable among foods in that their carbon footprint ranges from negative to high, as these industries include both low-input agroforestry systems that have many co-benefits, and high-input monoculture systems where crops are grown without shade, in some cases on sites that have been deforested (Poore and Nemecek, 2019). While the coffee industry in many countries has already transitioned from agroforestry to full-sun production (Jha et al., 2014), the cocoa industry is at a turning point, with many growers deciding whether to move to the potentially more productive ‘full-sun system’, despite a general view that the agroforestry system is more resilient to climate change impacts (Rajab et al., 2016; Schroth et al., 2016; Farrell et al., 2018; Niether et al., 2020).

Shade-grown cocoa and coffee agroforestry systems provide an array of ecosystem services, including regulating pests and diseases, maintaining soil fertility, maintaining biodiversity and carbon sequestration (high confidence) (Jha et al., 2014; Rajab et al., 2016; Cerda et al., 2017; Pham et al., 2019). For example, a comparison of Indonesian cocoa stands found that total carbon stocks above and below ground were five times higher in multi-shade agroforestry stands compared with monoculture stands (57 compared with 11 Mg C ha −1), and total NPP was twice as high (18 compared with 9 Mg C ha −1 yr −1). The extra carbon sequestration was achieved without any notable difference in cocoa yield (Rajab et al., 2016). At higher levels of shade, there can be negative impacts on the yield of the understory crop, but careful management of shade trees allows for both crops to thrive (Andreotti et al., 2018; Blaser et al., 2018; Niether et al., 2020).

Cocoa grown under shade in some situations may be more resilient to climate change (Schwendenmann et al., 2010; Schroth et al., 2016). Schwendenmann et al. (2010) implemented drought experimentally in the field and found shade trees increased drought resilience. Shade trees insulate the understory crop from the warming and drying sun (Schroth et al., 2016). On the other hand, full-sun cocoa systems may be more climate resilient in some cases (Abdulai et al., 2018), as interactions between understory trees and shade trees are complex; in addition to shade effects, evapotranspiration and root interactions must be considered (Niether et al., 2017; Wartenberg et al., 2020). Moving to a full-sun system may also involve additional inputs in irrigation, fertilizer and labour. Neither (2020) reviewed the literature comparing the two cocoa production systems and concluded that the agroforestry system was superior in terms of climate adaptation.

The choice of cropping system will have wide-reaching consequences for climate vulnerability and climate justice. Coffee and cocoa are often a main source of income for small-scale producers who are among the most vulnerable to climate hazards (Bacon et al., 2014; Schroth et al., 2016). Most of their produce is exported by large corporations and sold to relatively better-off consumers. In the context of climate justice, underlying structural inequities (socioeconomic, ethnicity, gender, caste), marginality and poverty help to shape the vulnerabilities of small-scale farmers to climate hazards (Beckford and Rhiney, 2016; Schreyer et al., 2018). Climate change may compound their vulnerability, if for example the loss of pollination services leads to a reduction in productivity (Avelino et al., 2015). Adaptation needs to consider the inequities associated with the commodity chain, and the adaptative capacity of producers as they seek to move into the more advanced processing stages of the commodity chain to realise higher returns from their exports (Ovalle-Rivera et al., 2015). Blue Mountain Coffee is a ‘specialty’ coffee associated with a protected area forest ecosystem that attracts a high price premium owing to its distinct flavour and aroma. The livelihoods of coffee farmers in this region are characterised by multiple socioeconomic, environmental and institutional stressors related to climate change, pests, plant diseases and production costs. Some coping strategies employed by these coffee farmers have increased their susceptibility to future climate impacts (Guido et al., 2019). Davis (2017) showed that these coffee farmers’ food security challenges could be alleviated by improved marketing of fruit tree products under shade coffee farming systems. Adaptation measures in such systems need to consider co-benefits and negative trade-offs, especially in vulnerable communities, to avoid widening further the inequities, rural livelihood loss, migration and marginalisation, and ensure progress towards the SDGs (high confidence).

5.11.1 Current and Future Climate Change Impacts on Food Safety

Emerging food safety risks from climate change include those posed by toxigenic fungi, plant- and marine-based bacterial pathogens, HABs and increased use of chemicals (plant protection products, veterinary drugs) potentially leaving residues in food (European Food Safety Authority Panel on Plant Protection Products and their Residues et al., 2017; Deeb et al., 2018; Mbow et al., 2019; FAO et al., 2020).

Mycotoxins, produced by toxigenic fungi found on many crops, contaminate food and feed and cause a wide range of adverse impacts to human and animal health. Climate change can affect the growth and geographical expansion of these fungi (high confidence) (Wild et al., 2015; Battilani, 2016; FAO and WHO, 2016; Watson et al., 2016b; Alshannaq and Yu, 2017; Chen et al., 2018a; Avery et al., 2019; Milicevic et al., 2019; Van der Fels-Klerx et al., 2019; FAO, 2020a; FAO et al., 2020).

Aspergillus flavus is a fungus that infects a range of crops and can reduce grain quality. Several strains also produce aflatoxin, a particularly problematic mycotoxin . Increasing CO2 and drought stress has little effect on growth of Aspergillus but significantly increases the production of aflatoxin (Medina et al., 2015b).

In Europe, one estimate is that the risk of aflatoxin contamination will increase in maize in a +2°C temperature scenario in Europe, with nearly 40% of Europe exceeding the current legal limits (Battilani and Toscano, 2016). In Malawi, maize aflatoxin levels above European Union (EU) legal thresholds are possible for most of the country by mid-21st century (Warnatzsch and Reay, 2020). The occurrence of toxin-producing fungi will increase and expand from tropical and subtropical areas into new regions and where appropriate capacity for surveillance and risk management is lacking (medium confidence) (Miller, 2016). The increase in toxigenic fungi in crops, and consequent contamination of staple foods with mycotoxins, will increase the risks of human and animal exposure (high confidence) (Botana and Sainz, 2015; Rose and Wu, 2015 ; Battilani, 2016; Avery et al., 2019; Bosch et al., 2019; Milicevic et al., 2019; Moretti et al., 2019; Van der Fels-Klerx et al., 2019; FAO, 2020a).

In aquatic systems, toxins produced during HABs also cause food safety problems (high confidence) (Botana, 2016; Estevez et al., 2019; Section 5.8). Increased poleward expansion of Vibrio in coastal mid- to high-latitude areas has been observed (Baker-Austin et al., 2017). Vibrio-related mortalities from finfish consumption are expected to rise with climate change (water temperature, salinity, oxygen and pH) (medium confidence) (Mohamad et al., 2019a; Mohamad et al., 2019b). For shellfish species, oxygen deficits (Mohamad et al., 2019b), sea level rise (Deeb et al., 2018) and temperature (Green et al., 2019) will be most important for food safety.

Food safety is also anticipated to worsen from increased contaminant bioaccumulation under climate-induced warming (high confidence) (Sections 3.5.8, 3.5.9, 5.8, 5.9, Bindoff et al., 2019;), with changes in pathogen, parasite, fungi and virus abundance and virulence (Bondad-Reantaso et al., 2018). Coastal communities who depend on fisheries for livelihoods and nutrition are especially vulnerable (Hilmi et al., 2014; Golden et al., 2016; Bindoff et al., 2019).

Occurrence of bacterial pathogens such as Salmonella and Campylobacter will increase with rising temperatures (high confidence). Foodborne pathogen risks will increase through multiple mechanisms, though in general the impacts of climate change on different pathogens are uncertain (Akil et al., 2014; Hellberg and Chu, 2016; Lake and Barker, 2018). Even species within a genus can be affected differently. For example, higher CO2 levels depress the growth rate of F. graminearum, an economically important pathogen on barley but have little effect on F. verticillioides, which is the most reported fungal species infecting maize.

Increases in rainfall intensity will have some effect on the transport of heavy metals by enhancing runoff from soil and increasing the leaching of heavy metals into water systems, with magnitudes dependent on local conditions (high confidence) (Joris et al., 2014; Wijngaard et al., 2017). Methyl mercury (MeHg) is highly neurotoxic and nephrotoxic and bioaccumulates and biomagnifies through the food web via dietary uptake (fish, seafood, mammals) (Fort et al., 2016). Ocean warming facilitates methylation of mercury, and the subsequent uptake of methyl mercury in fish and mammals has been found to increase by 3–5% for each 1°C rise in water temperature (Booth and Zeller, 2005; FAO, 2020a). A changing climate will release mercury from snow and ice, raising the amount of mercury in aquatic ecosystems, although its importance relative to industrial sources is unknown (Morrissey et al., 2005).

Increased frequency of inland floods has been associated with contamination of food with toxic and fat-soluble persistent organic pollutants (POPs), polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs) and dioxins (Lake et al., 2014; Tirado, 2015; Alava et al., 2017). Exposure to POPs can lead to serious health effects, including certain cancers, birth defects and impairments to the immune, reproductive and neurological systems.

Climate change–contaminant interactions may alter the bioaccumulation and biomagnification of POPs and PCBs as well as MeHg (Alava et al., 2017). Of particular concern is the pollution risk influenced by climate change in Arctic ecosystems and the bioamplification of POPs and MeHg in seafoods resulting in long-term contamination of traditional foods in Indigenous communities (Tirado, 2015; Alava et al., 2017).

The high risk associated with emerging zoonoses (animal diseases that can infect humans) and alterations in the distribution, survival and transmission of vectors and associated pathogens and parasites could lead to an increased use of veterinary drugs and more rapid development of microbial resistance (European Food Safety Authority et al., 2020; FAO, 2020a) and higher veterinary drug residues in food of animal origin, potentially posing health issues for humans (Beyene et al., 2015; FAO et al., 2018; European Food Safety Authority et al., 2020). These outcomes will depend, at least in part, on the extent of changes in current regulatory systems for veterinary drugs. Pre-harvest stress on animals can increase the contamination of meat products with zoonoses. Climate change may also increase rodent populations and rodent-born zoonoses (Naicker, 2011). Extreme weather events that cause flooding, such as hurricanes or extreme rain events, increase the chance of inundating areas that contain waste from animal farms where antibiotics are used for production, increasing the spread of antibiotic-resistant bacteria into the surrounding environment (FAO, 2020a).

5.11.2 Current and Future Climate Change Impacts on Food Loss in Storage, Distribution and Processing

The potential for climate-change-based food losses exists in all parts of the food system—post-harvest storage, distribution and processing—with the potential for impacts in one part of the system to be passed on to other elements (Davis et al., 2021). Storing a product destined for food use makes it available in times other than immediately after harvest, which is especially important for products with a pronounced seasonal availability or that are not available from other regions with different seasons. Storage of fresh products (meat, fish, fruits and vegetables) even with the best cold storage technology results in some quality loss relatively quickly. Higher temperatures increase the cost of maintaining quality. One estimate is that an increase in outdoor temperature from 17°C to 25°C increases cold storage power consumption by about 11% (James and James, 2010). Post-harvest storage of roots and cereals is subject to physical and quality losses from damage by mice, rats and birds and by microorganisms such as the toxigenic fungi discussed above, all of which are expected to increase in warmer and more humid conditions.

The higher temperatures and humidity will generally raise storage costs and lower the quantity and quality of stored product, reducing producer incomes and raising consumer prices (high agreement , medium evidence) (Mbow et al., 2019). For example, in the US state of Michigan, climate change will shorten the period of reliably cold local storage of potato by 11–17 days and 14–20 days further south by mid-century and by 15–29 days and 31–35 days, respectively, by late century. These changes would increase future demand for ventilation and/or refrigeration immediately after harvest and again in spring and early summer (Winkler et al., 2018).

Insects are a main source of food loss. Climate change can alter insect damage in at least two ways: increases in reproductive rate from temperature increases and changes in pheromone effectiveness (high confidence). Increasing temperature up to about 40°C raises the rates of insect food digestion and reproduction (Deutsch et al., 2018), but temperatures above that level are fatal for many insects (Neven, 2000). Most insects rely on pheromones to facilitate reproduction. Higher temperatures, but also increases in atmospheric CO2 and O3 levels, can affect this process. Insect species that rely on long-range chemical signals (such as ladybirds, aphids, bark beetles and fruit flies) will be most impacted, because these signals suffer from longer exposure to processes that reduce pheromone effectiveness (Medina et al., 2015b; Moses et al., 2015; Boullis et al., 2016; Verheecke-Vaessen et al., 2019).

There are several potential pathways for climate change impacts on processing that would negatively affect quality and appearance, but with limited research to date. For example, some studies have indicated that recent increases in temperature have decreased the appearance and milling quality of rice in the USA and East Asia, owing to increased occurrence of chalky grains (Lyman et al., 2013; Morita et al., 2016; Masutomi et al., 2019; Ishigooka et al., 2021). Impacts on quality of perennial crops and annual fruits and vegetables are discussed above (Section 5.4.3 and Box 5.2).

5.11.3 Current and Projected Impacts on Transportation and Distribution: Domestic and International Trade

Regional differences in resource availability are a key underlying driver of domestic and international trade. Climate change can change resource availability, in terms of both quantity and quality, altering trade flows, prices and incomes of producers. Climate change can also affect food access, and its stability can be affected through climate-change-driven disruption of infrastructure (FAO et al., 2018; Mbow et al., 2019). Extreme events are expected to become more common as climate change progresses. Recent examples illustrate the potential for trade disruptions. In March 2019, Cyclone Idai affected 1.7 million people in Mozambique and 920,000 in neighbouring Malawi, according to United Nations (UN) officials. The World Food Program reported that satellite imagery of flooding in central Mozambique showed an ‘inland ocean’ the size of Luxembourg with potentially large impacts on distribution of existing supplies, and uncertain effects on future food production and availability. The extreme rainfall events in the US state of Iowa in spring 2019 destroyed large numbers of well-built grain silos. In addition, major road and bridge damage required rebuilding.

Trade plays a sizeable role in global food supplies. More than 1 billion people relied on international food trade in the early 21st century (Fader et al., 2013; Pradhan, 2014). Domestic and international trade flows can be dramatically affected by climate change impacts (medium evidence, high confidence) (Nelson et al., 2014; Pradhan, 2014; Wiebe et al., 2015). Since the impacts of climate change will not be uniform, profitable locations for exports production will change. In addition, the effects of increasing local weather variability caused by climate change means increasing variability of food availability for domestic use and international trade. Finally, extreme events driven by climate change can disrupt transportation along the food value chain. Countries more at risk of natural hazards that disrupt transportation and distribution, and with less extensive routes, are more vulnerable to climate change impacts. A global multi-hazard risk assessment (Koks et al., 2019) suggests surface and river flooding, which are projected to increase in a warmer climate, are the main hazards for road and railway infrastructure, increasingly disrupting international and domestic transportation of agricultural commodities.

Climate change impacts will increase most global prices relative to early 21st century levels, with varying effects on the cost of food imports (high confidence) (Nelson et al., 2014; Wiebe et al., 2015; Fujimori et al., 2018; Lee et al., 2018). For example, analysis using results from one study (using CMIP5 data for RCP8.5 and SSP2) found that net food importing countries in the early 21st century would see expenditures on food imports decrease by USD 36 billion in mid-century in real terms with climate change over a no climate change scenario. (Table 5.13).

Table 5.13 | Net exports of agricultural products, by net exporting and net importing countries, 2010 and 2050 (billion constant parity US dollars), based on analysis in Beach et al. (2019).

2010

2050

Net importers in 2010

No climate change

–301

−838

Climate change

−301

−802

Global economic models with a focus on agriculture provide a perspective on the range of potential changes in market outcomes because of climate change. In one study comparing several SSPs to a future with no climate change to one with impacts from RCP8.5, 2050 yields with climate changes impacts are 17% smaller on average than those without climate change. Adaptation by farmers reduce that to an 11% decline. The change in 2050 prices of all crops and regions after climate change impacts and farm-level adaptation is a mean 20% increase (Nelson et al., 2014). Substantial differences arise from both the heterogeneous impacts of climate change over crops and geography and the diversity of modelling approaches in the GCM and crop models. A later study with more socioeconomic scenarios and fewer models got roughly similar results (Wiebe et al., 2015), as did a modelling study focused on food security in South Asian countries (Cai et al., 2016).

Most climate scenario modelling to date does not incorporate increasing variability nor the use of storage, a critical tool to manage variability. Two recent studies are exceptions. In one, climate change generally reduces mean yields and increases their variability in the Midwestern USA and causes modest increases in price volatility (Thompson et al., 2018). A second study (Chen and Villoria, 2019) focuses on maize net importers across Africa, Asia and Latin America during 2000–2015. A 1% increase in the ratio of imports to total consumption reduces domestic price variability by 0.29%. A 1% increase in stocks at the beginning of the season is correlated with a 0.22% reduction in the coefficient of variation.

5.11.4 Adaptation in the Post-harvest Supply Chain

The SRCCL (Mbow et al., 2019) findings on adaptation support targeting food value chains and intervention types to the needs of specific locations. Furthermore, adaptation choices will need to be dynamic as climate change impacts are expected to worsen over time.

As discussed above and in Section 6.2.5, climate change is expected to cause increasingly severe effects on infrastructure needed for food security: roads and harbours for transport, water storage facilities for irrigation and storage facilities able to withstand climate-related damage. Three categories of adaptation could be considered: adoption of technologies already in use elsewhere, including Indigenous and local knowledge, or available or near ready that become profitable as impacts become more severe; development of new technologies; and taking advantage of changing comparative advantage across regions. Specific examples of post-harvest technical adaptation options that are already available but could be more widely adopted include solar driers, cold storage facilities and transport and use of ultrasonic humidification of selected fruits and vegetables, a technology that has been shown in Europe to reduce losses in each post-harvest stage by 20% or more (Fabbri et al., 2018). Hermetic storage containers using community-based farmer research networks to scale out (Singano et al., 2020; Wenndt et al., 2021) also show promise. Another innovation is to introduce Aspergillus fungi that do not produce aflatoxins in biocontrol formulations, as is being undertaken in the Aflasafe project in Kenya (Bandyopadhyay et al., 2016).

International trade changes are a potentially important adaptation mechanism for both the short-term effects of climate variability and long-term changes in comparative advantage with globally substantial benefits but that are distributed unevenly (Mosnier et al., 2014; Baldos and Hertel, 2015; Fuss et al., 2015; Costinot et al., 2016; Hertel and Baldos, 2016; Gouel and Laborde, 2021). One estimate is that, with a reduction in tariffs as well as institutional and infrastructural barriers, the negative impacts of climate change globally would be reduced by 64%, with hunger-affected import-dependent regions seeing the greatest benefit. However, in hunger-affected export-oriented regions, partial trade integration might lead to increased exports at the expense of domestic food availability (Janssens et al., 2020). It is possible for policy changes that result in increased trade flows to also increase the potential for maladaptation, for example by encouraging conversion of environmentally sensitive areas to agriculture (Fuchs et al., 2020; 5.13.3).

As discussed in Section 5.4, climate change is expected to increase variability in yields. As long as the variability is not correlated across regions, trade flows within a year can partially compensate, with in-period exports from countries less affected to those that are. Alterations in trade flow patterns to accommodate these impacts will reduce the negative effects so long as this variability is not correlated across regions (UK, 2015; Janetos et al., 2017).

In terms of food safety impacts, Lake and Barker (2018) highlight a range of approaches to enhance preparedness for more serious foodborne disease effects from climate change: adoption of novel surveillance methods to speed up detection and improve intervention in foodborne outbreaks; genotype-based approaches to surveillance of food pathogens to enhance spatiotemporal resolution in tracing and tracking of illness; improving integration of plant, animal and human surveillance systems under the rubric of One Health, increased commitment to cross-border and global information initiatives; and improved clarity regarding the governance of complex societal issues such as the conflict between food safety and food waste and strong user-centric (social) communications strategies to engage diverse stakeholder groups.

The range of potential adaptation approaches from production to transportation to reduce food loss and waste is captured in Figure 5.17 (Galford et al., 2020).

Figure 5.17 | Examples of food loss and waste (FLW) interventions at five stages in the food value change (Galford et al. , 2020).

The importance of reducing food loss and waste due to climate change is widely recognised, but literature on cost-effective reductions is sparse, particularly in low-income countries (Parfitt et al., 2010). A list of farm and post-harvest methods to reduce food loss (Sheahan and Barrett, 2017) includes potential farm interventions such as varietal choice, education in harvest and post-harvest handling, hermetic storage technologies (see above), chemical sprays and integrated pest management techniques in storage. The evidence on their effectiveness, especially in the face of increased climate change impacts, is limited.

5.12 Food Security, Consumption and Nutrition

5.12.1 Introduction

Food security and nutrition are key desired outcomes of food systems. Climate change is already contributing to reduced food security and nutrition and will continue to do so (high confidence) (Sections 5.4, 5.5, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10). Climate change impacts affect all four dimensions of food security: availability, access, utilisation and stability (Table 5.14), through both direct and indirect pathways.

Table 5.14 | Impacts from climate change drivers on the four dimensions of food security. Adapted from Table 5.1 in SRCCL.

CIDs and mechanism for food security impacts

Examples of regions and groups most affected

References

Food security dimension: Availability

Increased heat and drought reduce crop and animal productivity and soil fertility and increase land degradation for some regions and crops.

Countries in which a large proportion relies on agriculture for livelihoods.

Food production systems that rely on rainfed agriculture and pastoral rangeland. Urban populations and the poor.

FAO et al. (2018), Dury et al. (2019), Mbow et al. (2019), Section 5.4 and 5.5).

Extreme heat affects crop productivity. Combined with high humidity reduces agricultural labour capacity and animal productivity.

Countries and sectors that rely extensively on outdoor manual agricultural labour and experience high temperatures and humidity

Zander et al. (2015), Kjellstrom et al. (2016), Ioannou et al. (2017), Mitchell et al. (2017), FAO et al. (2018), Flouris et al. (2018), Kjellstrom et al. (2018), Levi et al. (2018).

Increasing temperatures and precipitation changes increase and shift crop and livestock pests and diseases

East African pastoral groups who experienced increased livestock morbidity and mortality from RVF in El Niño years.

Bebber (2015), FAO et al. (2018), Mbow et al. (2019), Sections 5.4.1.3 and 5.5.1.3

Increasing temperatures and drought stress has led to higher post-harvest losses due to mycotoxins.

Tropical and subtropical regions with limited food safety surveillance

Miller (2016), FAO et al. (2018), Section 5.11

Rising ocean temperatures, marine heatwaves and ocean acidity has reduced availability of fish in coastal communities.

Coastal people and coastal areas of tropical countries with high dependence on fisheries, e.g., West African coastal communities

Hilmi et al. (2014), Golden et al. (2016), Bindoff et al. (2019), Section 5.8 and 5.9

Increased number and intensity of extreme events such as cyclones lead to reduced food production and distribution from crop damage, increased pest incidence and transportation disruption.

Delta regions where there are high populations and are often important food production regions, e.g., Cyclone Nargis in Myanmar estimated to reduce crop production by 19%, production declined for subsequent 3 years.

Omori et al. (2020)

Increased atmospheric CO2concentrations increase total plant biomass and plant sugar content, which can increase crops as well as pests and weeds. High CO2 also reduces transpiration during drought, which can increase plant drought resistance.

All regions are anticipated to have increased atmospheric CO2 concentrations, but due to impacts of other CIDs (e.g., drought, heat stress, pests), the impacts on crop growth, forage and subsequent food availability are mixed.

Iizumi et al. (2018); Canadell et al. (2021), Ranasinghe et al. (2021), Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter)

Food security dimension: Access

Increased drought and flood events and increased pests and disease from rising temperatures lead to loss of agricultural income due to reduced yields, and higher costs of production inputs such as water. Reduced ability to purchase food leads to lower dietary diversity and consumption levels.

Low-income smallholder farmers and pastoralists in Ethiopia, Mali, Niger, Malawi, Zambia and Tanzania.

Saronga et al. (2016), Giannini et al. (2017), FAO et al. (2018) Mbow et al. (2019) Omori et al. (2020)

Increase in number and intensity of extreme weather events (e.g., droughts, floods) lead to increased food prices, which often leads to lower dietary diversity as well as lower consumption levels.

Low-income consumers.

Women and girls.

FAO et al. (2018), Mbow et al. (2019), Ilboudo Nébié et al. (2021)

Extreme events (e.g., floods) disrupt food storage and transport networks, reducing access and availability of food supplies.

Countries dependent on food imports, e.g., Small Island Developing States. Poor households living in flash flood and saline zones in Bangladesh who rely on monocropped rice. Women and children may experience greater impacts from extreme events.

Toufique and Belton (2014), FAO et al. (2018), Hickey and Unwin (2020), Algur et al. (2021)

Food security dimension: Utilisation (food quality and safety)

Increased temperatures reduce food safety caused by microorganisms, including increased mycotoxins in food and feed.

Countries with limited food safety surveillance systems.

FAO et al. (2018), Mbow et al. (2019), Section 5.11

Climate change extreme events make fruits and vegetables relatively unaffordable compared with less-nutrient-dense foods.

Urban low-income households and rural households who purchase the majority of their food. Children in regions such as West Africa, with lower access to diverse food types as a result of climate impact drivers, e.g., drought.

An et al. (2018), Algur et al. (2021), Baker and Anttila-Hughes (2020), Niles et al. (2021)

Rising air temperature, ocean warming and high CO2conditions increase risk of food poisoning and pollutant contamination of food through increased prevalence of pathogens, HAB and increased contaminant bioaccumulation and threaten human health.

Low-income tropical countries where current ability to reduce and monitor mycotoxin contamination is limited. Coastal Indigenous Peoples and other poor populations in coastal areas of tropical countries with high dependence on fisheries, e.g., west African coastal communities

Golden et al. (2016), Bindoff et al. (2019), Sections 5.7, 5.8, 5.9, 5.11

Increased atmospheric CO2concentrations reduce nutritional quality of grains, some fruits and vegetables.

Low-income households who have limited access to range of diverse foods.

Mbow et al. (2019), Section 5.4

Rising ocean temperatures, marine heatwaves and ocean acidity reduce fish populations, which reduces consumption of fish high in iron, zinc, omega-3 fatty acids and vitamins in areas where fish populations decline.

Coastal areas of tropical countries; coastal Indigenous Peoples and other groups who rely on fisheries.

Golden et al. (2016); Bindoff et al., 2019; Section 5.7, 5.8, 5.9

Food security dimension: Stability

Increased frequency and severity of extreme events (e.g., droughts and heatwaves) lead to greater instability of supply through production losses and disruption to food transport.

Landlocked countries; low-income countries reliant on imports; low-income households in areas prone to floods.

Toufique and Belton (2014), FAO et al. (2018), Algur et al. (2021), Section 5.11

Increased drought and flood events and increased pests and disease from rising temperatures lead to unstable incomes from agriculture and fisheries.

Small-scale producers (crops and livestock) and fishers

Ruiz Meza, (2015), FAO et al. (2018), Sections 5.8, 5.9

Climate change extreme events increase food prices due to climate shocks.

Low-income countries reliant on imports; urban low-income households and rural households who purchase the majority of their food.

Bene et al. (2015), Peri (2017), Mbow et al. (2019), Section 5.11

Increased drought and flood events and increased pests and disease from rising temperatures cause widespread crop failure. Rising ocean temperatures, marine heatwaves and ocean acidity lead to dramatic decline in fisheries, contributing to migration and conflict.

Coastal communities in West Africa, Southeast Asia and other tropical countries highly dependent on fisheries.

Golden et al. (2016), Bindoff et al. (2019) Mbow et al. (2019)

Reduced frost days and snow days will increase stability of food security in some temperate regions since there will be less loss of food crops to frost damage and a longer growing season. However, they also raise pest and disease risks due to increased range and overwintering.

Australia, most Asian regions, Europe, Central and South America and North America.

The benefits of yield gains at high latitudes may be tempered by greater risks of pests and pathogen damages.

Jones and Barbetti (2012), IPPC Secretariat (2021), Ranasinghe et al. (2021)

Global food security improved dramatically in the 20th century even as global population increased from 2 to 6 billion. While some may assume that global food security is primarily provided by large-scale producers, research since AR5 has shown the sizeable role of small and mid-sized food producers in Asia, Africa and Latin America contributing to global food security and nutrition, while being highly vulnerable to climate change impacts on food security (Samberg et al., 2016; Herrero et al., 2017; FAO et al., 2018; Ricciardi et al., 2018). In 2019, more than 750 million people in the world, almost 1 in 10 people, suffered from severe food insecurity, a figure which has risen since 2014 in every region except North America and Europe

(FAO et al., 2020). Overnutrition, a result of high-calorie unbalanced diets, is also rising, with over 2 billion adults overweight or obese (FAO et al., 2018; Swinburn et al., 2019; FAO et al., 2020; Venkatesh Mannar et al., 2020; WHO, 2021). Many low- and middle-income countries now have both high under- and overnutrition rates (FAO et al., 2018).

There are multiple drivers of food security, including changing dietary patterns, urbanisation and population growth (HLPE, 2017b; FAO et al., 2018; Swinburn et al., 2019). Vulnerability to climate change impacts on food insecurity and malnutrition is worsened by other underlying causes, including poverty, multiple forms of inequity (e.g., gender, racial, income), low access to water and sanitation, macroeconomic shocks and conflict (Smith and Haddad, 2015; Clay et al., 2018; FAO et al., 2018; Cook et al., 2019). Climate change frequently acts to compound these drivers of food insecurity (Table 5.14).

The coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) pandemic has increased vulnerability to food insecurity and malnutrition of particular groups and sectors in the food system, including low-income households, farmworkers, food service workers, informal food market sellers and low-income countries dependent on food imports (Cross-Chapter Box COVID in Chapter 7). Climate change will compound pandemic vulnerabilities in the food system (high agreement , low evidence) (HLPE, 2020; UNDRR (United Nations Office for Disaster Risk Reduction, Regional Office for Asia and Pacific), 2020; WFP-FSIN, 2020). The pandemic may also increase coordination among sectors and a willingness to address food system weaknesses made visible by the impacts of COVID-19 (Blay-Palmer et al., 2020; Cohen, 2020; Ramos et al., 2020).

Ecosystem services, the provisioning, supporting and regulating mechanisms we all depend on for food security and nutrition, are also undermined by climate change impacts (Section 5.4.3). Even in the absence of climate change, our current food system threatens to exceed planetary, regional or local boundaries of long-term sustainable development (Campbell et al., 2017). Climate change will make efforts to reduce this threat more difficult to achieve (medium confidence), though many solutions to enhancing food security are also potential climate change adaptation responses (Sections 5.4, 5.6, 5.8, 5.10, 5.14).

5.12.2 Mechanisms for Climate Change Impacts on Food Security

Climate change is increasing the number of people experiencing food insecurity through greater incidence and severity of climatic impact drivers (CIDs), (Seneviratne et al., 2021) such as extreme heat, drought and floods. Increasing CO2 concentrations have positive effects on food and forage crops by enhancing photosynthesis and alleviating drought stresses (5.4.3.1, 5.5.3.1) but have negative effects on nutrient concentrations in food crops. Ocean acidification is also caused by increasing CO2, causing negative impacts on aquatic systems. Tropospheric ozone concentrations already hinder crop production (Section 5.4.1.4). Several CIDs increase the number of people experiencing food insecurity (high confidence) (SROCC 2019, FAO et al., 2018; Mbow et al., 2019; Baker and Anttila-Hughes, 2020; Table 5.12).

Vulnerability to climate impacts on food security and nutrition varies by region and group. Countries that experience CIDs such as extreme heat, severe drought or floods and have a large proportion of the population dependent on rainfed agriculture or livestock for their livelihoods and food supply have experienced rising food insecurity due to climate change impacts (FAO et al., 2018; Cooper et al., 2019; Mbow et al., 2019). Children in Sub-Saharan Africa are particularly at risk of undernutrition and mortality from increasing temperatures (Belesova et al., 2019; Baker and Anttila-Hughes, 2020). An additional estimated 5.9 million children became underweight because of rising temperatures in 51 countries affected by ENSO intensity in 2015–2016 (Anttila-Hughes et al., 2021). Low-income urban households and marginalised groups such as landless and ethnic minorities are at risk of increased food insecurity due in part to climate change extreme events such as extended drought, floods or cyclones that interrupt supply chains and impact livelihoods (Rodriguez-Llanes et al., 2016; FAO et al., 2018; Algur et al., 2021). A systematic review in India found that women often experience greater workloads and stress during drought events (Algur et al., 2021).

In the subsequent sections, the four dimensions of food security will be discussed in relation to observed and projected impacts and vulnerabilities (Table 5.14).

5.12.3 Observed Impacts

5.12.3.1 Impacts on food availability

All food production systems (crops, livestock, marine, fish, mixed, aquaculture) have been undermined by climate change and are expected to experience larger impacts in the future as described in earlier sections (see Sections 5.4.1, 5.5, 5.8, 5.9, 5.10). In addition, sudden production losses from extreme climate events can reduce food security (FAO et al., 2018; Cottrell et al., 2019; FAO et al., 2020; Anttila-Hughes et al., 2021). For example, a 2007 drought-induced crop failure in southern Africa led to severe food insecurity in Lesotho because of the land-locked country’s dependence on imports from South Africa that aggravated food availability and access under conditions of declining food production and land degradation (Verschuur et al., 2021). Pest and disease outbreaks in both crops and livestock due to climate change (Sections 5.4.1, 5.5.1) have also impacted food availability and access (see Box 5.8 Desert Locust case study). Loss in labour productivity from climate-change-related heat stress is a growing problem.

Climate change affects agricultural labour productivity through increased intensity and frequency of heat stress events, with those performing physical labour in high humidity and ambient temperatures most vulnerable to heat stress (high confidence) (Hsiang et al.; FAO et al., 2018; Kjellström et al., 2019; Antonelli et al., 2020; Shayegh et al., 2020). Labour capacity, supply and productivity loss in moderate outdoor work due to heat stress is estimated between 2% and 14%, depending on the location and indicator (Ioannou et al., 2017; Kjellstrom et al., 2018), with an overall estimate of 5.3% loss in productivity for outdoor work between 2000 and 2015 (medium confidence) (Watts et al., 2018) but as high as 14% in low-income tropical countries (Antonelli et al., 2020; Shayegh et al., 2020). Highly vulnerable occupation groups affected by heat stress include farmers, farmworkers and livestock keepers working outdoors in low-income tropical countries (high confidence) (Zander et al., 2015; Kjellstrom et al., 2016; Flouris et al., 2018; Kjellstrom et al., 2018; Levi et al., 2018). Farmworkers and small-scale food producers in high- and middle-income countries involved in outdoor labour are also affected by heat stress (Zander et al., 2015; Gosling et al., 2018; Szewczyk et al., 2018; Watts et al., 2021). There is also evidence that heat stress is affecting labour supply through variation in nutrition intake (Antonelli et al., 2020).

5.12.3.2 Impacts on food access (physical, economic and socio-cultural) and vulnerabilities

Increased extreme events (e.g., droughts, floods and tropical storms; Seneviratne et al., 2021) due to climate change are key drivers of recent rises in food insecurity rates and severe food crises in some regions (high confidence) (Section 5.4.1, Yeni and Alpas, 2017; FAO et al., 2018; Cooper et al., 2019; Baker and Anttila-Hughes, 2020; Bogdanova et al., 2021; Ilboudo Nébié et al., 2021). Extreme weather events reduce physical and economic access to food, increase food prices, and compound underlying conditions of food insecurity and malnutrition such as low access to diverse healthy foods and safe water (FAO et al., 2018; Niles et al., 2021). Increased incidence of severe drought conditions since 2005 is contributing to food insecurity in affected regions, including Africa, Asia and the Pacific (Chapter 7, Phalkey et al., 2015; FAO et al., 2018; Cooper et al., 2019; Ilboudo Nébié et al., 2021; Verschuur et al., 2021;). In Arctic western Siberia, high temperatures, melting ice and forest and tundra fires have degraded reindeer pastures; Indigenous Peoples have reduced traditional diets and increased purchased food with increases in hypertension and related health impacts (Bogdanova et al., 2021).

There is growing evidence that anthropogenic climate warming has already intensified climate extreme events induced by large-scale SST oscillations such as ENSO (Herring et al., 2018; Seneviratne et al., 2021). For example, the 2015–2016 El Niño, the strongest in the past 145 years, induced severe droughts in Southeast Asia and eastern and southern Africa, some intensified by anthropogenic warming (Funk et al., 2018). As a result, 20.5 million people faced acute food insecurity in 2016 (FSIN, 2017) and an estimated additional 5.9 million children became underweight (Anttila-Hughes et al., 2021).

Weather extreme events increased food prices and food price volatility (Peri, 2017), thereby worsening food insecurity (Shiferaw et al., 2014; Bene et al., 2015; Miyan, 2015; FAO et al., 2018; Ilboudo Nébié et al., 2021). Rising food prices can affect conflict, political instability and migration (Bush and Martiniello, 2017), but the relationship between climate change, political instability and conflict is often mediated by other underlying factors such as poor governance (Chapter 7.2.7, Mach et al., 2019; Selby, 2019).

Low-income urban and rural households who are net food buyers are particularly affected by food price increases, with reduction in consumption of diverse food groups (high confidence) (Green et al., 2013; Villasante et al., 2015; FAO et al., 2018). Depending on the context, particular groups, including women, ethnic and religious minorities, will be more vulnerable to worsening food insecurity from climate change impacts (Clay et al., 2018; Jantarasami et al., 2018; Nature climate change Editorials, 2019; Algur et al., 2021 and see Cross-Chapter Box GENDER in Chapter 18). Indigenous Peoples are often more vulnerable to climate change, due to conditions of poverty, limited resources, discrimination and marginalisation (high confidence) (Smith and Rhiney, 2016; Vinyeta et al., 2016; Jantarasami et al., 2018). Indigenous Peoples may experience loss of culturally significant foods and declining traditional ecological knowledge (Dounias and Ichikawa, 2017; Ross and Mason, 2020; 5.7).

5.12.3.3 Impacts on food utilisation and vulnerabilities

Food utilisation refers to the way the body most effectively uses food, and includes food preparation, food quality and intra-household distribution. Food utilisation is affected by climate change in several ways: food safety, dietary diversity and food quality (Aberman and Tirado, 2014).

Climate change have increased food safety risks (high confidence), including foodborne zoonotic animal diseases (5.5), and marine toxins from HABs (Sections 5.8, 5.9) and mycotoxins (Section 5.11). Other foodborne and waterborne infectious diseases such as cholera are further covered in Chapter 7.

Weather variability and extreme events (Seneviratne et al., 2021) have reduced availability and access to diverse foods to sell and to purchase in rural markets, thereby reducing access to affordable, diverse foods for both rural small-scale producers and net consumers, particularly for landlocked and low-income countries (high confidence) (Pant et al., 2014; Villasante et al., 2015; Alston and Akhter, 2016; FAO et al., 2018; Park et al., 2019; Niles et al., 2021) and otherwise marginalised communities (Algur et al., 2021). One study of 87 countries and 150 extreme events estimated that low-income food deficit and landlocked countries had reduced nutrient supply ranging from −1.6 to −7.6% of average supply, a significant portion of a healthy child’s average dietary intake (Park et al., 2019).

Rural children in low-income countries are at particular risk of undernutrition from climate change impacts, due to a combination of factors: potential reduction in food quantity and quality from heat impacts; greater exposure from outdoor play and agricultural activities; and increased likelihood of heat exhaustion and vector-borne and diarrheal diseases (Oppenheimer and Anttila-Hughes, 2016). A study of child growth data in 30 countries in Africa between 1993 and 2012 found that increased temperature was significantly related to children’s wasting (Baker and Anttila-Hughes, 2020). Another study examined 30 years of climate data and child dietary diversity outcomes in 19 countries, and found that higher-than-average annual temperatures correlated with declines in child diet diversity at levels equal to or greater than other factors which often are the focus of policy, such as market access or education (Niles et al., 2021).

5.12.3.4 Impacts on food stability

Climate change has already changed the start and duration of the growing season and increased variability of rainfall in some places, with impacts on food intake and nutritional status and income for low-income and small-scale producers (medium evidence, high agreement , (FAO et al., 2018; Cooper et al., 2019). Evidence to date suggests that climate change has negative impacts on the stability of food supply over the medium to long term, thereby affecting food stability (Myers et al., 2017b). Increasing number and intensity of adverse weather events, driven by climate change (Seneviratne et al., 2021), are important factors decreasing food stability, through reduced availability, increased local price volatility, reduced livelihoods for food producers and disruption to food transport (Toufique and Belton, 2014; Verma et al., 2014; Ruiz Meza, 2015; Clay et al., 2018; FAO et al., 2018; Mbow et al., 2019).

Box 5.9: Desert Locust Case Study: Climate as Compounding Effect on Food Security

At the end of 2019, desert locust swarms infested Eastern Africa and caused widespread damage to crops and pastures, threatening food security and livelihoods (Kimathi et al., 2020; Salih et al., 2020). The FAO estimates that over 200,000 ha of crop and pastureland were damaged, rendering 2 million people in the region acutely food insecure (IGAD, 2020). The desert locust infestation was facilitated by two tropical cyclones that created desert lakes in a usually dry region of Saudi Arabia. Moist soils, warm temperatures and ample vegetation provided a suitable environment for desert locust breeding and migration to Yemen and Somalia, where the pest remained uncontrolled due to conflict and spread to neighbouring countries. A series of political and socioeconomic weaknesses such as armed conflict, limited financial resources and lack of early actions compounded the impact of the current invasion and made it the most damaging in 70 years (Meynard et al., 2020; Salih et al., 2020).

Although desert locusts have been here for centuries, this recent outbreak can be linked to a unique feature of the positive IOD event, in part caused by long-term trends in SSTs (Wang et al., 2020a). The warming of the western Indian Ocean has increased frequency and intensity of severe weather, including tropical cyclones (Roxy et al., 2014; Murakami H, 2017; Roxy et al., 2017). Under a 1.5°C warmer climate, extreme positive IODs are anticipated to occur twice as often, which could also increase the occurrence of pest outbreaks (Cai et al., 2018).

Climate change increases the need for robust adaptation measures, such as transnational early-warning systems, biological control mechanisms, crop diversification and further technological innovations in areas of sound and light stimulants, remote sensing, and modelling for tracking and forecasting of movement (Maeno and Ould Babah Ebbe, 2018; Peng et al., 2020). The desert locust outbreak and the role of the Indian Ocean warming show that the impacts of climate change can increase unpredictable events. Extreme weather events act as a compounding effect, exacerbated further by weak governance systems, political instability, limited financial resources and poor early-warning systems (Meynard et al., 2020).

5.12.4 Projected Impacts on Food Security

5.12.4.1 Food availability and access

Climate change will have negative effects on food security and nutrition in 2050 (high agreement , medium evidence) (Amjath-Babu et al., 2016; Springmann et al., 2016; Lloyd et al., 2018; Richardson et al., 2018; see Chapter 7; Hasegawa et al., 2021a). How many people are affected will depend considerably on non-climatic drivers of food security (van Dijk et al., 2021), but modelling studies agreed that climate change would increase the risk of food insecurity. For example, one study comparing an RCP8.5 scenario with one that has zero climate impacts estimates 65 million additional people (10% increase) will experience food insecurity due to climate change impacts in 2050 (modelling results in Nelson et al., 2018). Another study accounting for climate extreme events estimates that, by 2050, the number of people at risk of hunger will increase by 20% and 11% under high- and low-emission scenarios, respectively, owing to a once-per-100-year extreme climate event (Hasegawa et al., 2021a). Sub-Saharan Africa and South Asia in this study were projected to be at the greatest risk, with triple the amount of South Asia’s current food reserves needed to offset such an extreme event. Models suggest that food security and malnutrition impacts will be much more severe from 2050 onwards relative to pre-2050, but the scale and extent of the impacts will strongly depend on the GHG emission scenario (FAO, 2018a; Richardson et al., 2018). Due to CIDs and non-climate drivers of food insecurity, Sub Saharan Africa is projected to be the hardest hit, followed by South Asia and Central and South America, but contingent on adaptation level (Richardson et al., 2018; Hasegawa et al., 2021a).

Without adaptive measures, heat stress impacts on agricultural labour will increase with climate change (high confidence) (Im et al., 2017; Levy and Roelofs, 2019; Hertel and de Lima, 2020). Climate-change-related heat stress will reduce outdoor physical work capacity on a global scale. Depending on GHG concentrations, some regions will experience losses of 200–250 outdoor workdays per year at century’s end. Using results from one study reporting experimental procedures to assess loss of work capacity (Foster et al., 2021), regions hardest hit in an SSP5-8.5 scenario include much of South Asia, tropical Sub-Saharan Africa and parts of Central and South America (Figure 5.18). de Lima et al. (2021) projected that negative impacts of warming on crop yields and labour capacity would affect crop production and cost for workers and labour-saving mechanisation, raising food price by 5% at +3° from the baseline period (1986–2005) globally, with significant implications for vulnerable regions (sub-Saharan Africa and Southeast Asia). Large uncertainties, however, exist around population diversity and adaptive capacity (Vanos et al., 2019). Agricultural labour productivity impacts of heat attributed to climate change are expected to be worse in low- and middle-income countries (Kjellstrom et al., 2016). Adaptation options needed to protect agricultural worker productivity outdoors and reduce occupational heat illnesses and deaths include cooled working environments, improved surveillance systems and education on the need to monitor (high confidence) (Xiang et al., 2016; Quiller et al., 2017; Flouris et al., 2018; Day et al., 2019; Vanos et al., 2019). Currently available options, however, are more difficult to achieve in lower-income economies (Kjellstrom et al., 2016; Im et al., 2017).

Figure 5.18 | The number of days per year where physical work capacity (PWC) is less than 60% based on average daily air temperature and relative humidity (Foster et al. , 2021). PWC is defined as the maximum physical work output that can be reasonably expected from an individual performing moderate-to-heavy work in a ‘cool’ reference environment of 15°C. Values plotted are from the early (A) and end of century (B) for SSP5-8.5 using ensemble means from the ISI-MIP CMIP6 data set. See SM5.4 for details.

Under higher-emission scenarios, food availability will be further reduced after 2050, due to the potential for widespread crop failure and decline in livestock and fisheries stocks (Mbow et al., 2014; Kelley et al., 2017; Challinor et al., 2018; Hendrix, 2018; Bindoff et al., 2019). At +3°C from the preindustrial era, all food production sectors will experience greater, and pronounced, losses due to climate change compared with +1.5°C or +2°C (see Sections 5.2, 5.4.3, 5.8.3 and 5.9.3).

Food insecurity from food price spikes due to reduced agricultural production associated with climate impact drivers such as drought can lead to both domestic and international conflict, including political instability (Abbott et al., 2017; Bush and Martiniello, 2017; WEF, 2017; D’Odorico et al., 2018; de Amorim et al., 2018;Chapter 7.2.7). While climate change impacts, including drought impacts on food security, are important risk factors for conflict, other key drivers are often more influential, including low socioeconomic development, limited state capacity, weak governance, intergroup inequities and recent histories of conflict (medium confidence) (Mach et al., 2019; Selby, 2019; Chapter 7.2.7). The interaction between extreme weather events, conflict and human migration may increase vulnerability of particular communities of low-income countries (WEF, 2017; D’Odorico et al., 2018; de Amorim et al., 2018; Chapter 7). Further research is needed to better understand how increased drought risk under future climate change might affect food prices and water availability (Abbott et al., 2017).

5.12.4.2 Projected Impacts on Food Safety and Quality

Increasing levels of CO2 directly contribute to reduced food quality by reducing levels of protein, iron, zinc and some vitamins, varying by crop species and cultivars (high confidence) (Section 5.4.3, Myers et al., 2014; Smith and Haddad, 2015; Bisbis et al., 2018; Scheelbeek et al., 2018; Weyant et al., 2018; Zhu et al., 2018a). Higher levels of CO2 are predicted to lead to 5–10% reductions in a wide range of minerals and nutrients (Loladze, 2014). Climate warming will also reduce food quality of seafood, by changing the LC-PUFA content in phytoplankton (Section 5.8; Hixson and Arts, 2016).

5.12.4.3 Reaching Sustainable Development Goal 2

Current projections indicate that it is highly likely that the UN SDG2 (‘Zero Hunger’) by 2030 will not be achieved, with climate impacts on one of several drivers of food security and nutrition preventing this goal, including in Africa, Small Island States and South Asia (high confidence) (FAO et al., 2018; Otekunrin et al., 2019; Singh et al., 2019; Atukunda et al., 2021; Kumar et al., 2021; Vogliano et al., 2021). Integrated policy strategies that consider synergies and trade-offs between different food system components would strengthen the likelihood of meeting SDG2 goals (Dyngeland et al., 2020; Lipper et al., 2020; Vogliano et al., 2021) (Grosso et al., 2020). Adaptation options which address climate risks for food security and nutrition are discussed below.

Box 5.10: Food Safety Interactions with Food Security and Malnutrition

Climate change significantly increases the future food safety risks (high confidence) (Sections 5.8.2, 5.8.3, 5.11.1, Box 5.9). Increasing temperatures and drought stress are expected to lead to greater aflatoxin contamination of food crops. Aflatoxins, a major foodborne hazard, contaminate staple crops and are associated with various health risks, including stunting in children and cancer (Koshiol et al., 2017). In LICs, children with high exposure to aflatoxins were found to be more likely to suffer from micronutrient (zinc and vitamin A) deficiencies (Watson et al., 2016b). Climate change is expected to cause decreases in micro- and macronutrient content of foods, leading to an increased burden of infectious diseases, diarrhea and anaemia, with an estimated 10% increase in disability-adjusted life years (DALYs) by 2050 associated with undernutrition and micronutrient deficiencies (Aberman and Tirado, 2014; Smith and Myers, 2018; Weyant et al., 2018; Zhu et al., 2018a; Ebi and Loladze, 2019; FAO, 2020a; Sulser et al., 2021b).

Children in low-income countries will be at greater risk of undernutrition from these multiple climate change impacts, including lower food availability, quality and safety and increased risk of diarrheal disease (high confidence) (Aberman and Tirado, 2014). One study of 30 countries in Africa estimated that, by 2100, increased temperatures under RCP8.5 could increase children’s wasting by 37% in western Africa and 25% in southern Africa (Baker and Anttila-Hughes, 2020).

The combination of climate change and the presence of arsenic in paddy rice fields is expected to increase the toxic heavy metal content of rice and reduce production by 2100, threatening food security and food safety mainly in low-income countries where rice is the main staple (Neumann et al., 2017; Muehe et al., 2019; Farhat et al., 2021).

Table 5.17 | Examples of adaptation responses to drought and floods by food security level and time frame. Adapted from Ilboudo Nébié et al. (2021) Table 4, with information from Bahadur et al. (2015); Costella et al. (2017); Gros et al. (2019); Ulrichs et al. (2019); Medina Hidalgo et al. (2020); Bacon et al. (2021); and Verschuur et al. (2021).

Food insecurity level and time frame of adaptation

Adaptation response to drought or floods

Acute, short term

Moderate, medium term

Chronic, long term

Resilience type

Forecast-based financing (provides unconditional cash in advance of extreme event)

X

Anticipatory: people and systems are better prepared for climate shock by reduced exposure or vulnerability.

Early-warning systems/climate services and education for disaster preparation

X

X

X

Social protection programmes with regular provisions which allow for asset building, e.g., savings, building of informal networks, purchase of livestock

X

X

Humanitarian food aid and malnutrition treatment

X

X

Absorptive capacity: people or systems cope with climate-related shocks or systems while and immediately after they occur.

Home-grown nutrition-sensitive school feeding programmes

X

X

Social protection programmes with short-term targeted response, e.g., short-term cash transfers, food assistance for asset building such as wells

X

Weather index insurance program

X

X

X

Regional grain banks run by farmer associations

X

X

Adaptive capacity: can adjust to long-term climate risks and disasters, reduce vulnerability to future shocks.

Savings, credit and local food procurement support for smallholder farmers

X

X

Agroecosystem diversification, other agroecological practices to strengthen ecosystem services in long term (see Box 5.10)

X

X

Rainwater evacuation infrastructure combined with flood management and waste collection and urban gardening

X

X

Drought- or flood-resistant crop varieties

X

X

Expand trade partners beyond climactically connected partners

X

X

Gender transformative or responsive agriculture programmes

X

X

5.12.5 Adaptation Options for Food Security and Nutrition

Since AR5, there has been increased research on adaptation options that address climate risks for food security and nutrition. In this section, cultivar improvements, urban and peri-urban agriculture, changing dietary patterns, integrated multi-sectoral approaches and rights-based approaches are assessed for their potential as an adaptation option that addresses food security and nutrition. Feasibility and effectiveness assessment of several options is in Section 5.1 4.

5.12.5.1 Potential, barriers and challenges for genetically modified crops to address food security and nutrition

While biotechnology can be used as an adaptation strategy (Section 5.4.4.3), there is low confidence that genetically modified (GM) crops can increase food security and nutrition in smallholder farming systems relative to alternative agronomic strategies (National Academies of Sciences Engineering and Medicine, 2016; Qaim, 2016). Some underline their potential in building resilience to changing climatic conditions, in the form of enhanced drought/heat tolerance, pest/disease protection and/or reduced land usage, thus serving to bolster food security and nutrition (Sainger et al., 2015; Muzhinji and Ntuli, 2021). Others suggest that the empirical evidence supporting GM crops as a climate-resilience strategy remains thin (Leonelli, 2018). Technical and social barriers and potential solutions are summarised in Table 5.15.

Table 5.15 | Barriers, challenges and potential solutions for GM crops.

Barriers and challenges

Examples and potential solutions to barriers

Major challenges as a food security and nutrition adaptation include the introgression of GM traits into host varieties (Dowd-Uribe, 2014), and confusion around proper growing practices that can accelerate resistance (Iversen et al., 2014; Fischer et al., 2015). The combination of the kinds of traits and restrictions that come from the predominant intellectual property rights instruments used in their commercialisation, and concentration of plant and animal breeding industry (Bonny, 2017) mean that benefits from released GM crops tend to be captured disproportionately by farmers with more land, wealth and education (Afidchao et al., 2014; Ali and Rahut, 2018; Azadi et al., 2018) but also increase debt levels for growers (Dowd-Uribe, 2014; Leguizamón, 2014).

Underlying gender inequities also play a critical role in shaping food security and nutrition outcomes associated with the introduction of GM crops, in part due to unequal control over income and agricultural decision making; in some cases, women reported decreased workload and enhanced decision-making power (Gouse et al., 2016), while in others the introduction of GM crops could increase workload and devalue womens’ role as seed savers (Carro-Ripalda and Astier, 2014; Addison and Schnurr, 2016).

Major hurdles for GM crops include translating promising research results into real-world farming systems and consumer trust in the food product. Experimental programmes have been dogged by issues, including complications with the introgression of GM traits into high-performing varieties (Dowd-Uribe and Schnurr, 2016; Stone and Glover, 2017), strict management regimes that clash with the realities of smallholder agricultural systems (Iversen et al., 2014; Whitfield et al., 2015), and a lack of attention to farmer decision making (Schnurr, 2019).

One case study is the Water Efficient Maize for Africa (WEMA) programme, a public–private partnership that transplants a cold shock protein B, known as Droughtgard, into maize in order to mitigate yield losses from drought. Proponents suggest that this GM venture, which will be distributed free to smallholder farmers, represents the best strategy for ensuring stable yields in the face of climatic change across Africa (Kyetere et al., 2019). Critics argue that WEMA maize is not a good fit with the smallholder farming systems it is designed to benefit, with particular concerns around how farmers will access the extra inputs, credit and labour that WEMA maize requires to be successful (Schnurr, 2019).

Emergent genome-edited crops are considered a more precise, accessible and accelerated means of targeting stressors that matter to poor farmers, but evidence is limited (Kole et al., 2015; Haque et al., 2018; Zaidi et al., 2019). A more iterative and flexible adaptation approach beyond just genomic improvement to tackle the multiplicity of factors limiting smallholder production is anticipated to increase the likelihood that these promising technologies can enhance food security and nutrition (medium confidence) (Giller et al., 2017; Stone, 2017; Montenegro de Wit, 2019).

To address food security and nutrition, future breeding needs to move from just enhancing agronomic traits of a single crop to improving multiple traits of multiple crops suited to local conditions that will increase climate resilience of farming systems. To make breeding technologies scale-neutral, the policy structure needs to support and protect smallholders (medium confidence).

5.12.5.2 Urban and peri-urban agriculture, vertical and horizontal

Urban areas have more than half of the global population and consume about 70% of the total food supply (FAO, 2019b). The urban population is projected to grow further to about 70% of the global population by 2050 (UN, 2018). Direct evidence supporting climate resilience of urban and peri-urban agriculture (UPA) is limited and contextual, but there is medium confidence of multi-functional benefits from UPA, depending on regions and types of UPA (Artmann and Sartison, 2018; Kareem et al., 2020). UPA takes different forms of production, and can be broadly classified into four categories, depending on operating characteristics and capital inputs (Table 5.16) (Goldstein et al., 2016). Controlled environments can protect crops, livestock and fish from extreme weather events or pest and disease outbreak (Mohareb et al., 2017). Innovative indoor farming such as vertical farming can be highly productive with minimal water and nutrient supply but can be capital intensive with high energy demand (O’Sullivan et al., 2019), and those with aquaponics can be water demanding (Love et al., 2015). Currently, commodities are often limited to crops with short growing seasons such as leafy vegetables. Vertically grown crops are more expensive than field-grown produce and, thus, not accessible for low-income urban dwellers (Al-Kodmany, 2018). Community and institutional unconditioned (outdoor) farms and gardens are better positioned to provide increased access to healthy food to those who need it (Eigenbrod and Gruda, 2015; Goodman and Minner, 2019).

Table 5.16 | Urban agriculture classifications based on operating characteristics and capital inputs (Goldstein et al., 2016; O’Sullivan et al., 2019), and a summary of literature search on positive and negative aspects.

Summary of urban and peri-urban agriculture and evidence for improved food security and nutrition

Urban agriculture has two components: vertical (e.g., grown on or in buildings) and horizontal (grown on land within urban boundaries, in backyards and marginal spaces). The horizontal component of urban and peri-urban agriculture (UPA) has gained attention because of multiple functions that could improve food systems and ecosystem services under climate change (Revi et al., 2014; Artmann and Sartison, 2018; FAO, 2019b; Mbow et al., 2019; Chapter 6).

UPA cannot fully feed urban dwellers within its boundaries but can make an important contribution to local food security and nutrition (medium confidence) (Martellozzo et al., 2014; Badami and Ramankutty, 2015; Algert et al., 2016; Mohareb et al., 2017; Clinton et al., 2018; Kriewald et al., 2019). UPA is also expected to play important roles in ecosystem functions in addition to alleviating food shocks caused by natural disasters and reducing food mileage.

Categoriesand Description

Synergies

Trade-offs

Ground-based Unconditioned

Traditional, peri-urban field farms, market gardens, community farms, community gardens, home gardens.

Building-integrated Unconditioned

Rooftop gardens, balcony agriculture, and green wall, but production quantity is small.

Ground-based Conditioned

  • Controlled environments can protect crops, livestock and fish from extreme weather events or pest and disease outbreak (Mohareb et al., 2017).
  • Some building-integrated conditioned farms can utilise wastewater and waste heat from buildings or other urban source (De Zeeuw et al., 2011; Thomaier et al., 2015; Mohareb et al., 2017).
  • Innovative indoor farming such as vertical farming (VF) is highly productive with minimal water and nutrient supply, but highly energy-demanding (O’Sullivan et al., 2019).
  • Some initiatives combine with social justice goals and use abandoned buildings in low-income neighbourhoods to grow diverse food types for addressing food security of low-income groups (Thomaier et al., 2015; Horst et al., 2017).
  • Power outages and/or system failure can easily destroy the production system (Small et al., 2019).
  • Initial costs and energy requirements are substantially higher than those of unconditioned farms (Goodman and Minner, 2019; O’Sullivan et al., 2019).
  • GHG emissions may be higher than conventional rural agriculture (Santo et al., 2016) and full mitigation potential only realised with low-energy systems (WGIII, 12.4).
  • Commodities are often limited to short-cycled crops such as leafy vegetables and herbs, and the produce is more expensive, making it difficult for the urban poor to access (O’Sullivan et al., 2019).

Horticultural farms using glasshouses or polyhouses. Often exist on the city fringes.

Aquaponics that grow fish in aquaculture systems and re-use nutrient-rich wastewater. One of the few options that provide proteins in urban farms.

Building integrated Conditioned

Rooftop glasshouses, fully indoor, artificially lit plant factories. Recent advancements include production using vertical stacks to produce more food per land area.

Indoor aquaculture is also included.

Many UPA farmers are migrant workers or other socially marginalised racial and ethnic groups and often limited by access to land (Lawanson et al., 2014; Horst et al., 2017). There is high agreement that proactive policies for urban design accounting for food–energy nexus and social inclusion including addressing questions of governance and rights to green urban spaces are necessary to enhance food provisioning and to gain multiple functions of UPA (Lwasa et al., 2014; Horst et al., 2017; Mohareb et al., 2017; Siegner et al., 2018; O’Sullivan et al., 2019; Titz and Chiotha, 2019; Halvey et al., 2020).

5.12.6 Changing Dietary Patterns

Dietary change in regions with excess consumption of calories and animal-sourced foods to a higher share of plant-based foods with greater dietary diversity and reduced consumption of animal-sourced foods and unhealthy foods (as defined by scientific panels such as EAT-Lancet) has both mitigation and adaptation benefits along with reduced mortality from diet related non-communicable diseases, health, biodiversity and other environmental co-benefits (high confidence) (Springmann et al., 2016; Springmann et al., 2018; Branca et al., 2019; Henry et al., 2019; Searchinger et al., 2019; Swinburn et al., 2019; Willett et al., 2019; Rosenzweig et al., 2020; Chapter 7.4.2.1.3 and WGIII Chapter 12). Reducing food waste, especially of environment- and climate-costly foods would further extend these benefits (Rosenzweig et al., 2020 and see Section 5.11).

Dietary behaviour is complex: shaped by the broader food system (HLPE, 2017a), the food environment (Herforth and Ahmed, 2015; Turner et al., 2018) and socio-cultural factors (Fischler, 1988). Since most food-related decisions are made at a subconscious level (Marteau et al., 2012), achieving dietary change for personal health reasons has proven difficult; it seems unlikely that dietary change for climate will be achieved without careful attention to the factors that shape dietary choice and behaviour. Food environments, defined as ‘the physical, economic, political and socio-cultural context in which consumers engage with the food system to make their decisions about acquiring, preparing and consuming food’ (HLPE, 2017a): 28), include food availability, accessibility, price/ affordability, food characteristics, desirability, convenience and marketing.

There are a range of options to change dietary patterns, but more research is needed in this area, adjusted to the regional, socioeconomic and cultural context. Studies of policy instruments to change diets include changes in subsidies, taxes, marketing regulation and efforts to change the retail physical environment. Subsidies directed at staple foods and animal sourced foods could be shifted towards diversified production of plant-based foods in order to change the relative price of foods and, thus, dietary choice (Franck et al., 2013; Harris et al., 2021). Taxes on animal-sourced foods that are climate-costly and unhealthy, as defined by scientific panels such as the EAT-Lancet report, could similarly impact relative price (Mbow et al., 2019; Willett et al., 2019). Regulation of marketing could change desirability of climate-unfriendly and unhealthy foods (Willett et al., 2019). Many of the same strategies used to increase sales by conventional food marketing efforts hold potential to change the desirability and people’s preferences for plant foods which are strongly shaped by social–cultural norms. Studies have shown that changes to the number, placing or prevalence of vegetarian options on a menu (Bacon and Krpan, 2018; Kurz, 2018; Garnett et al., 2019; Gravert and Kurz, 2019), the relative price of vegetarian options (Garnett et al., 2021) and the ‘access’ (order and distance) to vegetarian options in the retail physical environment (Garnett et al., 2020) can all increase consumption of plant-based foods and decrease meat consumption (Bianchi et al., 2018). Studies on food environment ‘nudging’ methods found that making the vegetarian meal option the default during conference registration or on a meal plan significantly reduced meat consumption (Campbell-Arvai et al., 2012; Hansen et al., 2019b). Studies simply educating people about the negative health and environmental/climate outcomes of meat consumption have been found to have very little impact (Byerly et al., 2018). More research is needed to understand the potential for motivational crowding in shaping pro-climate dietary choice, as has been demonstrated in development (Agrawal et al., 2015) and conservation interventions (Rode et al., 2015).

5.12.7 Integrated Multisectoral Food Security and Nutrition Adaptation Options

Integrated multi-sectoral strategies that incorporate social protection are effective adaptation responses (high confidence) (Gros et al., 2019; Ulrichs et al., 2019; Medina Hidalgo et al., 2020; Daron et al., 2021; Ilboudo Nébié et al., 2021; Verschuur et al., 2021; 7.4.2, Cross-Chapter Box-GENDER in Chapter 18). Social protection programmes, such as cash transfers, weather index insurance and asset-building activities such as well construction, can support short-term responses to acute food insecurity in response to extreme events but can also build adaptive capacity longer term (Table 5.16, Costella et al., 2017; Ulrichs et al., 2019). An assessment of an adaptive social protection programme in the Sahel found that tailored seasonal forecasting can improve responsiveness to climate-related extreme events, but investment in capacity building and dialogue between forecasters, community groups and humanitarian organisations is needed (Daron et al., 2021). Forecast-based financing, which automatically disperses funds when threshold forecasts are reached for an extreme event (Coughlan de Perez et al., 2016), used in Bangladesh prior to a 2017 flood event allowed low-income, flood-prone communities to access better-quality food in the short term without accruing debt (Gros et al., 2019).

Differentiated responses based on food security level and climate risk can be effective. A study of drought impacts on food security in Senegal between 1997 and 2016 recommended different adaptation strategies based on whether the region was a higher risk of acute short-term food insecurity and/or faced higher risk of drought (Table 5.16; Ilboudo Nébié et al., 2021). Given identified linkages between higher temperatures and extreme events with declines in child dietary diversity, safeguarding diverse diets is one important adaptation priority (Niles et al., 2021). Humanitarian responses are appropriate for short-term acute hunger, while in the medium term, home-grown school feeding programmes with diverse foods can support child nutrition and learning, and with local procurement can also increase income and food security of smallholder farmers (Ilboudo Nébié et al., 2021). Farmer associations can manage regional staple food storehouses, in which farmers store their harvest and receive credit, and can sell their harvest later in the season and pay back the credit with interest, strengthening local supplies and farmer income (Ilboudo Nébié et al., 2021).

A study in Lesotho examined the extent to which climate change increased the likelihood of an acute drought in 2007, and a related food crisis (Verschuur et al., 2021). Given land degradation, reliance on rainfed agriculture and food imports from neighbouring South Africa, the study recommended crop diversification, increased use of drought tolerant crop varieties and expanded trade partners in the medium to long term, to both strengthen regional food production and reduce risk of crop failure and the likelihood of climate-induced drought from trade partners reducing food imports (Verschuur et al., 2021). A longitudinal study of smallholder coffee farmers in Nicaragua found that crop diversification, alongside crop management and varietal improvement, would help farmers strengthen food security long term in the face of climate hazards such as drought and coffee leaf rust (Bacon et al., 2021). Another medium- to long-term adaptation response is to address systemic gender, land tenure and other social inequities as part of an inclusive approach (Bezner Kerr et al., 2019; Khatri-Chhetri et al., 2020; Bacon et al., 2021). This long-term strategy could be part of a human-rights-based approach (HRBA, 5.12.8)

5.12.8 Incorporating Human Rights-Based Approaches into Food Systems

A human rights-based approach (HRBA), endorsed by the UN, is one strategy for addressing core inequities that are key drivers for food insecurity and malnutrition of particular groups such as low-income consumers, children, women, small-scale producers and different regions of the world (FAO, 2013; Claeys and Delgado Pugley, 2017; Caron et al., 2018; Le Mouël et al., 2018; Springmann et al., 2018; Tramel, 2018; HLPE, 2019; Willett et al., 2019). Climate change impacts, mitigation and adaptation approaches can also worsen inequities (Eastin, 2018; Borras et al., 2020). HRBA includes core principles of participation, accountability, non-discrimination, transparency, human rights, empowerment and rule of law, which can be integrated into policymaking and implementation as part of transforming the food system (FAO, 2013; Caron et al., 2018; Toussaint and Martínez Blanco, 2020). The right to well-being can serve as the overarching umbrella of HRBA to addressing climate change within food systems and includes a right to health, right to food, cultural rights, the rights of the child and the right to healthy environment (Swinburn et al., 2019). An HRBA has a specific focus on those groups who are vulnerable due to poverty, discrimination and historical inequities and involves meaningful participation of vulnerable groups in governance, design and implementation of adaptation and mitigation strategies, including gender responsiveness and integration of Indigenous Peoples’ knowledge (UNHRC 2017; Caron et al., 2018; Mills, 2018). There can be conflicts and trade-offs, such as between addressing land rights or traditional fishing grounds, the right to food, and addressing climate justice concerns (Mills, 2018; Borras et al., 2020; Section 5.13). Adaptation strategies that incorporate HRBA include legislation, programmes that address gender inequities in agriculture, agroecology, recognition of rights to land, fishing areas and other natural resources, protection of culturally significant seeds, and community-based adaptation that explicitly involves marginalised groups in governance (Mills, 2018; Tramel, 2018; Huyer et al., 2019; Borras et al., 2020; Section 5.1 4).

5.13 Climate-Change-Triggered Competition, Trade-offs and Nexus Interactions in Land and Ocean

This section presents information about the impacts generated by competition and trade-offs in food systems and discusses opportunities and challenges associated with the use of the Nexus framework.

5.13.1 Impacts of Global Land Deals on Land Use, Vulnerable Groups and Adaptation to Climate Change

Land deals, also known as large-scale land acquisitions (LSLAs), describe recent changes in access to land globally (Borras et al., 2011). Since 2000, at least 160 million hectares have been under negotiation (Land Matrix, 2021). Land deals surged after the 2007–2008 food price crisis and farmland investment boom (Fairbairn, 2014), with a diverse range of drivers (Arezki et al., 2015; Zoomers and Otsuki, 2017; Conigliani et al., 2018) including land-based climate change interventions (Dunlap and Fairhead, 2014; Davis et al., 2015a; Hunsberger et al., 2017; Franco and Borras, 2019). Examples are the expansion of biofuel crops (e.g., Yengoh and Armah, 2016; Aha and Ayitey, 2017), afforestation and reforestation (A/R) projects (Olwig et al., 2016; Richards and Lyons, 2016; Scheidel and Work, 2018), REDD+ (Bayrak and Marafa, 2016; Ingalls et al., 2018), conservation areas (Lunstrum, 2016; Schleicher et al., 2019), renewable energy installations (e.g., Sovacool, 2021) or natural disaster management (e.g. Uson, 2017).

Land deals raise important social justice questions (Franco et al., 2017; Hunsberger et al., 2017; Borras and Franco, 2018b; Borras et al., 2020; Sekine, 2021) (high confidence). Specific impacts of land deals vary according to their purpose, location, actors, land use history and procedural aspects. However, multi-case analyses identify severe adverse impacts (Table 5.18). LSLAs are a significant driver of tropical forest loss (Davis et al., 2020), increasing emissions through deforestation (Liao et al., 2021) and industrialisation of agriculture (Rosa et al., 2021). LSLAs entail large water appropriations (Breu et al., 2016; Chiarelli et al., 2016; Adams et al., 2019), affecting local populations’ access to water and food security (Dell’Angelo et al., 2018; Veldwisch et al., 2018). By increasing exported crops, and limiting local populations’ access to land, LSLAs produce food security risks (Marselis et al., 2017; Müller et al., 2021b). Negative livelihoods impacts arise through enclosure of assets, elite capture (Oberlack et al., 2016), crowding out of small farmers (Nolte and Ostermeier, 2017) and reducing local populations’ access to commons (Dell’Angelo et al., 2016; Giger et al., 2019). Indigenous People are affected, facing high levels of violence in land acquisition conflicts (Dell’Angelo et al., 2021). The social burdens of land deals tend to be gendered (e.g., Fonjong et al., 2016; Nyantakyi-Frimpong and Bezner Kerr, 2017; Atuoye et al., 2021).

Table 5.18 | Adverse social and ecological risks and impacts of agricultural land deals on land use and vulnerable groups.

Land use dimensions

Impacts and implications

References (2014 to present)

Forestry

Direct and indirect land use change provoked by LSLAs accelerates deforestation of tropical forests globally (medium confidence).

Multi-case analyses

Davis et al. (2020)

Case study examples

Davis et al. (2015b)

Scheidel and Work (2018), Magliocca et al. (2020)

Energy use and access

Expected land use changes provoked by agricultural LSLAs have high fossil-energy footprints. LSLAs may adversely affect local populations’ access to energy resources (medium confidence).

Multi-case analyses

Rosa et al. (2021)

Carbon emissions

LSLAs have high carbon footprints resulting from deforestation and industrialisation of agriculture (medium confidence).

Multi-case analyses

Liao et al. (2021)

Rosa et al. (2021)

Case study examples

Johansson et al. (2020)

Liao et al. (2020)

Water use and access

LSLAs frequently involve water appropriations, which may affect access to water, traditional agriculture and the human right to food of local populations (medium confidence).

Multi-case analyses

Breu et al. (2016)

Chiarelli et al. (2016)

Dell’Angelo et al. (2018)

Case study examples

Adams et al. (2019)

Tejada and Rist (2018)

Food security and nutrition

LSLAs pose food security risks by re-orienting crop production to nutrient-poor crops predominantly destined for export, and/or excluding local populations from agricultural land (high confidence).

Multi-case analyses

Cristina Rulli and D’Odorico (2014)

Mechiche-Alami et al. (2021)

Marselis et al. (2017)

Müller et al. (2021b)

Conceptual studies

Häberli and Smith (2014)

Case study examples

Shete and Rutten (2015)

Mabe et al. (2019)

Bruna (2019)

Hules and Singh (2017)

Moreda (2018)

Atuoye et al. (2021)

Livelihoods

LSLAs often lead to adverse livelihood impacts and increased livelihood vulnerability of local populations (high confidence).

Multi-case analyses

Davis et al. (2014)

Oberlack et al. (2016)

Nolte and Ostermeier, 2017)

Vandergeten et al. (2016)

Schoneveld (2017)

Conceptual studies

Zoomers and Otsuki (2017)

Case study examples

Richards and Lyons (2016)

Shete and Rutten (2015)

Yengoh and Armah (2016)

Mabe et al. (2019)

Gyapong (2020)

Indigenous People and commons

LSLAs often have adverse impacts on Indigenous peoples and lands, including land encroachment, dispossession, and displacement.

Land deals frequently target common land and may increase the vulnerability of customary, traditional, and Indigenous systems common property, while reducing their adaptive capacity (high confidence).

Multi-case analyses

Dell’Angelo et al. (2016)

Giger et al. (2019)

Dell’Angelo et al. (2021)

Conceptual studies

Haller et al. (2020)

Case study examples

Olwig et al. (2016)

Moreda (2017)

Montefrio (2017)

Scheidel and Work (2018)

Konforti (2018)

Pietilainen and Otero (2019)

Mingorría (2018)

Bukari and Kuusaana (2018)

Haller (2019)

Hak et al. (2018)

Gabay and Alam (2017)

Imbong (2021)

Gender

Impacts and implications of land deals are sometimes experienced in different ways by different genders (high confidence).

Case study examples

Tsikata and Yaro (2014)

Yengoh et al. (2015)

Fonjong et al. (2016)

Nyantakyi-Frimpong and Bezner Kerr (2017)

Elmhirst et al. (2017)

Bottazzi et al. (2018)

Ndi (2019)

Osabuohien et al. (2019)

Porsani et al. (2019)

Atuoye et al. (2021)

Impacts on other climate change mitigation and adaptation initiatives

LSLAs may undermine mitigation and adaptation initiatives and other land uses relevant for climate change mitigation and adaptation (high confidence).

Multi-case analyses

Carter et al. (2017)

Case study examples

Borras et al. (2020)

Gabay and Alam (2017)

Nyantakyi-Frimpong (2020b)

Scheidel and Work (2018)

Rodríguez-de-Francisco et al. (2021)

Other environmental impacts

LSLAs are projected to provoke global environmental change; LSLAs are a potential driver of slope instability; LSLAs affect natural habitats such as tiger landscapes; LSLAs jeopardize biodiversity (low confidence).

Lazarus (2014)

Chiarelli et al.(2021)

Debonne et al.(2019)

Balehegn (2015)

Local populations can experience declining access to livelihood resources and deteriorating food security, increasing gendered vulnerabilities (Yengoh et al., 2015; Faye and Ribot, 2017; Atuoye et al., 2021). Vulnerable groups displaced by land deals may face higher exposure to climate change (Dell’Angelo et al., 2017). LSLAs affecting common-pool resources governed by Indigenous institutions jeopardise the resilience and adaptive capacity of local socio-ecological systems (Dell’Angelo et al., 2016; D’Odorico et al., 2017; Hak et al., 2018; Haller, 2019; Haller et al., 2020). Growing land tenure insecurity may force farmers to engage in unsustainable farming and forestry practices (Aha and Ayitey, 2017; Gabay and Alam, 2017) and hinder agroecological innovations to manage climate risks (Nyantakyi-Frimpong, 2020b). Social justice concerns and vulnerability of local populations can be addressed by promoting land redistribution and recognition, particularly for customary lands of Indigenous and ethnic minorities, and land restitution to those who were forcibly displaced (Franco et al., 2015; Borras and Franco, 2018a).

5.13.2 Trade-offs Generated by Agricultural Intensification and Expansion

Agricultural intensification seeks to increase agricultural productivity per input unit, reducing the pressure on land use and generating positive impacts in GHG emissions (Mbow et al., 2019), but valuing the final effect requires common metrics in terms of carbon capture or emission reductions (Searchinger et al., 2018). It has been suggested to address multiple SDGs (SDG2, SDG13, SDG15) but only occasionally leads to simultaneous positive ecosystem service and well-being outcomes (Rasmussen et al., 2018). When the process relies only on increasing input use, there is a risk of generating adverse outcomes that may override positive effects, such as CO2 emissions, (McGill et al., 2018), NOx emissions (Hickman et al., 2017), soil salinisation and groundwater depletion (Doody et al., 2015; Daliakopoulos et al., 2016; Fragaszy and Closas, 2016; Foster et al., 2018; Flörke et al., 2019). Agricultural intensification could meet short-term food security and livelihood goals, but reduces biological and landscape diversity, and ecosystem services (high confidence) (Campbell et al., 2017; Balmford et al., 2018; Springmann et al., 2018; Ickowitz et al., 2019; Mbow et al., 2019). Agricultural intensification can also affect livelihoods of small-scale producers, compromising food security. It can increase low-waged casual farm work, increasing gender and income inequity (Bigler et al., 2017; Clay and King, 2019; Table 5.18).

Land available for provisioning ecosystem services is declining in many places because of agricultural expansion, bioenergy crops and reforestation for mitigation (Kongsager, 2018), with adverse climate impacts (Froese and Schilling, 2019). Cropland expansion can deteriorate biodiversity (Delzeit et al., 2017), water quality (Ayala et al., 2016) and carbon storage (Goldstein et al., 2012) and increase water demands (Yokohata et al., 2020).

A systems-based perspective on land use is needed to address climate change impacts on nutrition security and ecosystem services (Springmann et al., 2018; IPCC, 2019b; Willett et al., 2019). Land sparing sets aside some land for conservation purposes and intensifies production on farmland (Balmford et al., 2018; Benton et al., 2018; IPCC, 2019b), with potential to offset GHG emissions (Lamb et al., 2016). Alternatively, ‘land sharing’ approach employs principles such as minimising fossil-fuel-based inputs, maximising synergies, and addressing climate change mitigation and adaptation as well as biodiversity (Kremen and Miles, 2012; Kremen, 2015; Kremen and Merenlender, 2018; HLPE, 2019; Section 5.1 4, Box on Agroecology). Community-managed initiatives can address biodiversity and ecosystem conservation, livelihoods, food provisioning and other ecosystem services (Kremen and Merenlender, 2018; HLPE, 2019).

The concept of sustainable intensification has emerged, looking for enhancements in environmental outcomes, while maintaining or increasing agricultural systems performance. There is a potential to find synergies between agricultural production and landscape systems if systems are designed to operate within planetary boundaries (Rockström et al., 2017; Liao and Brown, 2018; Pretty, 2018; Pretty et al., 2018).

5.13.3 Competition between Food Systems in Land and Ocean

Livestock and aquaculture feeds utilise crops such as soyabean and maize, with food conversion efficiencies similar in chicken and Atlantic salmon, and higher in pigs and cattle (Troell et al., 2014; Fry et al., 2018b; Fry et al., 2018a). Use of wild fish meal and oil has been decreasing, partly due to concerns regarding vulnerable small pelagic fish stocks (Bindoff et al., 2019). The instability of wild fish stocks has increased terrestrial crop feed components (Troell et al., 2014; Blanchard et al., 2017; FAO, 2017; Cottrell et al., 2018). The use of wild fish in fish feeds that may have been directly consumed may put low-income households at risk of food insecurity (Troell et al., 2014). An increasing demand for aquaculture products intensifies competition for feed supplies (medium confidence) (Troell et al., 2014; Blanchard et al., 2017). Increases in demands for animal protein and shifts to pescatarian diets will increase the existing competition for land resources, particularly in low- and medium-income countries, with negative impacts on food security (Makkar, 2018), but may be mitigated by dietary changes, novel feeds and food waste usage for aquatic systems (Berners-Lee et al., 2018; Hua et al., 2019; Cottrell et al., 2020).

Competition over use of major aquaculture feed crops (Fry et al., 2016) with terrestrial livestock (Troell et al., 2014), and fish use by terrestrial livestock, will also place pressure on fish and crop resources (medium confidence) (Cottrell et al., 2018). Increases in feed prices will affect fish and meat prices (Troell et al., 2014), and changes in agriculture will be needed to satisfy aquaculture demands (Blanchard et al., 2017). Aquaculture and livestock dietary components may also compromise crops and forage fish that provide essential nutrients for low-income households increasing nutritional insecurity, in regions of sub-Saharan Africa, Asia and Latin America (Troell et al., 2014). Waste fish products can supplement fish meal and oil to reduce competition for feed, as well as reducing use of fish that could go to human consumption (medium confidence) (Little et al., 2016; Shepherd et al., 2017; Dave and Routray, 2018; Naylor et al., 2021). Use of algae, bacteria, yeast and insect diets could replace fishmeal for aquaculture (Cohen et al., 2018; Hua et al., 2019; Cottrell et al., 2020), not affecting nutritional profiles (Campanaro et al., 2019), and fish could be reared on waste by-products of other food production systems (Bava et al., 2019). Complete fish oil substitutions with microalgae may be possible without compromising omega-3 contents, but energy usage in diet production should be considered Cottrell et al. (2020). Substitutions of plant-based and alternative feeds may decrease food conversion efficiencies (Cottrell et al., 2020), affect omega-3 content of farmed seafood (Fry et al., 2016; Shepherd et al., 2017), be problematic for the fish themselves (Little et al., 2016; Naylor et al., 2021) and lead to reduced productivity (Shepherd et al., 2017).

Competition will be heightened by other climate impacts, such as changes in water availability. Water usage is relatively high in animal production (Abraham et al., 2014; Sultana et al., 2014; de Miguel et al., 2015; Palhares and Pezzopane, 2015; Weindl et al., 2017). In some areas, increased demand for plant-based animal feeds will be affected by sea level rise and competing usage of available freshwater with other users, and ecosystem needs (Karttunen et al., 2017).

5.13.3.1 Agricultural and river runoff

Flooding on agricultural land will enhance nutrient runoff, creating eutrophication and increasing harmful phytoplankton blooms, affecting fisheries and aquaculture, human health and ecosystem biodiversity. Changes in precipitation, monsoons, runoff and flood potential combine with deforestation and poor sewage treatment, resulting in larger volumes of nutrients and freshwater reaching coastal ecosystems (Jin et al., 2018; Nasonova et al., 2018; Tamm et al., 2018). Rising surface temperatures, ocean acidification and eutrophication will increase pathogenic Vibrio bacterial loads in marine organisms, with potential transfer to humans (Hernroth and Baden, 2018). Shallow and microtidal estuaries will be more vulnerable to changing river runoffs and saltwater intrusions, eutrophication and hypoxia (high confidence) (IPCC, 2019c).

5.13.4 Maladaptation Responses and Sustainable Solutions

Maladaptation can result in three types of outcomes (Juhola et al., 2016): (1)rebounding vulnerability: short term adaptations that decrease adaptive capacity and hinder future choices; (2)shifting vulnerability: larger-scale adaptation actions that produce spill-over effects in other locations; (3)eroding sustainable development : adaptation strategies which increase emissions and deteriorate environmental conditions and/or social and economic values (Tables 5.20 and 5.21).

Existing climate policies do not adequately consider trade-offs, adaptive limits, cumulative costs and potential risks of maladaptation (robust evidence, medium agreement ) (Dovie, 2017; Holsman et al., 2019; IPCC, 2019b; Work et al., 2019; Thomas, 2020: Table 5.19). Government policies are seldom coordinated across scales and often focused on regional short-term risks (medium evidence, medium agreement ) (Dovie, 2017; Holsman et al., 2019; Rahman and Hickey, 2019; Butler et al., 2020). Past development trajectories and dominant political economic structures may narrow adaptation pathways, be restrictive and increase the vulnerability of particular groups (Paprocki, 2018; Quan et al., 2019; Rahman and Hickey, 2019; Work et al., 2019).

Table 5.19 | Case studies of trade-offs and negative outcomes associated with agricultural intensification on biodiversity and ecosystem services.

Ecosystem service

Trade-offs/negative outcomes

References

Provisioning: water quality

Negative impacts on ephemeral wetlands

Dalu et al. (2017)

Provisioning: water availability

Contribution to water scarcity

Satgé et al. (2019)

Supporting: soil

Increasing erosion risk

Govers et al. (2017)

Regulating: climate

Reduced SOC sequestration

Olsen et al. (2019)

Regulating: pest control

Reduced level of biological control of pests; reduced number of insectivorous birds

Emmerson et al. (2016)

Cultural: recreational

Reduction of river wildlife

DeBano et al. (2016)

Biodiversity

Reduced global biodiversity

Newbold et al. (2015), Egli et al. (2018), Beckmann et al. (2019)

Biodiversity

Reduction of taxonomic diversity

Jeliazkov et al., (2016), Kehoe et al. (2017), Banerjee et al. (2019)

Biodiversity

Negative impacts on mean population stability

Olivier et al. (2020)

Case Studies of Maladaptation

Large-Scale Irrigation Project in Navarre, Spain

Many small-scale producers could not afford the irrigation investment and had to sell or rent their land to those who joined the irrigation project. Many large-scale farmers using irrigation switched to corn and forage and dropped crops with high labour costs. Water costs are now paid to a private company, and small-scale farmers lost access to communal water rights. The project increased inequity and land concentration and lowered crop diversity, with small-scale producers more vulnerable to climate change. Large-scale intensive farmers are more exposed to crop price volatility than to climate vulnerability but have greater access to subsidies and water rights (Albizua et al., 2019).

Constraining Adaptation: Previous Agricultural Development Pathways in India

Government policies in colonial and postcolonial India invested in infrastructure, export production and synthetic input use (Gupta, 1998; Davis, 2001), setting the stage for current development trajectories and closing out other adaptive options. Although such policies increased national food production, they failed to address high levels of malnutrition, worsening regional inequities, degraded natural resources and an agrarian debt crisis (Singh, 2000; Gupta et al., 2016; Gajjar et al., 2019). Agricultural livelihoods are increasingly considered unviable, with lower adaptive capacity of farmers, high debt levels (Gupta et al., 2016), and Indigenous and local knowledge loss and denigration (Kumar, 2016) alongside lower crop diversification (Srivastava et al., 2016). Government institutions aimed at infrastructure often lack adaptive capacity needed to address rural livelihoods (Singh et al., 2017; Gajjar et al., 2019).

Adaptation options that consider adverse effects for different groups reduce the risk increasing vulnerability, negatively affecting socioeconomic factors to deal with climate impacts, or impeding efforts to implement SDGs (high confidence) (Juhola et al., 2016; Antwi-Agyei et al., 2018; Paprocki and Huq, 2018; Holsman et al., 2019; IPCC, 2019b; Stringer et al., 2020). Adaptation methods considering historical roots of current vulnerabilities can identify viable solutions, which are difficult to undertake because of path dependencies (high confidence) (Ribot, 2014; Albizua et al., 2019; Gajjar et al., 2019; Paprocki, 2019; Thomas, 2020). Planning techniques that model outcomes for different groups from different adaptation options could be put in place to diminish maladaptation risks (Rodríguez et al., 2019).

Inclusive planning initiatives such as community-based anticipatory adaptation combined with ‘two-way learning’ that considers future scenarios and different adaptation pathways can prevent maladaptation (high confidence) (Dovie, 2017; Bezner Kerr et al., 2019; Neset et al., 2019a; Rahman and Hickey, 2019; Work et al., 2019; Butler et al., 2020; Nunn et al., 2020; Piggott-McKellar et al., 2020; Westoby et al., 2020; Table 5.20). Promising policy management tools combine temporal scales and mitigation–adaptation interactions and consider political dynamics, socioeconomic impacts and trade-offs for vulnerable groups, long-term support for policy leaders, efforts to establish livelihood ‘niches’ and ongoing participatory evaluation (Dovie, 2017; Holsman et al., 2019; Rahman and Hickey, 2019; Work et al., 2019; Butler et al., 2020). A focus on the most disadvantaged groups can help small-scale producers at higher risk to prevent maladaptation (FAO, 2018c). Governance mechanisms have emerged that consider food security, socio-cultural factors, and land and water rights, using participatory, inclusive ‘two-way learning’ methods that involve vulnerable people alongside government (IPCC, 2018; Holsman et al., 2019; IPCC, 2019b; Rahman and Hickey, 2019; Butler et al., 2020).

Table 5.20 | Summary of the emerging literature on potential risks of maladaptation.

Description of adaptationstrategy

Potential negative impacts

Maladaptation typology (1 = rebounding vulnerability, 2 = shifting, 3 = eroding SDGs) and confidence level

Regions andcountriesaffected

Groups affected

References

Agricultural intensification to increase productivity, in places with heavy rainfall events or rising pest/disease incidence

Increases GHG emissions, water pollution, possible insect resistance and costs to farmers; possibly increases inequities.

May constrain adaptation policy options for development pathways due to lock-ins and trade-offs which entrench inequities.

1, 2, 3

Robust evidence, medium agreement

USA, Africa, Asia (India, China), Europe

Farmers, pastoralists/nearby communities who rely on water; small-scale farmers who cannot afford inputs; policymakers.

Gajjar et al. (2019), Guodaar et al. (2019), Houser and Stuart (2019), Neset et al. (2019b), Quan et al. (2019), Young and Ismail (2019)

Livelihood diversification into charcoal production

Increases GHG emissions and deforestation rates

1, 3

medium

Africa (Northern Ghana), South America (Peru)

Small-scale food producers; Indigenous communities

Antwi-Agyei et al. (2018), Zavaleta et al. (2018), Young and Ismail (2019)

Irrigation projects or programmes that are either large-scale and/or rely on groundwater

Reduces long-term potential for hydropower and groundwater availability, can increase salinisation and cost of water.

Can increase cost of farming and debt levels of farmers, squeezing out small-scale producers.

Can reduce water availability for aquaculture.

1, 2, 3

high

Central China, India, Mediterranean areas, Europe, USA

Food producers who rely on irrigation; consumers who rely on hydropower or groundwater; small-scale diversified producers who cannot afford irrigation; aquaculture.

Doody et al. (2015), Herbert et al. (2015), Barik et al. (2016), Daliakopoulos et al. (2016) Fragaszy and Closas (2016) Dalin et al. (2017), Foster et al. (2018) Hanaček and Rodríguez-Labajos (2018), Albizua et al. (2019), Flörke et al. (2019) Gajjar et al. (2019), Zhang et al.(2019a)

Investment in improved cultivars or shift to different crops

May displace local varieties; reduces diversity if too much policy/extension emphasis falls on a few varieties; may increase risk of crop loss from pests, disease or drought if reliant on a few varieties; may increase fertilizer use; may lead to loss of Indigenous or local knowledge.

1, 3

medium

South America (Bolivia, Pacific Islands, Asia

Small-scale food producers; Indigenous communities

Mcleod et al. (2018), Meldrum et al. (2018), Neset et al. (2019b) Rahman and Hickey (2019)

Migration

Can increase the workload of people left behind (often women), worsen rural livelihoods and food insecurity; can lead to worsened living conditions, food security and poverty in precarious urban conditions; may increase vulnerability to flooding in urban locations.

May affect mental health by disrupting existing social ties.

1, 3

high

Asia, Africa, Central and South America

Small-scale low-income food producers or rural workers; women

Bettini et al. (2017), Paprocki (2018), Chen et al. (2019), Jacobson et al. (2019), Michael et al. (2019), Young and Ismail (2019), Singh and Basu (2020), Torres and Casey (2017)

Coastal sea walls, embankments, canals, riverbed draining and dikes to reduce flood risk

Can degrade coastal mangroves, deplete open freshwater fisheries, cause sedimentation of rivers, reduce fish diversity and increase flooding risk for particular vulnerable groups; may divert funds from other more sustainable measures.

1, 2, 3

high

Asia, South Pacific Islands, West Africa

Coastal communities dependent on mangroves and fisheries; low-income rural households with seasonal dependence on inland fisheries

Dovie (2017), Owusu-Daaku (2018), Freduah et al. (2019), IPCC (2019c), Rahman and Hickey (2019), Nunn et al. (2020) Seddon et al. (2020), Thomas (2020)

River regulation for hydropower

May have negative impacts on inland fisheries.

2, 3

Global

Small-scale inland fisheries and low-income rural households with seasonal dependence on inland fisheries

FAO (2018c)

Government policies to manage coastal fisheries which promote overcapitalisation of fisheries, including index insurance

Government confiscation of fishing nets to prevent rapid decline of fish population can worsen livelihoods for small-scale fishers; subsidies of pre-mixed fuel to allow fishers to stay out longer due to shifting fish populations may increase total number of fishers and total fish catch; insurance payments may benefit larger-scale fishing fleets and push out small-scale fishers.

1, 3

medium

West Africa

Coastal small-scale fishery communities

FAO (2018b), Freduah et al. (2019), Holsman et al. (2019), Sainsbury et al. (2019)

Consultative stakeholder systems in fisheries or flood management

May encourage inertia in the system due to a few powerful stakeholders participating in the consultative process.

2

low

North America, Asia

Coastal fisheries

Holsman et al. (2019), Rahman and Hickey (2019)

Climate services

May reinforce existing inequities if climate services are attuned to powerful stakeholders in industry, services are privatised, there are limited ways to get input from vulnerable groups and planning budgets that use climate services are constrained.

1, 2, 3

medium

North America

Coastal fisheries, farming

Furman et al. (2014), Webber (2017), Nost (2019)

Nature-based solutions mitigation and adaptation strategies such as reforestation or afforestation

Can displace local communities’ access to land for food production and other ecosystem services, have negative impacts on Indigenous rights, reduce biodiversity and may not reduce GHG as much as conserving natural forests and wetlands or agroecological systems such as agroforestry or other means to increase soil C.

2, 3

medium

Africa, Asia, and South America, e.g., Indonesia, Amazon, west-central Africa

Indigenous communities; small-scale producers and forest-dependent communities

Lunstrum et al. (2016), Work et al. (2019), Seddon et al. (2020), Cross-Working Group Box BIOECONOMY this chapter)

Social safety nets provide funds which increase consumption of processed, purchased food and erode Indigenous knowledge

Decline in Indigenous knowledge of and collective approaches to seasonal adaptation strategies in hunting, fishing and food production; shift in dietary patterns to more processed and non-local foods; reduction in farming. Reduced capacity to respond to hazards through dispersed settlement, e.g., hunting, fishing, wild food collection. Increased population density increases deforestation and vulnerability.

1, 3

low

South America (Amazonian region of Peru), Africa (South Africa)

Indigenous communities

Lemos et al. (2016), Zavaleta et al. (2018)

Community-based adaptation strategies

Local gender and other social inequities can lead to ‘elite capture’ that reinforces inequity; power dynamics between the funding agency and local participants can make local community involvement tokenistic. There may be inadequate attention to socio-cultural preferences and structural factors which foster maladaptation such as inappropriate crops or animals used.

1, 3

high

Pacific Islands, Africa, Asia

Small-scale food producers; Indigenous communities, other vulnerable groups such as women and low-caste groups

McNamara and Buggy (2017) Jamero et al. (2018), Singh (2018) Bezner Kerr et al. (2019) Piggott-McKellar et al. (2020), Westoby et al. (2020)

Digital agriculture for increased precision and efficient use of fertilizers, pesticides, water

Could lead to net job losses, particularly for those with lower levels of education; increased surveillance and employer scrutiny of lower-skilled workers in fields, greenhouses and processing plants and warehouses; separate workers from employees and companies who collect data. Overall increased racial, income inequities and unequal working conditions.

2, 3

low

North America, South America, Europe, Asia, parts of Africa

Farmworkers; small-scale food producers who cannot afford digital technologies; rural communities

(Furman et al. (2014), Rotz et al. (2019)

Increased credit access for livelihood diversification

High interest rates, tight return policies could increase debt loads for low-income households, which could rebound vulnerability. Household may invest in livelihood strategies which are vulnerable to climate change impacts, or which increase GHG.

1, 3

low

Asia (Bangladesh)

Low-income landless people or small-scale producers

Rahman et al. (2018)

Aquaculture

Large-scale coastal aquaculture can increase soil salinisation and reduce land available for other food production and increase migration.

2, 3

low

Asia (Bangladesh)

Small-scale mixed systems including rice production and other rural livelihoods

Paprocki (2018), Paprocki and Huq (2018)

Table 5.21 | Strategies to avoid maladaptation (adapted from Magnan, 2014; Lim-Camacho et al., 2015; Sovacool et al., 2015; FAO, 2018b; Paprocki and Huq, 2018; Sainsbury et al., 2019).

Type of maladaptation

Strategies

Environmental

  1. Prevent negative effects on ecosystem services in situ (e.g., habitat degradation, pollution) that increase exposure to climate hazards.
  1. Avoid increasing pressure on other socio-ecological systems.
  1. Ensure ecosystems’ protective role as natural buffer zones is sustained against current and future climate-related hazards, such as storms, floods and sea level rise.
  1. Provide some duplication and ensure flexibility of adaptation strategies to reduce risk because of uncertainties about climate change impacts and ecosystem response (e.g., agrobiodiversity to reduce pest outbreaks).

Socio-cultural

  1. Consider local social characteristics and cultural values that could affect risks and environmental dynamics.
  1. Support local skills and knowledge related to climate-related hazards.
  1. Support capacity-building for new skills needed by local communities.

Political-economic

  1. Consider the political dynamics and power imbalances and create inclusive processes to involve the most vulnerable and disadvantaged groups in decisions.
  1. Work to reduce socioeconomic inequities, poverty and food insecurity.
  1. Support livelihood diversification.
  1. Focus on the impacts of adaptation on the poorest, structurally disadvantaged and vulnerable groups, and take power imbalances into account.
  1. Work across the full supply chain to consider linkages and possible ripple effects.

5.13.5 Climate Change and Climate Response Impacts on Indigenous People

Indigenous people and ethnic minorities, many of them having special cultural associations to local foods, are particularly vulnerable to climate change owing to changes in the availability of wild foods, crop failure and food production losses or increased food prices (Norton-Smith et al., 2016; Otto et al., 2017).

Changes in sea level rise or coastal erosion can reduce ecosystem services to a point where either subsidies are used to enable human populations to remain in their place of attachment, or ultimately to displace coastal residents, thereby removing connections to places of intrinsic value. For example, the United Houma Nation in Louisiana is experiencing coastal land loss, sea level rise and strong Gulf hurricanes, which leads to the relocation of some tribes causing loss of Houma identity (Sullivan and Rosenberg, 2018). Another example is the relocation of Alaska Native communities due to climate change (Hamilton et al., 2016)

Expansion of agriculture can bring distress to Indigenous communities because of environmental deterioration and the stress associated with relocation or displacement (Otto et al., 2017). A/R programmes can also bring inequities to Indigenous communities (Godden and Tehan, 2016) and even violent displacement with tragic results (Celentano et al., 2017). A/R programmes can negatively affect a range of substantial and procedural Indigenous Peoples’ rights entrenched in international human rights law (Table 5.22) and their potential for climate change adaptation (high confidence).

Table 5.22 | Indigenous rights recognised in international human rights law negatively affected by A/R projects.

Negative impacts of monoculture plantations (and other A/R projects)

Indigenous Peoples’ rights affected

Degree of certainty

References

Local community not informed, not adequately consulted, not provided means for meaningful participation in project design, implementation, and monitoring (with specific attention to women and poor households); disruption or non-recognition of local or traditional institutions; elite capture; no access to third-party grievance mechanisms.

Right to self-determination; consultation and free, prior and informed consent (FPIC); participation

Medium evidence, high agreement

Aggarwal (2014), Maraseni et al. (2014), Ravikumar et al. (2015), Bayrak and Marafa (2016), Loaiza et al. (2016), Vijge et al. (2016), Pye et al. (2017), Ryngaert (2017), Wolde et al. (2016), Brancalion and Chazdon (2017), Seddon et al. (2020)

Evictions and displacement; dispossession; livelihood precarity; and criminalisation of forest-dwelling people.

Right not to be forcibly removed

Medium evidence, high agreement

Mingorría (2014), Richards and Lyons (2016), Witasari (2016), Corbera et al. (2017), Pye et al. (2017), Sarmiento Barletti et al. (2020), Brancalion and Chazdon (2017)

Loss, transfer or acquisition of land. A/R projects involve changes in land use for medium to long term and often lack consideration for local dynamics including land tenure and competition with agriculture or conservation.

Rights to land and territory

Limited evidence, high agreement

Aggarwal (2014), Robinson et al. (2014), Bayrak and Marafa (2016), Pye et al. (2017), Bond et al. (2019)

A/R projects exacerbate conflicts, accentuate uneven power relations, increase existing inequities within communities, exclude the poor and deepen structural injustices, including racism and stigmatisation.

Rights to land and territory

Limited evidence, low agreement

Aggarwal (2014)

Forest expansion intensifies already acute land shortages for growing food and forces villagers to take their animals for grazing to new areas as a result of forests being fenced off.

Rights to land and territory (with implications for food security)

Limited evidence, high agreement

Lyons et al. (2014), Wolde et al. (2016), Brancalion and Chazdon (2017), Mousseau and Teare (2019)

Decreased stream flows and water yields; exacerbated water scarcity.

Right to water

Robust evidence, high agreement

Veldman et al. (2015), Aitken and Bemmels (2016), Brancalion and Chazdon (2017), Pye et al. (2017), Bond et al. (2019), Seddon et al. (2020)

Pollution of lakes with agrochemicals; heavy chemical use, including the spread of pesticides, herbicides and fertilizers by aircraft and other means causing runoff into rivers.

Right to a healthy environment

Medium evidence, high agreement

Richards and Lyons (2016), Johansson and Isgren (20179, Pye et al. (2017)

Encroachment on other ecosystems with devastating impacts on biodiversity; pressures on ecologically sensitive ecosystems such as wetlands; reduction in seed-dispersing animals; planted tree species becoming invasive, introducing pests and diseases.

Right to a healthy environment, right to food

Medium evidence, high agreement

Richards and Lyons (2016), Holmes et al. (2017), Seddon et al. (2020), Ennos et al. (2019)

Loss of habitat, degradation of savannas, native grasslands (grassy biomes) or mangroves wrongly characterised as degraded land suitable for afforestation.

Right to a healthy environment, right to food

Robust evidence, high agreement

Veldman et al: (2015), Cormier-Salem and Panfili (2016), Brancalion and Chazdon (2017), Bond et al. (2019), Seddon et al. (2020)

Direct negative health impacts; loss of traditional medicine.

Right to health

Limited evidence, medium agreement

Dotchamou et al. (2016), Johansson and Isgren (2017)

A/R projects affect burial sites as, for many communities, the forest is also the resting place for deceased ancestors.

Right to cultural identity and to main and control their traditional knowledge

Limited evidence, high agreement

Lyons et al. (2014), Gabriel and Mangahas (2017), Mousseau and Teare (2019)

Loss of traditional or Indigenous ecological knowledge and forest management practices

Right to cultural identity and traditional knowledge

Limited evidence, medium agreement

Bayrak and Marafa (2016)

Increased labour burden. Benefit sharing by direct cash transfer or in-kind modalities tends to not compensate lost income opportunities. Some projects bring employment opportunities, but these are short term and limited and rarely viable if the opportunity cost of land and labour is considered. Poor farmers may drop out to regain access to their land for uses that provide cash returns in the shorter term.

Right to an adequate standard of living; right to decent work; right to benefit sharing

Medium evidence, medium agreement

Boyd et al. (2007), Aggarwal (2014), Cagalanan (2016), Witasari (2016), Corbera et al. (2017), Pye et al. (2017)

A significant proportion of land targeted for A/R projects is inhabited and used by Indigenous Peoples and local communities (Cagalanan, 2016). Indigenous Peoples have rights to and/or manage at least 37.9 million km 2 of land and influence land management across at least 28.1% of the land area (Garnett et al., 2018). At least a quarter of the global land area is traditionally owned, managed, used or occupied by Indigenous Peoples, overlapping with 35–40% of the area that is formally protected (Garnett et al., 2018; Brondizio et al., 2019). In many cases, A/R is implemented in areas where tenure rights are insecure and Indigenous Peoples’ rights are at risk of being disregarded (Naughton-Treves and Wendland, 2014; Kohler and Brondizio, 2017; Garnett et al., 2018) (medium evidence, high agreement ). Many projects are also found in areas where complex socio-political contexts challenge management (Jurjonas and Seekamp, 2019). It is anticipated that A/R projects will create huge pressures on existing land uses and generate further land use conflicts (Aggarwal, 2014; Robinson et al., 2014; Paul et al., 2016; Brancalion and Chazdon, 2017; Pye et al., 2017; Bond et al., 2019). In addition, many afforestation projects are conducted in regions that are not bio-climatically suitable, leading to the degradation of ecosystems that are key to local livelihoods (Veldman et al., 2015; Robinson et al., 2016b).

Until 2010, most A/F projects had technical, carbon-related goals and did not consider issues of livelihoods, community involvement or broader ecosystem impacts (Wolde et al., 2016). New strategies such as nature-based solutions (Seddon et al., 2020) and forest and landscape restoration (Brancalion and Chazdon, 2017) integrate a larger set of social and environmental objectives. Indigenous Peoples enjoy a range of co-benefits of A/F initiatives such as improved habitat, fire management or protection from climatic shocks such as drought (Robinson et al., 2016b; Seddon et al., 2020), provided they are able to manage carbon funds collectively, meet the monitoring and reporting requirements, and protect forests from illicit uses and natural disasters (Wolde et al., 2016).

Policies and safeguards attached to specific A/R initiatives determine their impact (high confidence) (Talor, 2015; West, 2016; Brancalion and Chazdon, 2017). In countries where there is a great level of devolution of rights to Indigenous Peoples, there is a risk that the A/R agenda will lead to recentralisation (limited evidence, medium agreement ) (Bayrak and Marafa, 2016). Some A/R initiatives specify the need to respect the rights of Indigenous Peoples and local communities and protect biodiversity (medium evidence, high agreement ) (Seddon et al., 2020).

Local communities’ ability to participate in project design, implementation and monitoring is directly linked to the autonomy and independence of local institutions (Pye et al., 2017), their ability to formulate by-laws (Wolde et al., 2016) and handle funds in a transparent way (medium evidence, high agreement ) (Witasari, 2016). It is further dependent on cohesion in the community (Cagalanan, 2016), the existence of clear rules delineating community membership and the presence of elders and community members with relevant local knowledge (Robinson et al., 2016b), and gender and out-migration dynamics affecting participation structures (robust evidence, medium agreement ) (Cormier-Salem and Panfili, 2016; Witasari, 2016; Wolde et al., 2016; Jurjonas and Seekamp, 2019).

5.13.6 Increased Presence of Financial Actors in the Agrifood System

Financial actors, markets, institutions and incentives have gained importance in agricultural commodities and farmland markets in the past two decades (Clapp and Isakson, 2018; Fairbairn, 2020). New types of investment vehicles such as commodity index funds that track prices of commodities and farmland have emerged, and the use of older vehicles such as forward and futures markets has increased (Schmidt and Pearson, 2016; Clapp and Isakson, 2018). These trends are connected to climate change as financial investments are influenced by the likelihood that climate change will increase commodity and farmland price variability (medium confidence) (Cotula, 2012; Isakson, 2014; Tadesse et al.).

Financial investors pool their investments through intermediaries, alongside other dynamic forces in the global economy, making unambiguous assessments of their effect difficult (Clapp, 2014; Clapp, 2017). However, assessment of the broader trends at the interface of financial investment, food system dynamics and climate change shows potential connections.

Climate-induced variability in food production has the potential to introduce a new level of uncertainty into food and farmland markets, encouraging financial investment into products to capitalise on price volatility and to hedge risks. The new financial instruments enable investors to speculate more easily on the direction of food and land prices, especially when they are volatile (Ouma, 2014; Baines, 2017).

5.13.7 Climate Change Interactions with other Drivers—Food–Water–Health–Energy–Security Nexus

Linkages between food security and nutrition with water and energy as well as other important socio-environmental issues are increasingly being described within a nexus framework (see also Chapters 3, 4, 6 and 7), with food systems frequently located at the centre of nexus concepts (Caron et al., 2018).

Climate change will affect the food–energy–water (FEW) nexus, commonly in the form of risk multiplier (high confidence) (e.g., Conway et al., 2015; Barik et al., 2016; Keairns et al., 2016; Abbott et al., 2017; Ebhuoma and Simatele, 2017; Caron et al., 2018; D’Odorico et al., 2018; de Amorim et al., 2018; Mpandeli et al., 2018; Nhamo et al., 2018; Soto Golcher and Visseren-Hamakers, 2018; Yang et al., 2018; Amjath-Babu et al., 2019; Froese and Schilling, 2019; Mercure et al., 2019; Momblanch et al., 2019; Pastor et al., 2019; Xu et al., 2019). Xu et al. (2019) modelled the irrigation demand for large-scale maize production in Northeast China and concluded that increasing droughts under future climate change would lead to extreme shortage of irrigation water without adaptive measures. Barik et al. (2016) described how the growing demand for food in India has led to more irrigation with a reduction in groundwater levels in some regions.

Increasing demands for food, energy and water can lead to domestic and international conflict, including political instability and migration, often in the context of drought (high confidence) (Abbott et al., 2017; Bush and Martiniello, 2017; WEF, 2017; D’Odorico et al., 2018; de Amorim et al., 2018). de Amorim et al. (2018) conclude that the FEW nexus is susceptible to many global risks, including extreme weather events and human migrations, and predominantly endangers vulnerable communities of less developed countries. There is emerging evidence that food and water insecurity enhances social conflicts, including protests and violent riots, at least partially, by accelerating existing grievances (Heslin, 2021; Koren et al., 2021). Closer coordination at global, regional and national levels could be recommended to manage these risks.

Meeting growing demands for food, water and energy under a changing climate requires technical solutions and behavioural change as well as greater coordination across multilateral institutions and governance. Supply-side solutions focus on enhancing production, reducing food waste and loss or lowering water demand through both technological approaches (e.g., breeding, improved irrigation) and agroecological approaches, such as agroforestry, underutilised and more adapted crops, and transition towards a circular economy (Alexander et al., 2015; Obersteiner et al., 2016; D’Odorico et al., 2018; Nhamo et al., 2018; Soto Golcher and Visseren-Hamakers, 2018). Demand-side solutions focus primarily on changes in consumer behaviour towards healthier diets with lower carbon footprints, particularly reduction of meat consumption (Alexander et al., 2015; Obersteiner et al., 2016). Improving the coordination of multilateral organisations could result in improved cross-boundary management of natural resources, particularly related to water (Conway et al., 2015; Nhamo et al., 2018; Soto Golcher and Visseren-Hamakers, 2018).

As relationships between individual subsystems are systemic, integrated solutions would result in better outcomes across the FEW nexus (strong agreement ). Obersteiner et al. (2016) concluded that single-sector policies can create strong trade-offs with other policy targets and SDGs, whereas strategies that reduce pressure on food production systems diminish trade-offs between FEW nexus components. This suggests that achieving multiple SDGs will require balancing societal demands in the context of finite natural resources (Jägermeyr et al., 2017; Amjath-Babu et al., 2019; Momblanch et al., 2019).

Despite concluding that integrated solutions addressing the systemic connections between the FEW nexus would improve development and environmental outcomes, there are limitations of integrating multiple frameworks, both in terms of describing the complexities and in finding solutions (Leck et al., 2015; Weitz et al., 2017; Wichelns, 2017; Shannak et al., 2018). Leck et al. (2015) and Weitz et al. (2017) indicate that evidence of successful implementation and improved outcomes based on the application of nexus concepts is rare.

5.14 Implementation Pathways to Adaptation and Co-benefits

5.14.1 State of Adaptation of Food, Feed, Fibre and Other Ecosystem Products

Since AR5, several adaptation reviews have been done (Ford et al., 2015; Lesnikowski et al., 2016). In a review of 1159 peer-reviewed sources, Berrang-Ford et al. (2021b) found that observed adaptations in food, fibre and other ecosystem products have consisted mainly of changes in autonomous behaviour changes, such as changing planting time, followed by technological/infrastructure and ecosystem-based adaptation approaches, the majority of which have occurred in Africa and Asia (Figures 5.20 and 5.21, Table 5.22). Several adaptation options addressed multiple SDGs (e.g., 2, 6, 8, 12) (Figure 5.21).

Figure 5.19 | State of adaptation by region and type of response (based on 1159 peer-reviewed references that addressed adaptation in food, fibre and other ecosystem products sector; source: Global Adaptation Mapping Initiative (GAMI) database (Berrang-Ford et al. , 2021a). The bars indicate the amount of evidence for the category x region.

Assessment of adaptation options was done for 15 potential options for land and ecosystem transitions (SM5.7, Figure 5.22a). Several adaptation options have high to medium feasibility, with robust evidence, high agreement about the adaptive capacity resilience building potential of options in relation to climate change impact drivers (high confidence). Policy and planning and production shifts have limited evidence for feasibility. Most options are technically and physically feasible, with generally high political and social acceptability and environmental feasibility, but have limited evidence for institutional feasibility. Most adaptation options have medium to high microeconomic feasibility (high confidence) but limited evidence for macroeconomic viability.

Figure 5.22 | Assessment of 11 feasibility indicators (six categories), five effectiveness indicators and maladaptation of adaptation options based on 287 peer-reviewed papers. See SM5.7 for methods and data. Scores ranging from 1 (low) to 3 (high) were obtained by averaging five or more papers for each option and indicator. Blank cells were not assessed because of insufficient literature.

Among five effectiveness indicators (SM5.7, Figure 5.22b), most options have robust evidence of reduced risk vulnerability to climate change, with low scores for local governance, substitution of plant or animal type, community forest management, livelihood diversification and climate services. Higher-scored options to reduce risk included increasing biodiversity (at landscape and field level), community seed banks, conventional breeding (plant and animals), mixed systems and agroecological approaches (medium confidence), suggesting multiple co-benefits of these options. Most options have high scores for enhancing social well-being and economic and environmental benefits (medium confidence) but limited evidence for strengthening institutions for most options. There were low scores for potential maladaptation (medium confidence).

Table 5.23 | State of adaptation in food, fibre and other ecosystem products by actors and vulnerabe groups (source: GAMI database; Berrang-Ford et al., 2021a)).

Actors

N (%)

Vulnerable groups

Planned, N (%)

Implemented, N (%)

International or multi-national governance institutions

72 (6%)

Women

134 (12%)

118 (10%)

National government

264 (23%)

Youth

22 (2%)

24 (2%)

Local government

267 (23%)

Elderly

31 (3%)

28 (2%)

Sub-national government

89 (8%)

Low income

201 (17%)

258 (22%)

Private sector corporations

56 (5%)

Disabled

2 (0%)

3 (0%)

Private sector SMEs

80 (7%)

Migrants

12 (1%)

18 (2%)

Civil Society — international/multi-national/national

117 (10%)

Indigenous

95 (8%)

85 (7%)

Civil Society — sub-national or local

257 (22%)

Ethnic minorities

32 (3%)

32 (3%)

Individuals or households

1087 (94%)

Figure 5.20 | Observed adaptation across regions in food, fibre and other ecosystem products based on the GAMI database (Berrang-Ford et al. , 2021a). The bars indicate the number of evidence for the options x region.

Figure 5.21 | How different response types address the SDGs based on GAMI.

5.14.1.1 Nature-based solutions or ecosystem-based adaptation

There is growing evidence that nature-based solutions (NBS), which emphasise ecological approaches and biodiversity conservation (Chapter 1), have high potential to transform land and aquatic systems into climate-resilient systems (medium evidence, high agreement ) (Albert et al., 2017; Brugère et al., 2019; Galappaththi et al., 2020b; Snapp et al., 2021; Cross-Working Group Box BIOECO; Cross-Chapter Box NATURAL in Chapter 2).

5.14.1.2 Climate services

Climate services, understood as the production, translation, communication and use of climate information in decision-making processes, can contribute to adaptation efforts in agricultural systems (medium agreement , low evidence). Climate services can support decision makers in agriculture by providing tailored information that can inform the implementation of specific adaptation options (Vaughan, 2018; Buontempo et al., 2019; Dobardzic et al., 2019; Hank et al., 2019).

For some high- and medium-income countries, evidence suggests that climate services have been underutilised (Mase and Prokopy, 2014), with limited evidence in these countries of the impact of climate services on yields, income, and food security and nutrition. In low-income countries, use of climate services can increase yields and incomes and promote changes in farmers’ practices (low confidence) (Roudier et al., 2014; Roudier et al., 2016; Tarchiani et al., 2017; Ouedraogo et al., 2018). There is low confidence that climate services are delivering on their potential, whether they are being accessed by the vulnerable, and how these services are contributing to food security and nutrition (Ouedraogo et al., 2018; Vaughan et al., 2019).

Improved design and delivery of climate services can enhance effectiveness (medium confidence). Ways to enhance the impact of climate services include integrating information from multiple sources at different scales (Bouroncle et al., 2019), participatory collection and analysis of climate information (Loboguerrero AM, 2018; Tesfaye et al., 2019; Rossa, 2020), and making forecast information available in local languages and as verbal communications for farmers who cannot read (Nkiaka et al., 2019).

In countries with limited climate data, crowd sourcing (outsourcing data collection to the public) (Minet et al., 2017) and digital tools present an opportunity for addressing climate risk (medium confidence) (Osgood et al., 2018; Thornton, 2018; Partey et al., 2020; Sotelo et al., 2020). Bundling additional services such as market information with climate information may be effective at plugging information gaps (low confidence) (Chatuphale and Armstrong, 2018; Tsan et al., 2019; Tesfaye et al., 2019)

There may be inequality in access to climate services; their use may tend to benefit large-scale operations and disadvantage small- and medium-scale farmers and others who face issues of access due to social and economic inequity; also some groups such as pastoralists have not yet benefitted from climate services (high confidence) (Furman et al., 2014; Muema et al., 2018; Awazi et al., 2019; Nyantakyi-Frimpong, 2019; Paudyal et al., 2019; Vaughan et al., 2019; Nidumolu et al., 2020; Partey et al., 2020). Other challenges include technology ignorance, data privacy and security, data access permissions, software and system compatibility, and understanding how to use and derive value from accessed data (Chatuphale and Armstrong, 2018; Drewry et al., 2019). More work is needed to understand the factors that prevent farmers and fishers from benefitting from this new information. Recent assessments suggest that access to, and value of, climate and weather information can be enhanced by the development of digital tools (including radio, text messages, etc.) appropriate to the specific needs of different vulnerable groups, as well as by including these groups in their development and building their capacity (medium confidence) (Camacho and Conover, 2019; Gumucio et al., 2020; Sultan et al., 2020).

5.14.1.3 Insurance as a climate impact risk management tool

Insurance is a financial adaptation strategy increasingly used in agriculture and aquaculture. A relatively new approach to agricultural insurance risk is the use of financial derivative products, such as index-based agricultural insurance (IBAI), marketed by financial institutions to farmers to help them deal with weather-related production risks (Isakson, 2015; Jensen and Barrett, 2017). The basic idea is to rely on easily observed weather indices, such as precipitation or temperature, that co-vary with farm production. Insurance payments are received when the metric trigger for a region is reached, eliminating the need to collect farm-specific information. Proponents of index insurance argue that it can resolve the information costs and incentive problems inherent in rural financial markets, such as adverse selection, and allow provision of insurance coverage at a fraction of the costs of loss-based polices (Jensen and Barrett, 2017). Buyers of index policies do not have to prove their ownership of assets with weather-related losses. This lowers transactions costs and makes it more affordable to insure small plots of land.

The creation of index insurance requires significant prior research and extensive data that may not be available or sufficient in lower-income countries, including identifying the most appropriate farm and climate variables to include and financial and regulatory support from the public sector (Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean and Central American Agricultural Council of the Central American Integration System, 2013; Economic Commission for Latin America and the Caribbean and System, 2014). Some insurance providers bundle it with other services, such as fertilizer use or seeds that may not be useful to particular farmers and can increase their overall capital costs (Isakson, 2015). Although proponents see IBAI as a way to mitigate farmers’ risks associated with more variable weather patterns (Greatrex et al., 2015), critics argue that derivative-based insurance products tend to benefit wealthier farmers and fail in assisting the poorest and most marginalised farmers (Isakson, 2015; Taylor, 2016). Thus far, there is low agreement and medium evidence regarding the adaptation potential of derivatives-based insurance products, signalling a need for further research in this area.

5.14.1.4 Community-based adaptation approaches

Community-based adaptation (CbA) strategies, which involve locally driven, place-based adaptation approaches, can help build adaptive capacity to climate change impacts, but require explicit attention to power dynamics, respect for local and Indigenous knowledge systems, adequate resources, future climatic trends and coordination at multiple levels of governance to be effective (high confidence) (Spires et al., 2014; Fernández-Giménez et al., 2015; Nagoda, 2015; Ashley et al., 2016; Berner et al., 2016; Ensor et al., 2016; Avtar et al., 2019; Lam et al., 2019; Silwal et al., 2019; McNamara et al., 2020; Piggott-McKellar et al., 2020; Rossa, 2020; Uchiyama et al., 2020). Since AR5, there is strong evidence that participation of local stakeholders in adaptation planning and implementation improves communities’ capacity to monitor and respond to climate change impacts on food, fibre and forestry systems, provided that adequate resources and local knowledge on climate change exist. Participatory monitoring of climate change impacts and participatory scenario development to develop community action plans are examples, which can help strengthen community preparation for and response to climate impacts.

Community-based monitoring of forests, coral reefs, seagrass and mangroves are examples of local natural resource assessment that can support food security and livelihoods while informing regional and national climate change planning tools (Carter et al., 2014; Gevaña et al., 2018; Avtar et al., 2019). Negotiation among many stakeholders at multiple scales, including inclusive mechanisms to address power inequities in governance structures and communities, may be needed for CbA to be effective (Avtar et al., 2019; McNamara et al., 2020). Indigenous knowledge and community-based management of fisheries and aquaculture in the Arctic and Asia (Roux et al., 2019; Chen and Cheng, 2020; Galappaththi et al., 2020a; Schott et al., 2020; Galappaththi et al., 2021) provide adaptive strategies for sustainable use. (Iticha and Husen, 2019). Community-based climate services in the Andes (managed through a collaboration of smallholder producers and an international partnership) built capacity and knowledge of climate change dynamics as well as trust in local climate institutions, providing meaningful information for regional responses to climate change impacts (Rossa, 2020). Community-based participatory scenario planning can help identify multiple climate stressors and vulnerabilities to develop effective adaptation plans (Fernández-Giménez et al., 2015; Bennett et al., 2016; Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter).

An assessment of 32 different CbA initiatives in the Pacific Islands, including addressing risks to food security, found high-performing projects had six key entry points: effective methods to improve adaptive capacity, appropriate to the local context, which moved beyond narrow geographical definitions of community to consider equity of impact, and ecosystem-based approaches, jointly addressing climatic and non-livelihood pressures and consideration of future climatic trends (McNamara et al., 2020). Low-performing initiatives, in contrast, were not sustained; these overlooked future climatic trends in their initiatives, such as beehive susceptibility to climate extremes, and had dependent, unequal relationships that lacked genuine local approval or ownership and did not fit local values and context (Spires et al., 2014; McNamara et al., 2020; Piggott-McKellar et al., 2020). CbA initiatives can also suffer from not having adequate local knowledge of potential strategies to address future climatic scenarios, and may lead to maladaptation, increasing socioeconomic inequities in communities (Nagoda, 2015). Addressing inequity in power dynamics and building technical adaptive capacity of local people are some of the ways that CbA initiatives can support more resilient food systems (McNamara et al., 2020).

5.14.1.5 Local and regional food systems’ strengthening and food sovereignty

Food sovereignty brings together adaptation options based on agroecological methods, access to resources, collective and CbA (HLPE, 2019). Addressing food security and nutrition in light of climate change impacts and vulnerabilities is considered to arise from a mixture of globalised supply chains and local production, not one or the other (Blesh et al., 2019; Stringer et al., 2020). Evidence on strengthening local and regional food systems with a food sovereignty approach, in terms of access to resources (land, seeds, water), shortened food chains and CbA strategies suggest that these strategies can positively contribute to climate change adaptation in many contexts (medium confidence) (SRCCL) but can also lead to conflict especially regarding management of mobile resources such as fisheries (Section 5.8, Cross-Chapter Box MOVING PLATE this chapter). All these options can build adaptation through actions that strengthen local capacities and the power to act within food systems. Securing and recognising tenure for Indigenous Peoples (Hurlbert et al., 2019) and local communities (Oates et al., 2020) can improve their ability to adapt by increasing the incentive to invest in resilient infrastructure and sustainable land management practices. Community seed banks and networks strengthen local seed systems and realise farmers’ rights favouring access to a variety of local genetic resources, with landraces often more adapted to the local social, cultural and ecological environment and needs, and better adapted to harsh environments without external inputs (Mousseau, 2015; Bisht et al., 2018; Maharjan and Maharjan, 2018; Otieno et al., 2018; Mbow et al., 2019). This plays a key role in PPB (Section 5.4.4.5; FAO, 2019e). The integration of informal and formal seed system elements is important for the adaptive capacity of smallholder farmers (Westengen and Brysting, 2014; Westengen and Berg, 2016; FAO, 2019e).

Strengthening both local and regional food systems is a strategy to increase resilience (Schipanski et al., 2016; Palmer et al., 2017), resource use efficiency (Mu et al., 2019) and self-reliance (medium evidence, low agreement ) (Griffin et al., 2015; Chapin et al., 2016; Karg et al., 2016). Collective trademarks (Quiñones-Ruiz et al., 2015) and participatory guarantee systems (Niederle et al., 2020) are examples of innovative institutional strategies to strengthen local and regional food systems. In the urban context, the city region food system (CRFS) approach is motivated by reducing dependence on international trade and associated instability and to facilitate local decision making (Karg et al., 2016). CRFS includes a network within a regional landscape around one urban centre and surrounding peri-urban and rural regions (Blay-Palmer et al., 2018). UPA is promoted as an effective strategy to adapt to climate change in different contexts (see Section 5.12.5.3, Dubbeling, 2015; Lwasa et al., 2015). To cope with the effects of climate change, strengthening regional food systems is becoming an explicit part of urban and regional policy, being tested in many different cities worldwide (Dubbeling et al., 2017; Blay-Palmer et al., 2018; Berner et al., 2019; Sellberg et al., 2020; van der Gaast et al., 2020). Strengthening both local and regional food systems has to be balanced against limitations and trade-offs, since modelling exercises of regionalisation scenarios show urban agriculture cannot achieve food security in areas with rapid population growth (Le Mouël et al., 2018). Furthermore, international trade can compensate in cases where the regional system fails due to extreme events or other related climate shocks (Section 5.11.8).

Box 5.11: Agroecology as a Transformative Climate Change Adaptation Approach

Agroecological approaches can increase food system resilience (robust evidence, medium agreement ), while some agroecological practices such as agroforestry can provide mitigation measures (medium confidence) (Section 5.10.4.2, Table Box 5.11.1, Altieri et al., 2015; Martin and Willaume, 2016; HLPE, 2019; Bezner Kerr et al., 2021; Snapp et al., 2021). Studies testing agroecological approaches have shown robust evidence, medium agreement of increasing adaptation effectiveness through reducing risk, improving food security and yield stability, reducing input costs, and other supporting and provisioning ecosystem services (Section 5.4.4.4 Diacono et al., 2017; Pandey et al., 2017; Schulte et al., 2017; Calderón, 2018; Bezner Kerr et al., 2019; Côte et al., 2019; Rosa-Schleich et al., 2019; Bezner Kerr et al., 2021; Snapp et al., 2021). Effective locally relevant agroecological approaches involve participatory processes, co-creation of knowledge with farmers and attention to social inequities (Bezner Kerr et al., 2021; Santoso et al., 2021; Snapp et al., 2021). To address smallholder vulnerability to climate change impacts, however, additional policy support beyond agroecology will be needed that is context specific; for example, addressing farmer capacity, limited political power to access land, water, seeds and other key natural resources, structural gender inequities, policy and market disincentives that support large-scale monocultures (high confidence) (Anderson et al., 2019a; HLPE, 2019; Holt-Giménez et al., 2021; Snapp et al., 2021).

Table Box 5.11.1 | Dimensions of agroecological transitions as a transformative climate change adaptation strategy, benefits, trade-offs and constraints to implementation.

Different dimensions of agroecological transitions as a transformative climate change adaptation strategy

Links to climate change impacts, benefits, trade-offs and constraints to implementation with examples

Environmental: Agroecology can support long-term productivity and resilience of food systems by sustaining ecosystem services such as pollination, SOC, pest and weed control, soil microbial activity, crop yield stability, water quality and biodiversity (high confidence, see Section 5.4.4.4, Cross-Working Group Box BIOECONOMY this chapter and Cross-Chapter Box NATURAL in Chapter 2). (Isbell et al., 2017; Kremen and Merenlender, 2018; LaCanne and Lundgren, 2018; Beillouin et al., 2019b; Dainese et al., 2019; Rosa-Schleich et al., 2019; Snapp et al., 2021).

Socio-cultural: Effective locally relevant agroecological approaches involve participatory processes, co-creation of knowledge with farmers and attention to social inequities, in doing so building farmer capacity (HLPE, 2019; Bharucha et al., 2020; Holt-Giménez et al., 2021; Snapp et al., 2021).

  • Agroecology can emphasise social justice concerns, including gender inequities, considered crucial for climate change adaptations in food production to have positive impacts on food security and nutrition (Cross-Chapter Box GENDER in Chapter 18; (Smith and Haddad, 2015; HLPE, 2019; Sylvester and Little, 2020).
  • In some contexts, agroecological systems can draw on and support Indigenous knowledge, farming systems, networks and socio-cultural values (Catacora-Vargas et al., 2017).

Food security and nutrition: Agroecological practices can increase household food security and nutrition for producer households, with more evidence in low- and medium-income countries (high confidence) (Darrouzet-Nardi, 2016; Demeke et al., 2017; Jones, 2017a; Kangmennaang et al., 2017; Pandey et al., 2017; Luna-Gonzalez and Sorensen, 2018; Bezner Kerr et al., 2019; Boedecker et al., 2019; Mulwa and Visser, 2020; Bezner Kerr et al., 2021; Santoso et al., 2021).

  • Combinations of practices, such as intercropping, crop rotation and crop diversification, often outperform individual practices for yield and food security outcomes (Beillouin et al., 2019b; Bezner Kerr et al., 2021).
  • Agroecological systems more effectively support food security and nutrition when complemented by nutrition and health education, participatory research and other public policies and programmes which address access to knowledge (high confidence; (HLPE, 2019; Bezner Kerr et al., 2021; 7.4).

Economic: Agroecology can support socioeconomic resilience, through reducing reliance on purchased inputs, enhancing local and regional economies (HLPE, 2019; Bharucha et al., 2020; Holt-Giménez et al., 2021).

Long-term investment : Timeframes are an important consideration, as an agroecological transition involves multiple overlapping stages, of reducing chemical inputs, experimenting with and applying new agroecological practices and adjusting them, redesigning the farm, strengthening short value chains and producer networks (Gliessman, 2014; Padel et al., 2020).

  • In the short term, without policy support, the costs of implementing agroecological practices at the farm scale can outweigh ecological and adaptation benefits, although the timeframe required is context-specific (Padel et al., 2020).
  • In the long term, implementing agroecological practices can increase yields, yield stability and farm profitability, reduce risks, and build resilience alongside ecological, health and social co-benefits, but impacts are context-specific (Section 5.4.4.4, Rosa-Schleich et al., 2019; Bezner Kerr et al., 2021; Snapp et al., 2021).
  • In Malawi, for example, studies indicate that smallholder producers using agroecological practices improved food security and nutrition, livelihoods and provisioning ecosystem services after 2 years (Kangmennaang et al., 2017; Bezner Kerr et al., 2019; Kansanga et al., 2021), while in the UK, farmers transitioning to agroecological practices took 3 or more years to realise benefits (Padel et al., 2020).

Policy tools: Investment in agroecological approaches that are designed for socio-ecological context, farmer-led schools, co-learning platforms, and networks of farmers, scientists, private sector and civil society can support agroecological transitions at a regional scale (high confidence) (Coe et al., 2014; Catacora-Vargas et al., 2017; Pérez-Marin et al., 2017; Mier y Terán Giménez Cacho et al., 2018; Anderson et al., 2019a; González de Molina, 2020; Lampkin et al., 2020; Padel et al., 2020; Snapp et al., 2021). Policies can provide incentives (e.g., price premiums, access to credit, extension service, taxes, regulation) to support agroecological transitions by producers (HLPE, 2019; Rosa-Schleich et al., 2019; Gerard et al., 2020; SAPEA, 2020).

Other drivers of agroecological transitions can include crises (environmental, economic or social), social movements, changing socio-cultural values, addressing social inequities, and discourse (Pérez-Marin et al., 2017; Mier y Terán Giménez Cacho et al., 2018; Anderson et al., 2019a).

Further research could provide context-specific information about economic and ecological benefits of some practices and combinations, with effective policies to support their implementation (high confidence) (HLPE, 2019; Rosa-Schleich et al., 2019; Snapp et al., 2021). Institutional support to monitor the ecosystem services climate change mitigation and adaptation impact of agroecological systems can inform policy, using systematic methods and indicators (e.g., Barrios et al., 2020; Mottet et al., 2020) including annual reporting to the United Nations Framework Convention on Climate Change (UNFCCC) (Snapp et al., 2021).

Box 5.11

Box 5.11

5.14.2 Enabling Conditions for Implementing Adaptation

5.14.2.1 Addressing social inequities in food systems

Addressing gender and other social inequities (e.g., racial, ethnicity, age, income, geographic location) in markets, governance and control over resources is a key enabling condition for climate-resilient transitions in land and aquatic ecosystems (high confidence) (Pearse, 2017; Vermeulen et al., 2018; Blesh et al., 2019; Rao et al., 2019b; Cross-Chapter Box GENDER in Chapter 18, Section 5,13,1; Tavenner et al., 2019). Adaptation strategies can have negative impacts on marginalised social groups and worsen socioeconomic inequities unless explicit efforts are made to address unequal power dynamics and differences in access to resources in agricultural, fisheries, aquaculture, livestock and forestry systems (high confidence) (Glemarec, 2017; Haji and Legesse, 2017; Nagoda and Nightingale, 2017 ; Nightingale, 2017; Rao et al., 2019b; Huyer and Partey, 2020; Mikulewicz, 2020; Taylor and Bhasme, 2020; Eriksen et al., 2021). Technical approaches to adaptation that ignore inequities can worsen them; see, for example, the case study on Climate Smart Agriculture (Box 5.12). Enabling environments support inclusive decision making, capacity building, shifts in social rules, norms and behaviours and access to resources for marginalised groups for climate change adaptation (e.g., Tschakert et al., 2016; Ziervogel, 2019; Eriksen et al., 2021; Garcia et al., 2021).

5.14.2.2 Incorporating Indigenous knowledge and local knowledge

Indigenous knowledge (IK) and local knowledge (LK), while an important component of many adaptation strategies (Reyes-García, 2014; Roue, 2018), continues to be marginalised in food systems; greater integration will increase effectiveness (high confidence) (Ford et al., 2015; Brugnach et al., 2017; Figueroa-Helland et al., 2018). Where Indigenous Peoples have access to and control over their lands and natural resources, food systems can potentially be more sustainably managed and more resilient (high confidence) (Rumbach and Foley, 2014; O’Connell-Milne, 2015; Camacho et al., 2016; Janhiainen, 2017; Kihila, 2018). For example, on Solomon Islands, community-based adaptation combining with IK-informed community mapping helped boost agricultural yields sustainably (Leon et al., 2015), and in China people living in rich plant resource regions have used their wild plants IK to complement the decrease of crop yields during extreme droughts to ensure food security (Zhang et al., 2016). These cases have led scientists and local communities to call for more practical actions to bridge local knowledge, IK and formal science (Borquez et al., 2017; Klenk et al., 2017; Mukhopadhyay, 2017; Olorunfemi, 2017; Reyes-Garcia et al., 2019). Despite this increased public and scientific recognition, IK is often not acknowledged or used.

Effective adaptation requires a more holistic approach that includes the recognition of Indigenous rights, governance systems and laws (high confidence) (Robinson et al., 2016a; Brugnach et al., 2017; Magni, 2017; McMillen et al., 2017; McNeeley, 2017; Pearce et al., 2018), and to couple IK with proactive and regionally coherent adaptation plans, actions and cooperation (Shaffer, 2014; Melvin et al., 2017; Forbis Jr. and Hayhoe, 2018; Makondo and Thomas, 2018).

Supporting Indigenous groups’ knowledge and other excluded social groups can help preserve and harness underutilised resources to enhance nutritional and economic security, with careful measures in protecting Indigenous intellectual rights and avoiding commodification exploitation (Nakashima et al., 2012; Nandal and Bhardwaj, 2014; Ghosh-Jerath et al., 2015; Ebert, 2017). In some regions, there has been a loss of IK about food systems, reducing adaptive capacity (Richards et al., 2019; Panikkar and Lemmond, 2020). Knowledge exchange between Indigenous elders and youth can support adaptive capacity (Osterhoudt, 2018; Richards et al., 2019; Zin et al., 2019). Education utilising IK and LK can help prevent maladaptation options (high confidence) (Melvin et al., 2017; Taremwa, 2017; Forbis Jr. and Hayhoe, 2018; Narayan et al., 2020). There are examples of integrating IK and LK into resource management systems and school curricula and in local institutions with existing decision-making process to strengthen their capacity to address climate change (Huaman and Valdiviezo, 2014; McNamara and Prasad, 2014; Abah et al., 2015; Mistry and Berardi, 2016; Tschakert et al., 2017; McNeeley et al., 2018; McNeeley et al., 2020). However, there are limitations of IK and LK to address future climate impacts. Therefore, it is important that science-based knowledge and other knowledge coalesce to produce solutions that are sustainable and viable in the face of projected impacts of climate change. Community-based adaptation approaches can integrate IK and LK and more formal knowledge systems, provided efforts to establish relationships of respect, trust and common understanding between different stakeholders involved (Herath et al., 2015; Camacho et al., 2016; Fidelman et al., 2017; Inaotombi and Mahanta, 2019; Lam et al., 2019).

5.14.2.3 System transformation and policy enablers

Recent literature highlights the future challenges of producing the quantities of food needed to feed a growing world population in a way that satisfies nutritional needs, benefits everyone equally and equitably, and minimises the negative impacts of food systems on the environment and the natural resource base. There is broad agreement that current trajectories towards the SDGs and countries’ commitments under the Paris Agreement are slow and that transformation of food systems is needed (medium agreement , robust evidence) (Campbell et al., 2018; Brondizio et al., 2019; Dury et al., 2019; EAT-LANCET, 2019; FAO, 2019 f; Food and Land Use Coalition, 2019; Sachs et al., 2019; Searchinger, 2019a; Searchinger T, 2019b; Loboguerrero et al., 2020; Meridian Institute, 2020; Steiner A, 2020).

Recent reviews have summarised literature on production system transformations, driven at least in part by a changing climate or changing climate variability. Such transformations may involve sometimes substantial shifts in farm and livelihood enterprises and land configurations, including intensification, diversification, sedentarisation and abandonment of agriculture (Vermeulen et al., 2018; Thornton et al., 2019). Relevant literature is summarised in Table 5.24, showing reported farmers’ perceptions of the drivers of change and the different outcomes of these changes. The consequences of these production system transitions have been mixed; in about 40% of cases, the outcomes at household level have been unequivocally beneficial. In the other cases, there were detrimental effects on livelihoods, or a mixture of positive and negative effects. The effects on nutritional security reported in these studies were limited. Different enablers of change appear critical if transitions are to have positive outcomes. Policy environments, defined in terms of multi-level governance structures and institutions, are a key driver of systems change, as well as being enablers of and barriers to adaptation responses (Xu et al., 2008; Namgay et al., 2014; Galvin et al., 2015; Schmidt and Pearson, 2016; Liao and Fei, 2017). Policies around property and grazing rights are directly linked to small-scale food producer vulnerability, and land ownership changes will pose a key challenge as climate change impacts in the marginal lands intensify (Reid et al., 2014). Collective action at multiple scales and effective governance structures are also a key enabler of transformational change, for helping community initiatives overcome economic, social and technical barriers, and to strengthen social capital and farmer knowledge (Haglund et al., 2011; Reed et al., 2017; Vermeulen et al., 2018; Fedele et al., 2019). Market development has been shown to be a critical factor for successful adaptation at scale in sub-Saharan Africa (Ouédraogo et al., 2017; Iiyama et al., 2018; Totin et al., 2018). At the same time, financing mechanisms may be a crucial enabler for different food system actors: de-risking agricultural production and food system investments for producers and input suppliers, for example, that address core market failures and compensate actors for extra short-term costs that can lead to longer-term benefits, particularly for small-scale producers and businesses with comparatively low access to technologies and services (Vermeulen et al., 2018; Millan, 2019; see Section 5.1 4.2.5).

The examples in Table 5.24 highlight the uneven impact of adaptation programmes and projects in general, due in part to differences in institutional support and failure of policies to take into account inequities (Clay and King, 2019; Nightingale et al., 2020). Focusing on transformational adaptation, Vermeulen (2018) suggested the need to expand the remit of adaptation planning to consider the multi-functionality of agriculture and a system-wide view of food production and consumption. Several authors argue that transformational change must address the personal, practical and political spheres, in view of the role of power relations and worldviews in shaping practices, food security and inequity (O’Brien, 2015; Nightingale, 2017; O’Brien, 2018; Eriksen et al., 2019; Gosnell et al., 2019). If it involves new or unfamiliar technology, transformation may also be highly disruptive, and the added vulnerabilities of food system actors at risk will need to be addressed (Herrero et al., 2020; see Box 5.5).

Table 5.24 | Agricultural and livelihood system transformations from systematic searches of the literature, which are at least partially attributable to climatic factors and that involve increased or decreased system integration, and major consequences of the change. Information in the table is from the references cited. Sources: updated from (Vermeulen et al., 2018; Thornton et al., 2019).

Underlying production system

Primary drivers of change as stated

Major processes of change as reported

Consequences of change, if reported

Reference

Extensive grassland-based systems

Extensive grassland-based, northwest China

Government policy, climate

Sedentarisation

Diversification (crops, wages)

Income decline, asset holding decline

Liao and Fei, (2017)

Extensive grassland-based, Peruvian Andes

Multiple climatic and non-climatic drivers

Diversification (wages, livestock assets, land)

Extensification

Livestock accumulation in wealthy households, asset diversification in poorer households

López-i-Gelats et al., (2015)

Extensive grassland-based, Bhutan

Government policy, labour constraints, climate

Sedentarisation

Diversification (crops)

Exit

Increased risk, loss of cultural identity, improved market access, livelihood ‘lock-in’ (inability to change rapidly)

Namgay et al., (2014)

Extensive grassland-based, Borana, Ethiopia

Increase in climate variability, resource degradation

Livestock herd diversification (more small stock and camels, fewer cattle)

Enhanced household resilience

Megersa et al., (2014)

Extensive grassland-based, Tibetan Plateau

Government policy, climate

Sedentarisation

Diversification (crops, off-farm wages, trade)

Increased food production, increased disease burden

Xu et al. (2008)

Extensive grassland-based, Afar, Ethiopia

Government policy, climate

Sedentarisation

Diversification (crops)

Weakened institutions and cultural practices, deteriorating natural resources

Schmidt and Pearson (2016)

Extensive grassland-based, Kajiado, Kenya

Government policy, climate, population growth

Sedentarisation

Diversification (crops, wages, remittances)

Intensification

Nutritional status remains poor

Galvin et al. (2015)

Extensive grassland-based, Mongolian Altai

Government policy, climate

Sedentarisation

Diversification (cashmere sales, forest products)

Fodder shortages, forest over-use, unsustainable land use system

Lkhagvadorj et al. (2013)

Extensive grassland based, Mongolia

Increasing drought, grassland degradation

Diversification (decreases in sheep and goats, increases in cattle, decreases in grain production, increases in fruit and vegetable production)

Exit from agriculture

Increased household income from off-farm employment, more diverse diets

Du et al. (2016)

Extensive grassland-based, northern Kenya

Climate change and variability

Diversification (crops, wages, migration)

Decreasing adaptive capacity, over-dependence on local knowledge for adaptation

Ogalleh et al. (2012)

Extensive systems with crops

Extensive with crops, Eastern Cape, South Africa

Multiple

Intensification (richer households)

Exit and abandonment (poorer households)

Livelihood diversification

Wildlife conflicts, loss of cultural identity

Shackleton et al. (2013)

Extensive with crops, Peruvian highlands

Economic globalisation, climate change

Diversification (dairy production, wage migration)

Conversion (away from staple crops to feed production)

Intensification (feed production)

Reduced vulnerability to climate change, but potential loss of both agrobiodiversity and food self-sufficiency identified by the author

Lennox (2015)

Extensive with crops, East Africa

Climate

Diversification (crops, livestock, wages)

Intensification (crops, intercrops)

Increasing household vulnerability

Rufino et al. (2013)

Extensive with crops, Ghana

Climate variability, temperature change

Diversification (off-farm activities)

Reduced vulnerability

Antwi-Agyei et al. (2018)

Extensive smallholder cropping, Nepal

Annual and seasonal warming. Increased precipitation with changes in patterns.

Diversification and integration (from growing buckwheat and barley to vegetables and fruit trees)

Increased household resilience due to diversification of production

Konchar et al. (2015)

Extensive smallholder mixed system, Niger

Droughts and famines, and land degradation

Large-scale regeneration of native trees and shrubs in the arable landscape

Increased household income, effects on household food security not yet known

Haglund et al. (2011)

Other mixed coastal and forest systems

Coastal rice-based, Bangladesh

Increased salinity due to reduced dry season flows from rivers in India, use of groundwater for irrigation

Diversification (from rice cultivation to aquaculture of shrimp and prawn)

Increased household income, increased engagement of women, increased human disease vulnerability

Faruque et al. (2017)

Smallholder cropping systems, coastal Bangladesh

Increasing frequency and severity of floods since 2008

Diversification (re-allocation of land from crops to aquaculture)

Exit (migration away from village)

Mixed impacts on household incomes and seasonal migration frequency

Fenton et al. (2017)

Smallholder mixed cropping in forested landscapes in Indonesia

Floods, drought, crop and livestock disease

Diversification (re-allocation of land from forests to rubber plantations and rice)

Intensification (agroforestry)

Extensification (reforestation, forest protection)

Locally, increased household incomes in general; more widely, some trade-offs with biodiversity, water, carbon stocks

Fedele et al. (2018)

‘Transformation’, defined by IPCC (2019a) as ‘a change in the fundamental attributes of natural and human systems’, is defined here as a redistribution of at least a third in the primary factors of production (land, labour, capital) and/or the outputs and outcomes of production (the types and amounts of production and consumption of goods and services arising from multi-functional agricultural systems) (Vermeulen et al., 2018; Thornton et al., 2019).

5.14.2.4 Finance needs and strategies for adaptation

Current understanding of finance flows and needs for adaptation in crop agriculture, livestock, fisheries, aquaculture and forest products relies primarily on top-down projections, with limited data (UNFCCC, 2018; Buchner et al., 2019; Jachnik et al., 2019). By one estimate, in 2017/2018, agriculture, forestry and land use received 24% of public adaptation finance (totaling USD 7 billion; half via multilateral development finance institutions and one-quarter from governments) and 35% of international grants (with 71% used for adaptation) (Buchner et al., 2019). According to data from OECD (2020), finance flows for agriculture, forestry and fisheries have risen fairly linearly from ca. USD 1.46 billion in 2010 (the year the Rio marker on climate change adaptation was introduced) to ca. 5.5 billion in 2018. Over the entire tracked period, the three subsectors combined received a total of USD 29.82 billion for activities with principal and significant adaptation components. 4 However, the data set only includes climate-related development finance from bilateral, multilateral and private philanthropic sources, whereas private sector finance flows are not captured as this is notoriously difficult to track (UNEP, 2016; OECD, 2020; cross-ref to Cross-Chapter Box FINANCE in Chapter 17). Most of the funding (85%) was directed towards agriculture, with forestry (12%) and fisheries (3%) receiving significantly less, but across the subsectors, there is consistency in the sense that policy and administrative management and development receive the lion’s share of support, which is predominantly given in the form of grants (72%), while debt instruments (26%) and equity and shares in collective investment vehicles (2%) contribute less. From a regional perspective, 80% were directed to Africa (47%), Asia-Pacific (27%), and Latin America and Caribbean States (7%), whereas Eastern Europe and Western Europe and Other States received (2%) each and 17% were destined for ‘developing countries’ without regional tags. Finally, it is noteworthy that 38% of adaptation finance in agriculture, forestry and fisheries is marked as also having mitigation benefits, and roughly a quarter of funding is reported as having principal or significant gender objectives.

Whether current levels of growth in adaptation finance for agriculture, forestry and fisheries is keeping up with estimated needs cannot be assessed because of the large uncertainties that surround adaptation cost estimates (Cross-Chapter Box FINANCE in Chapter 17). There is, hence, high agreement that better assessment of adaptation costs of climate impacts requires considerably more research (Watkiss, 2015; Diaz and Moore, 2017). A recent study focusing on investments needed to offset the effects of climate change on the prevalence of hunger concludes that investments in agricultural research and development (R&D) have to increase from USD 1.62 billion to USD 2.77 billion per year between 2015 and 2050 (Sulser et al., 2021a). In addition to agricultural R&D, significant investment increases in water and infrastructure in the range of USD 12.7 billion and USD 10.8 billion are required, respectively, a considerable portion of which is relevant to the food system. In total, Sulser et al. (2021a) estimate that annual investment between USD 21.47 billion and USD 29.8 billion are needed to avoid sliding back from climate-change-related increases in the prevalence of hunger but recognise the shortcomings of their approach and acknowledge that ‘a full analysis of adaptation to climate change in agriculture would require including many other social, economic, and environmental dimensions’. For comparison, World Bank (2010) estimated global costs of USD 70–100 billion per year for agriculture, forestry and fisheries, infrastructure, water resources, health, ecosystem services, coastal zones and extreme weather events to adapt to an approximately 2°C warmer world between 2010 and 2050. While the World Bank includes more sectors, more recent publications consider the resulting figures to be significantly too low (Baarsch et al., 2015; UNEP, 2016; Rossi and Miola, 2017; Hallegatte et al., 2018; Markandya and González-Eguino, 2019; Chapagain et al., 2020; WGII Cross-Chapter Box FINANCE in Chapter 17). Therefore, despite the methodological and data challenges, further efforts are needed to better capture the economic risks of climate change and provide estimates of adaptation costs at global to national scales as well as across sectors (Watkiss, 2015; Diaz and Moore, 2017).

Financial barriers limit implementation of adaptation options in agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture and forestry (high confidence) (Shukla et al., 2019; FAO et al., 2020). Finance strategies can contribute to adaptation in these sectors in different ways (Table 5.25) and to different degrees. Standardised strategies have not yet been developed for specific adaptation needs, and in current practice, finance strategies are opportunistically deployed, with developing countries facing particular challenges due to under-developed financial mechanisms (Omari-Motsumi et al., 2019).

Table 5.25 | Potential adaptation finance strategies for categories of climate-related risks in the agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture and forestry sectors.

Finance strategies

Reduced food availability

Low food safety /dietary health

Diminished livelihoods

Declining ecosystem services

Reduce vulnerability

Avoid staple failure: Vouchers to producers for improved production inputs

Diversify production strategies: Invest in alternative crops/species/harvest methods

Increase producer capacity: Fund technical assistance programmes

Incentivise improved management : Improved access to credit based on environmental performance

Anticipate/minimise impacts

Minimise impact of extreme weather: Fund early-warning systems

Diversify products in supply chains: Finance processing equipment for alternative food products

Moderate food price spikes: National food reserves

Minimise resource depletion: Subsidise micro-lending for water-efficient technologies

Steer capital towards climate resilience

Develop climate-resilient production technologies: Fund R&D for improved genetics (crops, fish, livestock) and management

Build nutrition-sensitive food systems: Finance early-stage market building for diversified food products

Increase resilience of supply chain infrastructure: Finance improved storage and transport facilities

Disincentivise low-resilience production: Screen investments based on climate risk disclosures

Pool climate-related risks

Distribute climate-related risks: Securitise investments in production systems

De-risk diversified food supply chains: Invest in producer aggregation to improve supply chain efficiency

Insure against supply chain risks: Subsidised index insurance programmes

Detect high-risk production systems: Invest in supply chain monitoring/traceability mechanisms

Compensate for climate-related impacts

Compensate for production losses: Financial transfers to affected producers

Avoid food shortages: Subsidise food importation

Avoid selling off productive assets: Fund social support for low-income households

Ecological restoration: Direct development aid to land rehabilitation projects

Many types of financial instruments are employed by diverse actors (Table 5.26) guided by their mandates (e.g., development, commerce), capacity (investor, intermediary, donor) and risk appetite. Actors within a sector or local production area can coordinate their financial strategies towards common objectives (e.g., reduced supply chain loss) or participate in joint financial action such as blended finance structures that combine commercial and concessionary finance to catalyse additional private investment, enrich the pipeline of bankable projects, and test business models (FAO, 2020b).

Table 5.26 | Potential adaptation finance objectives for major actors in agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture and forestry sectors.

Actors

Potential adaptation finance objectives

Private sector: Focused on capturing positive externalities (i.e., lower risks or costs) from adaptation investments (Woodard et al., 2019). Major considerations include fiduciary responsibilities; expected rates of return (i.e., risk-adjusted; benchmarked to comparable investments); investment characteristics (e.g., liquidity, structure, size) and contribution to investor portfolio; material business risks (e.g., supply chain reliability; stranded assets); cost control (e.g., product losses; insurance); legal compliance; and sectoral requirements (e.g., climate risk disclosure) (Havemann et al., 2020).

Production companies or cooperatives

  • Supply chain transactions (e.g., trade finance)
  • Sustainable agricultural infrastructure (e.g., capital investment in storage or processing facilities to reduce exposure to climate risks)
  • Developing or accessing advisory services (weather data; agronomic information) (Orchard, 2019)
  • Risk management (e.g., insurance/reinsurance; budget reserves)

Financial investors and intermediaries (e.g., banks, asset managers, venture capital; non-bank financial institutions)

  • Ownership shares in established companies (i.e., private equity) or large publicly traded companies (i.e., listed equities)
  • Debt issuance (e.g., working capital; catastrophe bonds; emergency loans)
  • Real estate investment
  • Financial derivatives
  • Technological research and development
  • (Impact investors) Bespoke non-financial sustainability objectives (e.g., fairtrade products; financial inclusion) (Havemann et al., 2020)

Public sector: Encompassing nearly commercial (e.g., specialised commodity boards; bond issuances), partially subsidised (e.g., low-interest loans) and fully subsidised (e.g., R&D; grants) investments. Major considerations include avoiding negative impacts to citizens (e.g., food price spikes) and specific constituencies (e.g., catastrophic losses to producers) and maintaining/enhancing public revenues (i.e., taxes from economic activity in agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture and forestry).

Government agencies and multilateral institutions

  • Strengthen enabling environments for sustainable production and ecosystem protection (e.g., price transparency; information exchange; international coordination)
  • Support demonstration projects for sustainable land and resource management (e.g., grants)
  • Disaster risk reduction (e.g., national disaster funds; social protection programmes; contingent credit lines; sovereign/sub-sovereign insurance (Global Commission on Adaptation, 2019)
  • Increase resilience through early-warning systems, infrastructure, and capacity building (e.g., climate change adaptation funds)
  • Increase revenues for adaptation activities (e.g., income/luxury taxes)
  • Reduce production risks (e.g., agricultural subsidies)
  • Promote advanced technology implementation (e.g., tax incentives)
  • Coordinate and align donor funding with national priorities (e.g., multi-donor national climate change funds)
  • Incentivise and de-risk commercial investments (e.g., interest rate reduction programmes, structured financing, guarantee funds) (Woodard et al., 2019)

Expanding access to financial services and pooling climate risks can enable and incentivise climate change adaptation (medium confidence) (Shukla et al., 2019). To mobilise financial instruments (Table 5.27) towards adaptation needs, individual actors can apply an adaptation lens to existing or new activities, accounting for investment characteristics (e.g., development stage; cash flow profile), requirements (e.g., amount; risk–return) and context (e.g., regulatory landscape) (Havemann et al., 2020). Risk-layering can match financial instruments to severity and probability climate risks (Hochrainer-Stigler and Reiter, 2021).

Table 5.27 | Major types of financial instruments suitable to adaptation finance in agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture and forestry sectors (adapted from Havemann et al., 2020).

Financial instrument

Description

Equity: Ownership stake in a company (e.g., agricultural technology company; processing company) or collective investment vehicle (e.g., agriculture fund; Timber Investment Management Organization; commodity index fund) providing returns (via dividends and/or sale of equity shares) corresponding to business-related risk (e.g., higher return for higher risk and/or lower liquidity)

Listed equities

Ownership of shares in a company listed in a public market

Private equity

Ownership of shares in a company or other assets

Junior or risk-absorbing equity

Ownership of lower-tier shares in a company (e.g., common stock) or collective investment vehicle (e.g., first-loss tranche)

Debt : Capital provided directly or indirectly (via banks or other third-party institutions) to users with defined repayment terms (i.e., timeframe, interest rate); more likely to deliver adaptation benefits when coupled with capacity building (e.g., technical assistance, education, analytics) (Woodard et al., 2019)

Loan, bond, note, credit line

Direct or indirect provision of capital (e.g., operating loans; dedicated credit line for agricultural trade); concessionary loans may allow for below-market interest rates

Soft loan

Direct interest-free loan (e.g., funds provided in advance of good/service delivery)

Emergency loan

Lending in response to climate risks or impacts with repayment terms (e.g., return period) that consider necessary relief, recovery and reconstruction

Catastrophe bond

Risk transfer instrument in which insurers or reinsurers provide high interest payments to investors in exchange for a payout (and repayment deferment or forgiveness) activated by specific events (e.g., extreme weather)

Impact bond

Subsidised investment providing capital upfront or based on defined outcomes

Subordinated loan

Concessionary capital with a junior position (i.e., accepting higher risk of non-repayment and / or lower rate of return on investment) relative to other investors

Securitised investments

Aggregation of equity or debt to offer marketable securities to a wider pool of investors with different risk–return appetites

Guarantees: Commercial and concessionary guarantees that provide compensation for losses due to specified risks (e.g., political risk, performance risk); more likely to deliver adaptation benefits when linked to robust underwriting standards and verification protocols (Woodard et al., 2019)

Credit guarantee

Compensation for specified losses incurred by agricultural lenders

Payment, performance, surety bonds

De-risking mechanism for transactions between providers and buyers of goods/services; may be used in trade finance and other forms of intermediation

Insurance: Policies and other financial instruments that provide compensation for losses based on defined terms and conditions.

Production insurance

Compensation for specified losses related to production (e.g., insurance indexed to specific weather events) or supply chains (e.g., shipping insurance)

Market and price insurance

Compensation for specified market-related losses (e.g., price or currency fluctuation)

Grants: Concessionary funding provided by public or philanthropic entities to support climate adaptation costs or outcomes (no expectation of repayment)

Direct support

Funding for provision of goods (e.g., fertilizer, seeds, nursery stock) or services (e.g., technical assistance, product storage) to producers, local companies or intermediaries (e.g., for agronomic or business management expertise); can reduce credit risk when part of blended finance arrangements

Performance-based grants

Grants or other concessionary funding contingent on achievement of defined adaptation outcomes (with possible third-party verification requirement); may support development and testing of new approaches (i.e., design funding; challenges/prizes)

Governmental instruments

Policy incentives

Public policies designed to stimulate adaptation action among targeted groups (e.g., producers, consumers, agri-businesses, financiers) including direct or indirect subsidies (e.g., producer payments, tax breaks, health insurance), procurement policies (e.g., low carbon and sustainability criteria; nutrition-sensitive school feeding programmes) and other fiscal measures (e.g., infrastructure development; funding R&D in climate-resilient practices or technologies) (Shukla et al., 2019)

Development aid

International or domestic programmes that directly or indirectly fund adaptation actions including financial transfers (e.g., producer support or anti-poverty programmes) and subsidised credit (medium confidence) (Shukla et al., 2019)

Planning grants

Financial support to governments for adaptation planning (e.g., via readiness programmes)

Other instruments

Fintech

Data analytics and risk analysis models used to better assess borrowers’ repayment risk (e.g., due to crop failure) and reduce transaction costs (e.g., streamlined lending processes); applications may include financial inclusion (e.g., micro-financing; lending to small- and mid-size operators), alternative repayment programmes (e.g., for larger capital borrowing), insurance (e.g., more granular risk assessment) or digital strategies (e.g., crowdfunding, smallholder credit) (Agyekumhene et al., 2018)

Payment for Ecosystem Services (PES)

Funds delivered to land and resource managers in exchange for compliance with specified sustainability practices or environmental outcomes; PES depends on willing payers (i.e., direct and indirect beneficiaries of ecosystem services such as governments, companies, conservation groups, philanthropies)

5.14.2.5 Constraints on adaptation finance for food, feed, fibre and other ecosystem products

Flow of adaptation finance in the agriculture, fisheries, aquaculture and forestry sectors is impeded by weak measurement and benchmarking of financial and resilience outcomes (Kramer et al., 2019; Negra et al., 2020), and challenges in assessing repayment capacity of investee producers and companies (medium confidence). Immature information systems (e.g., weak analytics, fragmented standards) (Woodard et al., 2019; Negra et al., 2020) inhibit effective due diligence and impact assessment, contributing to uncertainty and low investor confidence (Havemann et al., 2020; NGFS, 2020). Improved characterisation of adaptation finance strategies (e.g., insurance, subsidies, blended finance) requires increased transaction volume (Millan et al., 2019) and analysis of financial (e.g., risk–return profile, investor demand) and resilience (e.g., reduced vulnerability) effects.

Use of climate-resilient financial strategies and instruments is limited by weak incentives, which commonly take the form of high upfront costs (Verdolini et al., 2018), high transaction and intermediation costs (Havemann et al., 2020) and relatively long pay-off time. Tenant producers may not experience benefits from adaptation investments (Woodard et al., 2019). Investors seek low-risk, liquid investments and credit-worthy counterparties (Havemann et al., 2020), yet small- and medium-sized producers and supply chain actors often lack access to formal credit. Given limited experience and weak information for adaptation finance, sub-optimal outcomes may include imbalanced allocation of public and private finance (e.g., to less vulnerable regions and producers; to lower-resilience investments; to short-term benefits) as well as inequitable division of risks and returns (e.g., within blended finance structures) (Clapp, 2017; World Bank, 2018; Attridge and Engen, 2019). Additionally, while risk-sharing finance strategies can deliver adaptation benefits, they do not inherently reduce overall risk and commonly cover only specified types of risks (Kellett and Peters, 2014; Watson et al., 2015).

Methods to strengthen adaptation finance include updating regulations and policies to support adaptation finance instruments (e.g., climate accounting standards), requiring climate-risk disclosure, improved information-sharing among public and private sector actors and devolving funding to local actors (medium confidence) (Global Commission on Adaptation, 2019; Millan et al., 2019).

Box 5.12: Is Climate-Smart Agriculture Overlooking Gender and Power Relations?

Climate-smart agriculture (CSA) is an approach that aims to increase agricultural productivity, enhance food security, adapt to climate change and, where possible, reduce GHG emissions. The effective implementation of climate-smart practices is conceptually linked to an enabling environment in which policies, institutions and finance can re-orient agricultural systems, thereby supporting development and enhancing food security in a changing climate (Lipper et al., 2014; Karttunen et al., 2017). However, the concept has received criticism based on the absence of conceptual clarity of the interrelations between productivity, food security, adaptation and mitigation (Arenas-Sanchez et al., 2019) and because of limited evidence on the efficacy of CSA for achieving adaptation and mitigation outcomes at a global scale (Arslan et al., 2015; Lamanna et al., 2016; Chandra et al., 2018). Some argue that CSA operates within an apolitical framework that tends to minimise issues concerning power, inequity and access, and is overly focused on technical approaches (Taylor, 2017; HLPE, 2019). CSA is explicitly referenced by more than 30 countries in their Intended Nationally Determined Contributions (INDCs) (Ross et al., 2016), but measuring the degree of its implementation still represents a challenge.

There is low agreement , medium evidence on the relationship between CSA and equity (Allen, 2018; Karlsson et al., 2018). CSA can potentially benefit women if they are able to take advantage of improvements in productivity, food security and adaptation decision making as a result of the implementation of CSA practices. Nevertheless, these advantages can be unequally realised given male domination in receiving information and extension services, as well as financial or resource access (Jost et al., 2016). Some (Huyer and Partey, 2020) argue that CSA may undermine gender equity (Collins, 2018), entrench and solidify power (Haapala, 2018), and result in the disproportional allocation of new labour-intensive activities to women (Jost et al., 2016). Uptake of some climate-smart technologies can further marginalise the most disadvantaged local groups (Roncoli et al., 2009; Haapala, 2018). Unequal sharing of benefits and burdens with respect to emission reduction costs among different agricultural groups has also been observed (Budiman, 2019).

In contrast, emerging research points to the potential of CSA as a supporting condition for gender equity, provided that equity and power concerns are explicitly included in the approach (Chanana-Nag and Aggarwal, 2020). Some CSA technologies and practices, such as direct seeding, green manuring and laser land levelling, can have a significant role in reducing the gender gap in labour burden for women in agriculture (Khatri-Chhetri et al., 2020). The use of participatory approaches can facilitate community-based adaptation of gender-sensitive CSA practices (Rosimo, 2018). CSA may also empower both men and women: in two villages in India, CSA adoption empowered both sexes in decision making and use and control of income (Hariharan et al., 2018).

In general CSA programmes have tended to overlook questions of inequity (medium confidence), including limited attention to social conditions that promote Business-As-Usual pathways, although this is now changing. Addressing questions of rights, social injustice, unequal power relations and inequity would help make CSA-related policy responses more effective in addressing vulnerability (Chandra et al., 2017; Clapp and Isakson, 2018; Karlsson et al., 2018; Westengen et al., 2018; Ellis and Tschakert, 2019; Eriksen et al., 2019; Westengen et al., 2019).

Box 5.13: Supporting Youth Adaptation in Food Systems

Young people are key agents in agrifood systems: both a vulnerable group, and one that can foster systemic change (high confidence) (Brooks et al., 2019; Figure X; IFAD, 2019; Flynn and Sumberg, 2021; HLPE, 2021). Food systems are the largest source of employment for young people, but do not always provide adequate livelihoods or decent working conditions (HLPE, 2021). Regions with more youthful populations—such as Sub-Saharan Africa, South Asia and Central America—are both highly vulnerable to climate change impacts and reliant on agriculture, forestry, aquaculture and fisheries for livelihoods (Brooks et al., 2019; IFAD, 2019; HLPE, 2021). Rural youth in these sectors are particularly vulnerable, often with less access to land, water, capital and other resources, shaped by family and social relations, and fewer opportunities (high confidence) (Chingala et al., 2017; Ricker-Gilbert and Chamberlin, 2018; IFAD, 2019; Yeboah et al., 2020; Flynn and Sumberg, 2021; Nhat Lam Duyen, 2021). In these vulnerable regions, climate change compounds other drivers such as poverty to increase youth out-migration to urban areas or other regions (medium confidence) (Zin et al., 2019; Weinreb et al., 2020; HLPE, 2021; Stoltz et al., 2021; Voss, 2021), which can further worsen rural economies. Young low-income rural women may be particularly marginalised and vulnerable due to systemic gender inequities in access to land, credit, employment, institutions and other resources (medium confidence) (Sah Akwen, 2017; IFAD, 2019; Flynn and Sumberg, 2021).

Youth play a critical role in all sectors of the food system (HLPE, 2021; Figure Box 5.13.1), and some are actively pursuing work and innovation in agrifood systems (medium confidence) (Sah Akwen, 2017; 2019; Yeboah et al., 2020; Flynn and Sumberg, 2021). Climate change impacts may reduce youth employment options in food systems in some regions, while they are often politically marginalised (Brooks et al., 2019; IFAD, 2019; HLPE, 2021). At the same time, due to heightened awareness about climate change, youth may be more willing to apply climate adaptation strategies (medium confidence) (Ali and Erenstein, 2017; Jiri et al., 2017; Sah Akwen, 2017; Chamberlin and Sumberg, 2021; Doherty et al., 2021). Agrifood policy implementation of adaptation strategies could increase inclusive participation of youth to meet their needs (HLPE, 2021). Inclusive investments in water management, infrastructure, agrifood science, and policies that increase youth access to land, credit, knowledge, education, skills and other crucial resources can support dignified and rewarding agrifood employment (Ahsan and Mitra, 2016; Brooks et al., 2019; HLPE, 2021). Digital technologies can support agrifood adaptations, but digital divides must be overcome to avoid worsening inequities (HLPE, 2021). Initiatives which protect and strengthen youth engagement and employment in the all points of the food system, including recognition of youth’s critical role and agency through rights-based approaches, can support sustainable food transitions (HLPE, 2021). Harnessing youth innovation and vision to address climate change alongside other SDGs such as gender inequity and rural poverty will be a crucial strategy to ensure resilient economies in food systems (high confidence) (Laube, 2016; Brooks et al., 2019; IFAD, 2019; Abay et al., 2021; HLPE, 2021).

Figure Box 5.13.1 | Youth agency, engagement and employment in food system (HLPE, 2021).

5.14.3 Climate Resilient Development Pathways

Climate resilient development pathways (CRDPs) introduced in AR5 (Denton, 2014) can briefly be described as ‘development trajectories that integrate adaptation and mitigation to realise the goal of sustainable development’ (see IPCC (2019a)) for a more extensive definition). Several characteristics were proposed in SR1.5 by which such CRDPs could be identified: consistency with principles of sustainable development; ability to deliver poverty reduction; ability to enhance social, gender, racial, ethnic and intergenerational equity; ability to deliver resilience to climate change and other shocks and stresses; and ability to protect species, biodiversity and ecosystem goods and services. There is an increasing literature, assessed in SR1.5, on adaptation pathways approaches, generally for specific regions, locations and subsectors.

Two recent examples directly related to agriculture and food are the following: sustaining agrarian livelihoods to mid-century of Nicaraguan small-scale coffee producers using analyses of suitability and coffee quality changes under an IPCC Special Report on Emissions Scenarios (SRES) A2 emissions scenario (Läderach et al., 2017); and development of participatory pathways to mid-century under RCPs 4.5 and 8.5 support regional adaptation planning in Hawke’s Bay, New Zealand for agricultural producers and rural communities (Cradock-Henry et al., 2020). CRDPs mentioned in SROCC include shifting from providing coastal defences to adapting to seawater inundation in coastal regions (Renaud et al., 2015) and retreating coastal megacities (Solecki et al., 2017). Pathway frameworks continue to be used to frame the broad-scale challenges of development and climate change, thereby linking different types of food system actor with different responses through time using a variety of approaches, top-down and participatory, qualitative and quantitative (Butler et al., 2016; Antle et al., 2017; Thornton and Comberti, 2017; Collste et al., 2019; Loboguerrero et al., 2020; Stringer et al., 2020).

While there is consensus that the concept of CRDPs is useful, there are major challenges in identifying, operationalising, monitoring and evaluating them (Lin et al., 2017; Bloemen et al., 2018). Management approaches seldom integrate across spatio-temporal scales and may be unable to address unidirectional change and extreme events (Holsman et al., 2019). The socioeconomic complexities and implications of pursuing integrated outcomes make it difficult to evaluate synergies and trade-offs associated with different actions in local contexts through time (Thornton and Comberti, 2017; Ellis and Tschakert, 2019; Holsman et al., 2019; Orchard, 2019). Case studies by Lo (2019) of transformation in a fishing town in south China and by Gajjar (2019) on undesirable path dependencies in development trajectories in urban and rural India show that overall adaptive capacity of populations may be decreased though politicisation and entrenchment of existing inequities, severely limiting the possibilities for future adaptation. A further challenge of implementation is timely detection of tipping points and abrupt exposure events in both climate and environmental systems (Lenton et al., 2019; Trisos et al., 2020), which may alter the efficacy of current and planned adaptation actions, necessitating a switch to other, more transformational strategies; in such cases, re-energising food system actors’ commitment to adaptation action may well be needed (Bloemen et al., 2018).

Integrated modelling of CRDPs will increasingly be needed to throw light on key SDG synergies and trade-offs into the future (Bleischwitz et al., 2018). In investigating possible future pressures on land under the SSPs, Doelman (2018) projected that the largest changes take place in sub-Saharan Africa in SSP3 and SSP4, mostly because of continued high population growth coupled with (projected) sluggish increases in agricultural efficiency, among other things, leading to expansion of agricultural land for crop and livestock production and reduced food security. Lassaletta (2019) evaluated global pig production in the SSPs and concluded that the future sustainability of pig systems will depend on production efficiency improvements coupled with other factors such as use of alternative feed sources and use of slurries on cropland. Such studies will be increasingly important for quantifying the potential trade-offs and synergies between different SDGs, to guide adaptation (and mitigation) action along CRDPs in the future. The current lack of widely accepted and simple-to-measure indicators for tracking progress in adaptation is a significant hurdle to overcome. There is a large literature on the desirable characteristics of future global food systems, but much less on robust analysis that explicitly addresses and evaluates the pathways towards these desired futures. Gerten (2020) estimates that 10.2 billion people can be supported within key planetary boundaries via spatially redistributed cropland and dietary changes, among other actions. There are few, if any, analyses for detailing the plausible pathways to move towards such a future in ways that are socially, economically and environmentally acceptable through time; whether such pathways could indeed be made climate-resilient is unknown. Appropriate monitoring and rapid feedback to food system actors on what is working and why will be critical to the successful operationalisation of adaptation actions within CRDPs (Bosomworth and Gaillard, 2019).

Cross-Working Group Box BIOECONOMY: Mitigation and Adaptation via the Bioeconomy

Authors: Henry Neufeldt (Denmark/Germany), Göran Berndes (Sweden), Almut Arneth (Germany), Rachel Bezner Kerr (USA/Canada), Luisa F Cabeza (Spain), Donovan Campbell (Jamaica), Jofre Carnicer Cols (Spain), Annette Cowie (Australia), Vassilis Daioglou (Greece), Joanna House (UK), Adrian Leip (Italy/Germany), Francisco Meza (Chile), Michael Morecroft (UK), Gert-Jan Nabuurs (the Netherlands), Camille Parmesan (UK/USA), Julio C Postigo (USA/Peru), Marta G. Rivera-Ferre (Spain), Raphael Slade (UK), Maria Cristina Tirado von der Pahlen (USA/Spain), Pramod K. Singh (India), Peter Smith (UK)

Summary Statement

The growing demand for biomass offers both opportunities and challenges to mitigate and adapt to climate change and natural resource constraints (high confidence). Increased technology innovation, stakeholder integration and transparent governance structures and procedures at local to global scales are key to successful bioeconomy deployment maximising benefits and managing trade-offs (high confidence).

Limited global land and biomass resources accompanied by growing demands for food, feed, fibre and fuels, together with prospects for a paradigm shift towards phasing out fossil fuels, set the frame for potentially fierce competition for land 51 and biomass to meet burgeoning demands even as climate change increasingly limits natural resource potentials (high confidence).

Sustainable agriculture and forestry, technology innovation in bio-based production within a circular economy and international cooperation and governance of global trade in products to reflect and disincentivise their environmental and social externalities can provide mitigation and adaptation via bioeconomy development that responds to the needs and perspectives of multiple stakeholders to achieve outcomes that maximise synergies while limiting trade-offs (high confidence).

Background

There is high confidence that climate change, population growth and changes in per capita consumption will increase pressures on managed as well as natural and semi-natural ecosystems, exacerbating existing risks to livelihoods, biodiversity, human and ecosystem health, infrastructure and food systems (Conijn et al., 2018; IPCC, 2018; IPCC, 2019b; Lade et al., 2020). At the same time, many global mitigation scenarios presented in Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change (IPCC) assessment reports rely on large greenhouse gas (GHG) emissions reduction in the Agriculture, Forestry, and Other Land Use (AFOLU) sector and concurrent deployment of reforestation/afforestation and biomass use in a multitude of applications (Rogelj et al., 2018; AR6 WGIII Chapter 3 and Chapter 7; Canadell et al., 2021; Lee et al., 2021)

Given the finite availability of natural resources, there are invariably trade-offs that complicate land-based mitigation unless land productivity can be enhanced without undermining ecosystem services (e.g., Obersteiner et al., 2016; Campbell et al., 2017; Caron et al., 2018; Conijn et al., 2018; Heck et al., 2018; WRI, 2018; Smith et al., 2019c). Management intensities can often be adapted to local conditions with consideration of other functions and ecosystem services, but at a global scale the challenge remains to avoid further deforestation and degradation of intact ecosystems, in particular of biodiversity-rich systems (Cross-Chapter Box on NBS-NATURAL in Chapter 2), while meeting the growing demands. Further, increased land use competition can affect food prices and impact food security and livelihoods (To and Grafton, 2015; Chakravorty et al., 2017), with possible knock-on effects related to civil unrest (Abbott et al., 2017; D’Odorico et al., 2018).

Developing New Bio-Based Solutions while Mitigating Overall Biomass Demand Growth

Many existing bio-based products have significant mitigation potential. Increased use of wood in buildings can reduce GHG emissions from cement and steel production while providing carbon storage (Churkina et al., 2020). Substitution of fossil fuels with biomass in manufacture of cement and steel can reduce GHG emissions where these materials are difficult to replace. Dispatchable power based on biomass can provide power stability and quality as the contribution from solar and wind power increases (WGIII Chapter 6), and biofuels can contribute to reducing fossil fuel emissions in the transport and industry sectors (WGIII Chapter 10 and Chapter 11). The use of bio-based plastics, chemicals and packaging could be increased, and biorefineries can achieve high resource-use efficiency in converting biomass into food, feed, fuels and other bio-based products (Aristizábal-Marulanda and Cardona Alzate, 2019; Schmidt et al., 2019). There is also scope for substituting existing bio-based products with more benign products. For example, cellulose-based textiles can replace cotton, which requires large amounts of water, chemical fertilizers and pesticides to ensure high yields.

While increasing and diversified use of biomass can reduce the need for fossil fuels and other GHG-intensive products, unfavourable GHG balances may limit the mitigation value. Growth in biomass use may in the longer term also be constrained by the need to protect biodiversity and ecosystems’ capacity to support essential ecosystem services. Biomass use may also be constrained by water scarcity and other resource scarcities and/or challenges related to public perception and acceptance due to impacts caused by biomass production and use. Energy conservation and efficiency measures and deployment of technologies and systems that do not rely on carbon, such as carbon-free electricity supporting, inter alia, electrification of transport as well as industry processes and residential heating (IPCC, 2018; UNEP, 2019), can constrain the growth in biomass demand when countries seek to phase out fossil fuels and other GHG-intensive products while providing an acceptable standard of living. Nevertheless, demand for bio-based products may become high where full decoupling from carbon is difficult to achieve (e.g., aviation, bio-based plastics, and chemicals) or where carbon storage is an associated benefit (e.g., wood buildings, bioenergy with carbon capture and storage (BECCS), biochar for soil amendments), leading to challenging trade-offs (e.g., food security, biodiversity) that need to be managed in environmentally sustainable and socially just ways.

Changes on the demand side as well as improvements in resource-use efficiencies within the global food and other bio-based systems can also reduce pressures on the remaining land resources. For example, dietary changes towards more plant-based food (where appropriate) and reduced food waste can provide climate change mitigation along with health benefits ( WGIII Chapter 7.4 and 12.4, Willett et al., 2019) and other co-benefits with regard to food security, adaptation and land use (Mbow et al., 2019; Smith et al., 2019c; WGII Chapter 5). Advancements in the provision of novel food and feed sources (e.g., cultured meat, insects, grass-based protein feed and cellular agriculture) can also limit the pressures on finite natural resources (WGIII Chapter 12.4, Parodi et al., 2018; Zabaniotou, 2018).

Cross-Working Group Box BIOECONOMY

Box Cross-Working Group Box BIOECONOMY.1: Circular Bioeconomy

Circular economy approaches (WGIII-12.6) are commonly depicted by two cycles, where the biological cycle focuses on regeneration in the biosphere and the technical cycle focuses on reuse, refurbishment and recycling to maintain value and maximise material recovery (Mayer et al., 2019a). Biogenic carbon flows and resources are part of the biological carbon cycle, but carbon-based products can be included in, and affect, both the biological and the technical carbon cycles (Kirchherr et al., 2017; Winans et al., 2017; Velenturf et al., 2019). The integration of circular economy and bioeconomy principles has been discussed in relation to organic waste management (Teigiserova et al., 2020), societal transition and policy development (Directorate-General for Research Innovation, 2018; Bugge et al., 2019) as well as coronavirus disease 2019 (COVID-19) recovery strategies (Palahi et al., 2020). To maintain the natural resource base, circular bioeconomy emphasises sustainable land use and the return of biomass and nutrients to the biosphere when it leaves the technical cycle.

Biomass scarcity is an argument for adopting circular economy principles for the management of biomass as for non-renewable resources. This includes waste avoidance, product reuse and material recycling, which keep down resource use while maintaining product and material value. However, reuse and recycling is not always feasible, such as when biofuels are used for transport and bio-based biodegradable chemicals are used to reduce ecological impacts where losses to the environment are unavoidable. A balanced approach to management of biomass resources could take departure in the carbon cycle from a value-preservation perspective and the possible routes that can be taken for biomass and carbon, considering a carbon budget defined by the Paris Agreement, principles for sustainable land use and natural ecosystem protection.

Land Use Opportunities and Challenges in the Bioeconomy

Analyses of synergies and trade-offs between adaptation and mitigation in the agriculture and forestry sectors show that outcomes depend on context, design and implementation, so actions have to be tailored to the specific conditions to minimise adverse effects (Kongsager, 2018). This is supported in literature analysing the nexus between land, water, energy and food in the context of climate change, which consistently concludes that addressing these different domains together rather than in isolation would enhance synergies and reduce trade-offs (Obersteiner et al., 2016; D’Odorico et al., 2018; Soto Golcher and Visseren-Hamakers, 2018; Froehse and Schilling, 2019; Momblanch et al., 2019).

Nature-based solutions addressing climate change can provide opportunities for sustainable livelihoods as well as multiple ecosystem services, such as flood risk management through floodplain restoration, saltmarshes, mangroves or peat renaturation (Cross-Chapter Box NATURAL in Chapter 2; UNEP, 2021). Climate-smart agriculture can increase productivity while enhancing resilience and reducing GHG emissions inherent to production (Lipper et al., 2014; Singh and Chudasama, 2021). Similarly, climate-smart forestry considers the whole value chain and integrates climate objectives into forest sector management through multiple measures (from strict reserves to more intensively managed forests) providing mitigation and adaptation benefits (Nabuurs et al., 2018; Verkerk et al., 2020; WGIII Section 7.3)

Agroecological approaches can be integrated into a wide range of land management practices to support a sustainable bioeconomy and address equity considerations (HLPE, 2019). Relevant land use practices, such as agroforestry, intercropping, organic amendments, cover crops and rotational grazing, can provide mitigation and support adaption to climate change via food security, livelihoods, biodiversity and health co-benefits (Ponisio et al., 2015; Garibaldi et al., 2016; D’Annolfo et al., 2017; Bezner Kerr et al., 2019; Clark et al., 2019; Córdova et al., 2019; HLPE, 2019; Mbow et al., 2019; Renard and Tilman, 2019; Sinclair et al., 2019; Bharucha et al., 2020; Bezner Kerr et al., 2021;WGII Cross-Chapter Box NATURAL in Chapter 2). Strategic integration of appropriate biomass production systems into agricultural landscapes can provide biomass for bioenergy and other bio-based products while providing co-benefits such as enhanced landscape diversity, habitat quality, retention of nutrients and sediment, erosion control, climate regulation, flood regulation, pollination and biological pest and disease control (WGIII Chapter12 Box on UNCCD-LDN, Christen and Dalgaard, 2013; Asbjornsen et al., 2014; Holland et al., 2015; Ssegane et al., 2015; Dauber and Miyake, 2016; Milner et al., 2016; Ssegane and Negri, 2016; Styles et al., 2016; Zumpf et al., 2017; Cacho et al., 2018; Alam and Dwivedi, 2019; Cubins et al., 2019; HLPE, 2019; Olsson et al., 2019; Zalesny et al., 2019; Englund et al., 2020). Such approaches can help limit environmental impacts from intensive agriculture while maintaining or increasing land productivity and biomass output.

Figure Cross-Working Group Box BIOECONOMY.1 | Left: High-input intensive agriculture, aiming for high yields of a few crop species, with large fields and no semi-natural habitats. Right: Agroecological agriculture, supplying a range of ecosystem services, relying on biodiversity and crop and animal diversity instead of external inputs, and integrating plant and animal production, with smaller fields and presence of semi-natural habitats. Credit: Jacques Baudry (left); Valérie Viaud (right), published in van der Werf et al. (2020).

Transitions from conventional to new biomass production and conversion systems include challenges related to cross-sector integration and limited experience with new crops and land use practices, including needs for specialised equipment (WGII Chapter 5.10, Thornton and Herrero, 2015; HLPE, 2019). Introduction of agroecological approaches and integrated biomass/food crop production can result in lower food crop yields per hectare, particularly during transition phases, potentially causing indirect land use change, but can also support higher and more stable yields, reduce costs, and increase profitability under climate change (Muller et al., 2017; Seufert and Ramakutty, 2017; Barbieri et al., 2019; HLPE, 2019; Sinclair et al., 2019; Smith et al., 2019c; Smith et al., 2020a). Crop diversification, organic amendments and biological pest control (HLPE, 2019) can reduce input costs and risks of occupational pesticide exposure and food and water contamination (Gonzalez-Alzaga et al., 2014; European Food Safety Authority Panel on Plant Protection Products and their Residues et al., 2017; Mie et al., 2017), reduce farmers’ vulnerability to climate change (e.g., droughts and spread of pests and diseases affecting plant and animal health; Delcour et al., 2015; FAO, 2020a) and enhance provisioning and sustaining ecosystem services, such as pollination (D’Annolfo et al., 2017; Sinclair et al., 2019).

Barriers towards wider implementation include absence of policies that compensate landowners for providing enhanced ecosystem services and other environmental benefits, which can help overcome short-term losses during the transition from conventional practices before longer-term benefits can accrue. Other barriers include limited access to markets, knowledge gaps, financial, technological or labour constraints, lack of extension support and insecure land tenure (Jacobi et al., 2017; Kongsager, 2017; Hernández-Morcillo et al., 2018; Iiyama et al., 2018; HLPE, 2019). Regional-level agroecology transitions may be facilitated by co-learning platforms, farmer networks, private sector, civil society groups, regional and local administration, and other incentive structures (e.g., price premiums, access to credit, regulation) (Coe et al., 2014; Pérez-Marin et al., 2017; Mier y Terán Giménez Cacho et al., 2018; HLPE, 2019; Valencia et al., 2019; SAPEA, 2020). With the right incentives, improvements can be made with regard to profitability, making alternatives more attractive to landowners.

Governing the Solution Space

Literature analysing the synergies and trade-offs between competing demands for land suggest that solutions are highly contextualised in terms of their environmental, socioeconomic and governance-related characteristics, making it difficult to devise generic solutions (Haasnoot et al., 2020). Aspects of spatial and temporal scale can further enhance the complexity, for instance where transboundary effects across jurisdictions or upstream–downstream characteristics need to be considered, or where climate change trajectories might alter relevant biogeophysical dynamics (Postigo and Young, 2021). Nonetheless, there is broad agreement that taking the needs and perspectives of multiple stakeholders into account in a transparent process during negotiations improves the chances of achieving outcomes that maximise synergies while limiting trade-offs (Ariti et al., 2018; Metternicht, 2018; Favretto et al., 2020; Kopáček, 2021; Muscat et al., 2021). Yet differences in agency and power between stakeholders or anticipated changes in access to or control of resources can undermine negotiation results even if there is a common understanding of the overarching benefits of more integrated environmental agreements and the need for greater coordination and cooperation to avoid longer-term losses to all (Aarts and Leeuwis, 2010; Weitz et al., 2017). There is also the risk that strong local participatory processes can become disconnected from broader national plans, and thus fail to support the achievement of national targets. Thus, connection between levels is needed to ensure that ambition for transformative change is not derailed at the local level (Aarts and Leeuwis, 2010; Postigo and Young, 2021).

Decisions on land uses between biomass production for food, feed, fibre or fuel, as well as nature conservation or restoration and other uses (e.g., mining, urban infrastructure), depend on differences in perspectives and values. Because the availability of land for diverse biomass uses is invariably limited, setting priorities for land use allocations therefore first depends on making the perspectives underlying what is considered as ‘high-value’ explicit (Fischer et al., 2007; Garnett et al., 2015; de Boer and van Ittersum, 2018; Muscat et al., 2020). Decisions can then be made transparently based on societal norms, needs and the available resource base. Prioritisation of land use for the common good therefore requires societal consensus-building embedded in the socioeconomic and cultural fabric of regions, societies and communities. Integration of local decision making with national planning ensures local actions complement national development objectives.

International trade in the global economy today provides important opportunities to connect producers and consumers, effectively buffering price volatilities and potentially offering producers in low-income countries access to global markets, which can be seen as an effective adaptation measure (Baldos and Hertel, 2015; Costinot et al., 2016; Hertel and Baldos, 2016; Gouel and Laborde, 2021; WGII Chapter 5.11).. But there is also clear evidence that international trade and the global economy can enhance price volatility, lead to food price spikes and affect food security due to climate and other shocks, as seen recently due to the COVID-19 pandemic (WGII Chapter 5.12, Cottrell et al., 2019; WFP-FSIN, 2020; Verschuur et al., 2021). The continued strong demand for food and other bio-based products, mainly from high- and middle-income countries, therefore, requires better cooperation between nations and global governance of trade to more accurately reflect and disincentivise their environmental and social externalities. Trade in agricultural and extractive products driving land use change in tropical forest and savanna biomes is of major concern because of the biodiversity impacts and GHG emissions incurred in their provision (WGII Cross-Chapter Paper 7, Hosonuma et al., 2012; Forest Trends, 2014; Henders et al., 2015; Curtis et al., 2018; Pendrill et al., 2019; Seymour and Harris, 2019; Kissinger et al., 2021).

In summary, there is significant scope for optimising use of land resources to produce more biomass while reducing adverse effects (high confidence). Context-specific prioritisation, technology innovation in bio-based production, integrative policies, coordinated institutions and improved governance mechanisms to enhance synergies and minimise trade-offs can mitigate the pressure on managed as well as natural and semi-natural ecosystems (medium confidence). Yet, energy conservation and efficiency measures, and deployment of technologies and systems that do not rely on carbon-based energy and materials, are essential for mitigating biomass demand growth as countries pursue ambitious climate goals (high confidence).

Cross-Working Group Box BIOECONOMY


1 5 For lack of space, the focus is on land only, although the bioeconomy also includes sea-related bioresources.

Frequently Asked Questions

FAQ 5.1: How is climate change (already) affecting people’s ability to have enough nutritious food?

Climate change has already made feeding the world’s people more difficult. Climate-related hazards have become more common, disrupting the supply of crops, meat and fish. Rapid changes in weather patterns have put financial strain on producers, while also raising prices and limiting the choices and quality of produce available to consumers.

Most of our food comes from crops, livestock, aquaculture and fisheries. Global food supply increased dramatically in the last century, but ongoing climate change has begun to slow that growth, reducing the gains that would have been expected without climate change. Regionally, negative effects are apparent in regions closer to the equator, with some positive effects further north and south.

Climate impacts are also negatively affecting the quality of produce, from changes in micronutrient content to texture, colour and taste changes that reduce marketability. With warmer and more humid condition, many food pests thrive, food decays more quickly, and food contains more toxic compounds produced by fungi and bacteria.

Warming of the oceans has reduced potential fish catch. The increased carbon dioxide in the atmosphere has led to ocean acidification, which is already impacting the production of farmed fish and shellfish. Changes in local climate have forced producers to shift to new locations, changing what they grow or where they work (e.g., pole-ward shifting fishing grounds).

Climate hazards have increased over the past 50 years and are the major cause of sudden losses of production (food production shocks). Food shocks occur following droughts, heatwaves, floods, storms and outbreaks of climate-related pests and combine to cause multiplying impacts. Climate hazards sometimes disrupt food storage and transport, which impairs the food supply.

All of these negative impacts can lead to increased food prices, and reduced income for producers and retailers as there are fewer products to sell. Together, these impacts threaten to reduce the supply of varied, nutrient-rich foods to poor populations that already suffer ill health.

Figure FAQ5.1.1 |  Trends in food production shocks in different food supply sectors from 1961 to 2013 (Cottrell et al., 2019). The red lines in the time series are the annual shock frequency, and the dashed line is the decadal mean.

FAQ 5.2: How will climate change impact food availability by mid and late century and who will suffer most?

Climate change impacts will worsen over time, with the period after mid-century seeing more rapid growth in negative impact than in the early part of this century. The impacts will be global, but people with fewer resources, and those who live in regions where impacts will worsen more rapidly, will be hurt the most.

Climate change impacts will worsen over time, but the extent depends on how rapidly greenhouse-gas emissions grow. If the current rate of emissions continues, the impacts will worsen, especially after mid-century, with rapid growth in the number and severity of extreme weather events. Yields of plants, animals and aquaculture will decline in most places, and marine and inland fisheries will suffer. Food production in some regions will become impossible, either because the crops or livestock there cannot survive in the new climatic conditions, or it is too hot and humid for farm workers to be in the fields.

After harvest, agricultural production passes through the agricultural value chain, supplying animal feeds, industrial uses and international markets, with some stored for use in the future. Each of these transitions will be affected by climate change. Food storage facilities will face more challenges in dealing with spoilage. Transportation of perishable fruits, vegetables and meats will become costlier to maintain quality. Households and food services will need to spend more on food preservation.

Low-income countries and poor people are at higher risk, as they have limited social safety nets and suffer more from rising food prices and an unstable food supply. But large famers will also be hurt. Rural communities, especially smallholder farmers, pastoralists and fishers, are extremely vulnerable because their livelihoods mainly depend on their production. The urban poor will have to spend more on food.

A flood, for example, may force low-income families out of their homes, affect their employment and reduce their access to food supplies, with prices often rising after natural disasters. Families will have less access to safe water supplies, and this combination of lower food supplies, uncertain employment, displacement from home and rising food costs will increase the number of children who are undernourished.

Figure FAQ5.2.1 |  Impacts of climate change on the food system.

FAQ 5.3: Land is going to be an important resource for mitigating climate change: how is the increasing competition for land threatening global food security and who will be affected the most?

Climate change will affect food production. Meeting future food needs requires greater land shares unless we change what we eat and how we grow food. Additionally, large-scale land projects that aim to mitigate climate change will increase land competition. Less land will then be available for food production, increasing food insecurity. People at greater risk from land competition are smallholder farmers, Indigenous Peoples and low-income groups.

Why is land important?

Land is a limited resource on which humans and ecosystems depend on to grow plants, which capture carbon dioxide and release oxygen, and provide food, timber and other products. We also have cultural, recreational and spiritual connections to land.

Figure FAQ5.3.1 |  Climate impacts will increase competition for land use, reducing coastal land for crops and affecting food security for vulnerable groups. Adaptation methods like coastal aquaculture and mangrove reforestation reduce climate effects but may increase land competition.

Why will climate change affect land use?

Climate change results in more frequent heatwaves, extreme rainfall, drought and rising sea levels, which negatively affect crop yields. More land is thus needed to grow crops, increasing land competition with other food systems that use crops to feed their animals (e.g., livestock, fish). Where land will be flooded, humans cannot grow crops, but food production could be adapted to grow seafood instead. Extensive land allocations aiming at reducing carbon emissions, such as afforestation, reduce land availability for food. Unless carefully managed, competition for land will increase food prices and food security.

Solutions to reduce land competition and protect food security

Sustainable land management allows land to remain productive and support key functions. Other land practices include growing cover crops to improve soil quality. Governments can provide incentives to producers to grow alternative foods and use sustainable practices. Making sure that vulnerable groups (e.g., low-income communities, Indigenous people and small-scale producers) strengthen land tenure rights will help protect food security.

Food by-products used as alternative food sources and other products reduce waste and increase sustainability. Dietary changes are another important solution. People that eat high amounts of meat or unhealthy foods could reduce consumption of these foods and have more diverse diets. These dietary changes will benefit their health and reduce pressure on land. Regulated labelling, education and other policies which encourage healthy diets can support these shifts.

FAQ 5.4: What are effective adaptation strategies for improving food security in a warming world?

A variety of adaptation options exist to improve food security in a warming world. Examples of adaptation for crop production include crop management and livelihood diversification. For livestock-based systems, an example is matching number of animals with the production capacity of pastures. For fisheries, eliminating overfishing is an effective adaptation practice. For mixed cropping and nature-based systems, an appropriate adaptation is agroforestry.

Adaptation strategies to enhance food security vary from farm-level interventions to national policies and international agreements. They cover the following dimensions of food security: availability, access, utilisation (food quality and safety) and stability.

For the production of crops, adaptation strategies include field and farm-level options such as crop management, livelihood diversification and social protection such as crop insurance. The most common field management options are changes in planting schedules, crop varieties, fertilizers and irrigation. For example, farmers can shift their planting schedules in response to the early or late onset of the rainy season. Moreover, there are new crop insurance schemes that are based on changes in weather patterns.

For livestock-based systems, adaptation options include matching the number of animals with the production capacity of pastures; adjusting water management based on seasonal and spatial patterns of forage production; managing animal diet; more effective use of fodder, rotational grazing; fire management to control woody thickening of grass; using more suitable livestock breeds or species; migratory pastoralist activities; and activities to monitor and manage the spread of pests, weeds and diseases.

For ocean and inland fisheries, adaptation options are primarily concentrated in the socioeconomic dimension and governance and management. In general, eliminating overfishing could help rebuild fish stocks, reduce ecosystem impacts, and increase fishing’s adaptive capacity. Aquaculture is often viewed as an adaptation option for fisheries declines. However, there are adaptation strategies specific to aquaculture, including proper species selections at the operational level, such as the cultivation of brackish species (shrimp, crabs) in inland ponds during dry seasons and rice–freshwater finfish in wetter seasons.

For so-called mixed farming systems that produce a combination of crops, livestock, fish and trees, these systems’ inherent diversity provides a solid platform for adaptation. A good example is agroforestry, the purposeful integration of trees or shrubs with crop or livestock systems, which increases resilience against climate risks.

Overall, nature-based systems or ecosystem-based strategies in food systems, such as agroecology, can be a useful adaptation method to increase wild and cultivated food sources. Agroecological practices include agroforestry, intercropping, increasing biodiversity, crop and pasture rotation, adding organic amendments, integration of livestock into mixed systems, cover crops and minimising toxic and synthetic inputs with adverse health and environmental impacts.

FAQ 5.5: Climate change is not the only factor threatening global food security: other than climate action, what other actions are needed to end hunger and ensure access by all people to nutritious and sufficient food all year round?

Our food systems depend on many factors other than climate change, such as food production, water, land, energy and biodiversity. People’s access to healthy food can be also be affected by factors such as poverty and physical insecurity. We are all stakeholders in food systems, whether as producers or consumers, and we can all contribute to the goal of a food-secure world by the choices we make in our everyday lives.

Today more than 820 million people are hungry, and hunger is on the rise in Africa. Two billion people experience moderate or severe food shortages, and another 2 billion suffer from overnutrition, a state of obesity or being overweight from unbalanced diets, with related health impacts such as diabetes and heart disease. The changing climate is already affecting food production. These effects are worsening, affecting food production from crops, livestock, fish and forests in many places where people already do not have enough to eat. Food prices will be affected as a result, with increasing risk that poorer people will not be able to buy enough for their families. Food quality will increasingly be affected too.

Our ability to grow and consume food depends on many factors other than climate change. There are tight connections between food production, water, land, energy and biodiversity, for example. Other factors like gender inequity, poverty, political exclusion, remoteness from urban centres and physical insecurity can all affect people’s access to healthy food.

Food systems are complicated (Figure FAQ5.5.1). To improve food production, supply and distribution, we need to make changes throughout the food supply chain. For instance: improving the way farmers access the inputs needed to grow food; improving the ways in which food is grown, with climate and market information, training and technical know-how, water-saving and water-harvesting technologies; adopting new low-cost and less carbon-intensive storage and processing methods; and creating local networks of producers and processors For food consumers, we could consider shifts to different diets that are healthier and make more efficient use of natural resources; depending on context, these could involve rebalancing consumption of meat and highly processed foods, reducing food loss and waste, and preparing food in more energy-efficient ways. Policymakers can enable such actions through appropriate price and trade policies, implementing policies for sustainable and low-emission agriculture, providing safety nets where needed, and empowering women, youth and other socially disadvantaged groups.

Figure FAQ5.5.1 | Conceptual framework of food systems for diets and nutrition (modified from HLPE, 2017a).

Our food systems need to be robust and sustainable; otherwise we will not be able to manage the additional pressures imposed on them by climate change. We can all contribute to this goal.

References

Aarts, N. and C. Leeuwis, 2010: Participation and power: reflections on the role of government in land use planning and rural development. J. Agric. Educ. Ext. , 16 (2), 131–145, doi:10.1080/13892241003651381.

Read more...